1995-1996 West Chester University Graduate Course Catalog

ji^j^PP^^a^^^Ppi

WEST CHESTER UNIVERSITY

Graduate
Catalog

1995-96

^.st Chester Universi*

West Chester University

Graduate Catalog
1995-1996

Frederick Douglass Commemorative Celebration

In 1995, West Chester University becomes the site for a centennial cel-
ebration of the life and work of Frederick Douglass (1818-1895). The
commemoration is entitled "The Life and World of Frederick
Douglass" and will span a two-year period, beginning in May 1994 and
extending throughout 1995, with follow-up activities. Douglass was a
nineteenth-century slave who escaped bondage to become one of the dis-
tinctive voices for liberty in American history.

Frederick Douglass was a frequent visitor to the West Chester area. He deliv-
ered addresses at Horticultural Hall (now called the Chester County Historical Society) on July
14, 1865 and November 15, 1875 and, about 40 years prior to his last visit to West Chester, he
addressed a gathering of townspeople assembled in front of the old Market House. During that
occasion he was the guest of Hannah and Mary Darlington, who operated a boarding house on
108 West Gay Street.

On February 1, 1895 Douglass, at the invitation of Dr George Morris Philips, principal of
then West Chester Normal School, delivered on campus what would be his last public lecture.
A review of his talk appeared the next day in the Daily Local News. Philips, a dedicated anti-
quarian, enjoyed aquaintanceships with celebrated figures of his time. Dr. Philips' private
library contained many autographed copies of texts signed by authors like Douglass who were
also guests in his home. When Douglass was participating in the Worlds Columbian
Exposition in May 1893, he graciously wrote Dr Philips to let him know that he was aware of
the former's request for a signed copy of his Life and Times. The following January, Douglass
complied with Dr Philips' request and sent the book with a cordial letter, which in turn led to
an invitation for Douglass to speak in West Chester Initially Douglass was forced to decline the
offer because of his failing health. He eventually made the trip to West Chester in February
1895 when he delivered his final public speech of record.

Communications Directory

MAILING ADDRESS:

TELEPHONES:

Admissions

Affirmative Action

West Chester University
West Chester, PA 19383

Dial 436 plus number in parentheses.

For offices not shown here, call the

University Information Center:

610-436-1000.

Office of Graduate Studies and Sponsored

Research, Old Library* (2943)

Director of Affirmative Action, Lawrence

Center (2433)
Billing/Payments Office of the Bursar, Elsie O. Bull Center

(2552)
Bookstore Student Services Inc., Sykes Student Union

(2242)
Careers/Placement Director of Career Development Center,

Lawrence Center (2501)
Continuing Education Dean of University College, Elsie O. Bull

Center (3550)

Director of .Adult, Evening, and .Mterna-

tive Studies, Elsie O. Bull Center (3550)

Counseling Counseling Center, Lawrence Center (2301)

Financial AidAVork Director of Financial Aid, Elsie O. Bull

Study Center (2627)

Graduate Studies/ Dean of Graduate Studies and Sponsored

Catalogs Research, Old Library* (2943)

Housing Residence Life, Sykes Student Union

(3307)
Police Public Safety Department, Peoples

Maintenance Building (3311)

Public Relations Director of Public Relations, Smith House

(3383)
Scheduling/Registration Office of Graduate Studies and Sponsored

Research, Old Librars'* (2943)

Student Services, Inc. Sykes Student Union (2955)
Summer Sessions Director of Summer Sessions, Elsie O.

Bull Center (2230)

Teacher Certification Teacher Certification Office, Recitation

Hall (2426)
Undergraduate Catalogs Office of Admissions, 100 West Rosedale

(3411)
University Events/ Student Programming Dept./Student

Student Activities Activities Council (2983) or Sykes

Union Information Desk (2984)

* Effective fall semester 1995, the Office of Graduate Studies and Sponsored
Research will be 102 Rosedale Ave.

Nondiscrimination/Affirmative Action Policy

West Chester University is committed to providing leadership in
extending equal opportunities to all indiNiduals. Accordingly, the
University will continue to make ever}' effort to provide these rights
to all persons regardless of race, religion, sex, national origin, ances-
try', age, marital status, sexual orientation, disability, or veteran sta-
tus. This policy applies to all members of the University community,
including students, faculty, staff, and administrators. It also apphes
to all applicants for admission or employment and all participants in
University-sponsored actiNaties.

This policy is in compliance with federal and state laws, including
Titles \T and \ II of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, Title IX of the
Educational Amendment of 1972, Section 504 of the Rehabilitation
Act of 1973, Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990, and Executive
Order of the Governor of Pennsylvania.

Any individual having suggestions, problems, complaints, or
grievances with regard to equal opportunity or affirmative action
is encouraged to contact the director of affirmative action, 104
Lawrence Center, 610-436-2433.

Sexual Harassment Policy

West Chester University is committed to equality of opportunity and
freedom from discrimination for all its students and employees.
Based on this commitment and the recognition that sexual harass-
ment is a form of discrimination, which is of a growing concern to
the higher education community, the University provides the follow-
ing policy:

Harassment on the basis of sex is a violation of Title VII of the
U.S. Civil Rights Act, Title IX of the Educational .'\mendments of
1972, and of the Pennsylvania Human Relations Act. Because West
Chester University is committed to establishing an environment
free from discrimination and harassment, sexual harassment will
not be tolerated in any form. Upon official filing of a complaint,
immediate investigation will be made culminating in appropriate
corrective action where warranted, which may include termination
of the relationship with the University.

Sexual harassment is defined as unwelcome sexual advances,
requests for sexual favors, and other verbal or physical conduct of
a sexual nature occurring when:

1. submission to such conduct is made either exphcitly or implic-
itly a term or condition of an individual's employment, or of a
student's academic status or treatment;

2. submission to or rejection of such conduct by an individual is
used as the basis for academic or emplo\Tnent decisions affect-
ing such an individual; or

3. such conduct creates an intimidating, hostile, or offensive liv-
ing, working, or academic environment to a reasonable person.

A complete copy of the University's Sexual Harassment Policy doc-
ument, inclusive of the investigatory procedures, may be obtained
from the Affirmative Action Office.

Indi\'iduals who believe themselves to be the victims of sexual
harassment, or who have questions about the University's policy on
this matter should contact the director of affirmative action, 104
Lawrence Center, 610-436-2433.

Accreditation

West Chester University is accredited by The Middle States
Association of Colleges and Secondary Schools, The National
Council for .Accreditation of Teacher Education, The National
Athletic Training .Association, The National Association of Schools of
Music, The National League for Nursing, The American Chemical
' Society, The Commission on Accreditation in Clinical Chemistry,
The Joint Re\'iew Committee for Respiratory Therapy Education, and
the Council on Social Work Education (baccalaureate level). West
Chester University has been given program approval by the
Department of Education of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania for
the certification of teachers.

The provisions of this catalog are not to be regarded as an
irrevocable contract between the student and the University. West
Chester University reser\es the right to change any provisions or
requirements at any time.

Office of Graduate Studies and Sponsored Research

Old Library Building*

Church Street and Rosedale Avenue

West Chester University

West Chester, PA 19383

610-436-2943

Hours:

Monday-Fnday 8:30 a.m.-4:00 p.m.

Tuesdav 4:30-7:00 p.m.

* Effective tall semester 1995, the address will be 102 Rosedale Ave.

Contents

Communications Directory ii

Graduate Programs of Study 2

Graduate Studies at West Chester 2

Admission 4

Good Standing, Academic Probation,

Degree Candidacy and Degree Requirements 7

Fees and Expenses 8

Financial Aid 10

Academic Information and Regulations 13

University Services and Student Living 19

Programs of Study and Course Offerings 24

Guide to the Catalog 24

Structure of the University 25

Administration 26

Certificate in Administration 26

Training and Development 27

Human Resource Management 27

Individualized Concentration 28

Anthropology and Sociology 29

Art 29

Biology 30

Business 32

Master of Business Administration Program 32

Accounting 32

Economics 33

Management 33

Marketing 34

Chemistry 35

Childhood Studies and Reading 37

Elementary Education 38

Reading 39

Certificate of Advanced Graduate Study 39

Communication Studies 41

Communicative Disorders 42

Computer Science 44

Counselor, Secondary, and Professional Education 45

Counselor Education 46

Secondary Education and Professional Studies 47

Educational Research 49

Environmental Education 50

Urban Education 50

Criminal Justice 50

English 52

Foreign Languages 56

Geography and Planning 58

Geology and Astronomy 59

Health 61

History 64

Instructional Media 66

Kinesiology (formerly Physical Education) 67

Leadership for Women 71

Linguistics 72

Mathematics and Computer Science 72

Music 75

Music Education 75

Music History and Literature 77

Instrumental Music 78

Keyboard Music 78

Music Theor)' and Composition 80

Vocal and Choral Music 81

Nursing 82

Philosophy 83

Physical Science 84

Political Science 85

Psychology 86

Special Education 88

Teaching English as a Second Language 89

Women's Studies 90

Guide to Course Prefixes 91

Commonwealth of Pennsylvania 92

Administration 93

Faculty 94

Academic Calendar 106

Index 107

Campus Map 109

Borough of West Chester Map 110

Graduate Programs of Study

Administration

MS. A. (Concentrations: Health Services, Human
Resource Management, Individualized,
Leadership for Women, Public
Administration, Sport and Athletic
Administration, Training and Development,
Urban/Regional Planning)

Cooperative degree with Clinical Chemistry

Biology

M.A. Biology

Business

M.B.A. (Concentrations: Economics/Finance,
General Business, Management)

Chemistry

MA. Physical Science (Concentration: Chemisir)')

M.Ed. Chemistr>'

M.S. Chemistr)'

M.S. Clinical Chemistry'

Childhood Studies and Reading

M.Ed. Elementar\- Education (Concentrations:
Creative Teaching-Learning. Early Childhood
Education, Elementary Education. Gifted and
Talented, Human Development, Language
Arts, Reading, Social Studies)

Certification in Elementary- Education

M.Ed. Reading

Reading Specialist Certification

Certificate of .Advanced Graduate Study in
Childhood Studies and Reading

Communication Studies

M.A. Communication Studies

Communicative Disorders

M.A. Communicative Disorders

Computer Science

M.S. Computer Science
Certificate in Computer Science

Counselor, Secondary, and
Professional Education

M.Ed. Elementary School CounseUng
M.Ed. Secondary School Counseling
M.S. Higher Education Counseling
M.S. Educational Research
Specialist 1 Certificate in Counseling

(Elementary or Secondary)
M.Ed. Secondary' Education
Courses in Environmental Education; Urban

Education

Criminal Justice

M.S. Criminal Justice

English

M .iV. English

Foreign Languages

M.A. French
M.A. Spanish
M.Ed. French
M.Ed. German
M.Ed. Latin
M.Ed. Spanish

Geography and Planning

M.A. Geography

MSA. (Concentration: Urban/Regional Planning)

Geology and Astronomy

M.A. Physical Science (Concentration: Earth
Sciences)

Health

M.Ed. Health
MS Health

M.S. Administration (Concentration: Health
Services)

History

M.A. History
M.Ed History

Instructional Media

M.Ed. Instructional Media Education
M.S. Instructional Media
Teaching Certification for Instructional Media
Education

Leadership for Women

M.S. A. (Concentration: Leadership for Women)

Mathematics

M.A Mathematics (Concentrations: Pure
Mathematics, Mathematics Education)

Music

MA Music History

MM. Accompanying

MM. Performance

M.M. Piano Pedagogy

MM. Music Education

MM. Music Theory/Composition

Nursing

M.S.N. Community Health Nursing

Philosophy

M.A. Philosophy

Physical Education

M.S. Physical Education (Concentrations: General
Physical Education, Exercise and Sport
Physiology)

M.S.A. (Concentration: Sport and Athletic
Administration)

Physical Science (Interdepartmental)

M.A. Physical Science (Concentrations:
Chemistry, Earth Sciences)

Political Science

MSA. (Concentration: Public Administration)

Psychology

M.A. Clinical Psychology
M.A. General Psychology
M.A. Industrial/Organizational Psychology
M.A. Group Psychotherapy/Processes
(Certification: Psychodrama)

Public Administration

See Political Science

Special Education

M.Ed. Special Education
Certification in Special Education

Teaching English as a Second
Language

M.A. Teaching English as a Second Language

The following departments and interdisci-
plinary areas offer graduate courses, but
no graduate degree.

Anthropology and Sociology, Art, Linguistics,
Social Work, Theatre Arts, and Women's
Studies

Graduate Studies at West Chester

The mission of graduate education at West Chester University is to
provide high-quality, accessible graduate degree programs respon-
sive to students' needs for professional development and educa-
tional enrichment. The offerings reflect a wide range of master's
programs as well as a selected number of specialist and profession-
al growth opportunities. The quality of programs is enhanced by
the faculty's accessibility to and interaction with graduate students
and by the geographical diversity of the student population. The

graduate programs are integrated with the research, outreach, and
developmental functions of the University. The faculty suives to
foster excellence in teaching and to create an intellectual environ-
ment that actively supports quality graduate education. The goals
of graduate study at this University are:

• to foster an attitude of intellectual and creative inquiry and
to develop research and analytical skills that may be
applied in a professional setting;

Graduate Studies at West Chester

• to increase the professional skills and academic com-
petence of students who show promise of making
important contributions to their profession;

• to prepare students for further graduate study; and

• to meet the needs of college graduates whose career
goals have changed.

THE GRADUATE STUDIES PROGRAM at West Chester has
grown remarkably since its introduction in 1959. Approxi-
mately 2,000 students now attend during the fall and spring
semesters; some 1,800 enroll for summer sessions. West
Chester University's graduate program is the largest within
the 14 Commonwealth-owned institutions of higher learning.

The University began as the West Chester Academy in 1812
and functioned as a normal school from 1871-1927. Since it
became a four-year college in 1927, West Chester has devel-
oped steadily and is now one of the major comprehensive
institutions of higher learning in the Philadelphia vicinity.

Facilities for graduate education are good. The Common-
wealth inaugurated an extensive building program in the
1950s which led to the Schmucker Science Center, a
block-long complex of buildings including a planetarium, an

astronomical observatory, and modern laboratories; the Elsie
O. Bull Learning and Research Center; and the Francis Harvey
Green Library, one of Pennsylvania's principal university
libraries.

The University offers the Master of Arts, the Master of
Business Administration, the Master of Education, the Master
of Music, and the Master of Science in approximately 50 dis-
ciplines or areas of study.

Master's degree programs such as the M.B.A., the MA. in com-
municative disorders, the M.S. A., the M.S. in computer science,
and the certificate of advanced graduate study in reading have
been designed to meet the particular needs of the times and the
area.

In addition to its degree and certification programs. West
Chester offers nondegree study in a number of areas includ-
ing art, linguistics, theatre arts, and women's studies.

For the benefit of in-service teachers and other employed per-
sons. West Chester schedules most of its graduate classes dur-
ing late afternoons and evenings.

Graduate Summer Sessions

The 12-week summer sessions are
divided into three periods: the pre-
session of three weeks, the regular ses-
sion of six weeks, and the post-session
of three weeks. Most pre-session classes
meet in the evenings; almost all classes
for the other two sessions meet during
the daytime. (To apply, see "Admission.")
Admission to summer sessions courses
does not constitute admission to a
degree program.

The Campus

The University is located in West
Chester, a community in southeastern
Pennsylvania strategically located at the
center of the mid-Atlantic corridor. The
seat of Chester County government for
almost two centuries. West Chester
retains much of its historical charm in
its buildings and countryside, but offers
the twentieth-century advantages of a
town in the heart of an expanding eco-
nomic area. The University occupies
388 acres. The main campus is situated
on 97 acres within the Borough of West
Chester; the south campus is located on
a 291 -acre tract in adjacent townships.
West Chester was settled in the early
eighteenth century principally by mem-
bers of the Society of Friends. With a
population of about 20,000, the bor-
ough is small enough to have the pleas-
ant aspects of a tree-shaded American

town, large enough to provide essential
services and the substance of a vigorous
community, and old enough to give the
student first-hand contact with
America's early history. The heart of
West Chester is its courthouse, a
Classical Revival building designed in
the 1840s by Thomas U. Walter, one of
the architects for the Capitol in
Washington, D.C.

Today, West Chester is part of the
rapidly growing suburban complex sur-
rounding Philadelphia and offers inter-
esting opportunities for the study of
local, county, and regional government
in a period of change and growth.

Philadelphia is 25 miles to the east and
Wilmington 17 miles to the south of
the campus. The libraries, museums,
and other cultural and historical
resources of both cities are within easy
reach. Valley Forge, the Brandywine
Battlefield, Longwood Gardens, and
other historical attractions are near
West Chester.

How to Reach West Chester

The Borough of West Chester is easily
accessible from all directions both by car
and public transportation. Route 3, the
West Chester Pike, leads directly into
town from center-city Philadelphia. From
the Pennsylvania Turnpike, motorists
traveling west should take Route 202
south from the Valley Forge Interchange,

while those traveUng east can arrive via
Route 100 south from the Downingtown
Interchange. From the south. Route 202
from Wilmington and Routes 100 and 52
from U.S. Route I all lead to West
Chester.

Undergraduate Studies

Approximately 9,400 students are
enrolled in the University's undergradu-
ate program. The University grants the
Associate of Science in two fields, the
Bachelor of Science in Education in
three basic curricula — elementary edu-
cation, secondary education, and spe-
cial education; the Bachelor of Arts in
arts and letters, social and behavioral
science, the natural sciences, mathemat-
ics, and music; the Bachelor of Fine
Arts in Studio Arts; the Bachelor of
Science in health and physical educa-
tion, music education, the sciences and
health sciences; the Bachelor of Music
in theory/composition, performance,
and music history; and the Bachelor of
Science in Nursing.

The University also offers degree pro-
grams that prepare students for special-
ized work in business administration,
computer and information sciences,
criminal justice, nursing, social welfare,
communicative disorders, and many
other fields. The Office of Admissions
will supply undergraduate admissions
materials upon request.

Admission

Student Responsibility

It is the responsibility of students to
know and observe all policies and
procedures for their programs. The
University will not waive a regulation
because a student pleads ignorance of it.
Students should give careful attention
to the dates relating to application for
graduation as well as other pertinent
deadlines announced by the department
or the Office of Graduate Studies and
Sponsored Research.

The Application Procedure

Students with a bachelor's degree from
an accredited college or university in
the United States or with equivalent
preparation acquired in another country-
are eligible to apply for admission to a
graduate program.

1. Applications are available from the
Office of Graduate Studies and
Sponsored Research and, when com-
pleted, should be returned there
along with all supporting documen-
tation required for admission to a
particular degree program.

2. Applicants must request all institu-
tions at which they have taken any
postsecondary work to submit an
official transcript directly to the
Office of Graduate Studies and
Sponsored Research. West Chester
University undergraduate transcripts
are available to the Office of
Graduate Studies and Sponsored
Research; applicants do not need to
forward them.

3. Applicants should consult with the
graduate coordinator of the primary
interest area to assure compliance
with admission requirements for a
particular degree program.

Application Deadline

For most of the graduate programs,
recommended deadlines for the sub-
mission of completed applications are:
April 15-fall semester, October 15-
spring semester, and February 15 for
graduate assistant applicants.

Some programs have established differ-
ent recommended application dead-
lines. Please see application information
under individual programs listed in this
catalog.

The application and all supporting cre-
dentials should be submitted to the
Oflice of Graduate Studies by the dead-
line dates shown above. Late applica-
tions will be accepted; however, admis-
sion will be on a space-available basis
for applicants who meet all other
admission requirements. Applicants
who have missed the deadline should
consult with the graduate coordinator
for that program to receive advice
regarding the possibility of enrolling as
a nondegree student for a maximum of
six credits while awaiting action on
their application.

Students interested in recei\ang a grad-
uate assistantship should apply to the
Office of Graduate Studies no later than
Februar)' 15.

Notification of Admission

All applications are reviewed by both
the appropriate department or program
and the dean of graduate studies.

The dean will notify applicants of the
acceptance or rejection of their applica-
tions. If accepted, students must follow
all program advising and scheduling
policies and procedures. Accepted stu-
dents should meet immediately with
their advisers to outline a program of
study.

Matriculation Fee

At the time of acceptance into a gradu-
ate program at West Chester University,
the student must submit a nonrefund-
able fee of SI 00 to reserve his/her
admission. This sum is applied toward
the student's tuition and/or fees but is
nonrefundable should the student sub-
sequently decide not to attend West
Chester University. The student's
admission is canceled if he/she fails to
submit the SI 00 matriculation fee by
the due date.

Registration

All active graduate students (those who
have maintained continuous enroll-
ment), nondegree students who have
attended within the past year, and
newly accepted students will receive
scheduling materials and registration
instructions by mail. Materials for sum-
mer and fall semesters are usually avail-

able in early April, and for spring
semester in early November. Students
who anticipate receiving materials but
do not receive them should contact the
Office of Graduate Studies.

Active Status

See policy on Continuous Enrollment.

Continuous Enrollment

All graduate students who have been
admitted into a degree program must
maintain continuous registration each
semester (except summer sessions), or
inust apply for a formal leave of
absence. Graduate students who do not
wish to register for formal course work,
but who desire to maintain continuous
enrollment, must register for GSR799, a
noncredit registration category used to
record the fact of continuous enroll-
ment. Graduate students are not
required to maintain matriculation dur-
ing the summer sessions unless they
intend to complete their final degree
requirements during this period.

With the approval of the graduate coor-
dinator and the dean of graduate stud-
ies, a leave of absence may be granted
for a minimum of one calendar year.
Leave of absence forms may be
obtained from the Office of Graduate
Studies. A leave of absence does not
extend the six-year time limit for com-
pletion of all degree requirements.

Unless a graduate student maintains
continuous enrollment or is granted a
leave of absence, he or she is ineligible
to return until readmitted. A formal
application for readmission must be
completed and submitted to the Office
of Graduate Studies. Readmission is not
automatic and may be subject to addi-
tional conditions set by the department,
school or college, or by the graduate
dean.

Admission Requirements for
Degree Students

1. A baccalaureate degree from a col-
lege or university accredited in the
United States or its equivalent from
a school in another country.

Admission

2. A cumulative average of at least 2.50
and a GPA of at least 2.75 in the
major discipline. (An "A" equals
4.0.)

3. Scores from the Graduate
Management Admission Test,
Graduate Record Examination, or
the Miller Analogies Test if these are
required for admission to the pro-
gram in which the student wishes to
enroll.

4. Approval by the department offering
the desired degree program. Before
such approval is given, an interview
with a faculty member may be
required. The applicant also must
meet any other additional require-
ments established for the degree pro-
gram, including grade point averages
which exceed the minimum gradu-
ate admission requirements.

5. Approval by the dean of graduate
studies and sponsored research.

6. Space available in the program.

An applicant who has academic defi-
ciencies may be granted provisional sta-
tus. The departmental graduate coordi-
nator will specify course work which
must be taken to remove such deficien-
cies and which will not be credited to
degree requirements including, if neces-
sary, undergraduate prerequisites.
Admission to degree study does not
constitute admission to degree candi-
dacy. After a student has satisfactorily
fulfilled certain course requirements
specified in the degree program and has
completed 12 to 15 semester hours of
work, the student must apply for
admission to degree candidacy.

Graduate Record Examination
and Graduate Management
Admission Test

Scores from the Graduate Record
Examination (GRE) or Graduate
Management Admission Test (GMAT)
are required for many degree
programs. The prospective degree stu-
dent should consult the appropriate
program outline and schedule a test
prior to matriculation.

Both tests are administered by the
Educational Testing Service, P.O. Box
6004, Princeton, NJ 08541-6004. For
current information regarding applica-
tion materials and test dates, contact
the Counseling Center, 610-436-2301.
Application forms must be filed with
the Educational Testing Service at least

15 days prior to the date of any
examination.

The examinations may be taken at any
of the testing centers designated by the
Educational Testing Service. The GRE
is administered periodically at West
Chester — generally in October,
December, Februar)', April, and June.
West Chester University became a test
center for the GMAT in fall 1989.

Miller Analogies Test

Some degree programs require students
to take the Miller Analogies Test, which
is administered each week at the
Counseling Center, Room 129,
Lawrence Center. It requires less than
two hours and is given by appointment.
Students requiring the test should tele-
phone the center (610-436-2301) well
in advance to schedule a test date.
Appointments are often booked several
months in advance. The student must
pay an examination fee in person at the
time the test is taken at the Counseling
Center.

Undergraduates

An undergraduate who has completed
96 credits of undergraduate course
work, is in the final semester of work
for the bachelor's degree, and has an
overall grade point average of at least
3.0 may, with the permission of the
dean of graduate studies and sponsored
research, enroll in up to six credits of
graduate-level courses. Credits earned
may be applied to a masters degree
program subject to the approval of the
major department.

Auditors

An auditor is a student who attends
classes but does not necessarily do
other work required of students in the
course. Anyone may attend the
University for the sole purpose of audit-
ing one or more graduate courses by
obtaining approval from the course
instructor, graduate coordinator, and
dean of graduate studies and sponsored
research, and paying the regular fee.
Full-time graduate students may audit
one course per semester without
charge, provided they obtain approval
from the course instructor and the
course does not create an overload for
the student. If an overload results, stu-
dents must pay for each credit in excess
of 12. Part-time graduate students may
audit one course per semester, provided
they obtain the instructor's approval.

enroll in the course through the office
of graduate studies, and pay the regular
course fee.

Credit is never given to auditors. After
the course has commenced, the auditor
status may not be changed. The grade
of Audit (AU) is recorded on the stu-
dent's transcript. A full-time graduate
assistant may not use an audit to main-
tain his/her full-time status -without the
prior approval of the appropriate advis-
er, graduate coordinator, and dean of
graduate studies.

Transfer of Credit

Applicants to a degree program at West
Chester who have earned credits
through previous graduate study at
another college or university may trans-
fer credit under certain circumstances.
Application forms for transfer of credit
may be obtained in the Office of
Graduate Studies and Sponsored
Research. The following conditions are
the minimum requirements for accep-
tance of transfer credit:

1. The credits must have been earned
at an accredited graduate school.

2. The courses taken must be approved
by the department or program in
which the applicant intends to enroll
at West Chester and by the graduate
dean.

3. No more than six credits may be
transferred.

4. The grade earned for courses to be
transferred must be B or better. (An
"A" equals 4.0.)

5. An official transcript must be sub-
mitted. Transcripts must be sent
directly to the Office of Graduate
Studies and Sponsored Research by
the institution that granted the cred-
its, and they must clearly indicate
that the courses to be transferred are
graduate courses, which were given
graduate credit.

6. The courses for transfer must have
been taken recently enough to fall
within the six-year time limitation.

The Senior Citizen Policy

The Senior Citizen Program allows
retired Pennsylvania residents to attend
West Chester University tuition free on
a SPACE-AVAILABLE BASIS. To quah-
fy, the student must be retired, at least
60 years old, and have been a
Pennsylvania resident for at least a year.
Students may enroll as either degree or

Admission

nondegree students and may audit or
take courses for credit. The program
does not include internships, indepen-
dent study, individuahzed instruction,
student teaching, thesis, seminar, or
any similar course requiring extra facul-
ty compensation for the additional
enrollment. All scheduling information
is available in the University College.

Senior citizen students may not register
prior to the beginning of classes. They
must attend the first meeting of the
class(es) for which they wish to register
and obtain the instructor's signature on
their schedule, indicating there is space
available in the class. They then return
their signed schedule, along with a
signed Senior Citizen fee w'aiver form
and signed audit form if they wish to
audit, to the University College. The
University College then schedules the
student and submits the fee waiver
form to the Office of Financial Aid.

Admission of International
Students

Students froin foreign countries may be
admitted to the graduate program, pro-
vided they meet certain special require-
ments in addition to the University and
program admission requirements.
International students, like other
out-of-state students, are accepted only
when space is available.

Applications and supporting documents
must be submitted to the Office of
Graduate Studies and Sponsored
Research no later than Januarv- 15 for
admission the following fall semester,
and September 15 for admission the fol-
lowing spring semester.

Applicants whose native language is not
English must submit e\idence of satis-
factory- performance on the Test of
English as a Foreign Language
(TOEFL) to the Office of Graduate
Studies and Sponsored Research before
application forms can be processed. A
score of 550 is the minimum acceptable
score, although some programs have
higher miniinum requirements.
Information about the TOEFL test,
including test dates and locations in
foreign countries, can be obtained from
the Educational Testing Service, Box

6151, Princeton, NJ 08541-6151, U.S.A.
Registration forms must reach
Princeton at least five weeks before the
test is to be taken.

Applicants who fail to achieve a mini-
mum score of 550 on the TOEFL may
be admitted to the English as a Second
Language (ESL) program, providing
they are otherwise eligible for admis-
sion to the degree program to which
they have applied. Successful comple-
tion of the ESL program will qualify the
applicant for subsequent admission to
the degree program.

The following information and docu-
ments must be filed with the Office of
Graduate Studies and Sponsored
Research:

1. A completed application form.

2. An official copy of school certifi-
cates, showing the date issued for all
work done beyond the elementar)'
level.

3. Official record of the TOEFL score
sent directly to the Office of
Graduate Studies by the Educational
Testing Service.

4. A statement from a bank or other
financial institution certifying ample
financial resources to maintain one-
self while a student in the United
States. Current costs are $12,000 for
the academic year. (Summer and
holidays are not figured into these
costs.)

5. A Medical History Form and an
Immunization Record must be com-
pleted by a physician and returned
to the Office of Graduate Studies.

6. If a student is admitted to a degree
program, a U.S. Immigration (1-20)
Form will be supplied by the
University.

After the application and supporting
documents have been reviewed, the
Office of Graduate Studies and
Sponsored Research will notify the
applicant of its action. International
students are urged to remain in their
own countries until they receive notice
of acceptance. The University cannot
assume responsibility for the housing
or welfare of international students.

Acceptance Deposit for
International Students

A $12,000 deposit is required of all
international students if West Chester
University is issuing the initial student
1-20 for the applicant. The deposit
amount is based on estimated expenses
for one academic year. After the student
has paid all tuition and fees for the first
semester (and living expenses if resid-
ing on campus), the balance of the first
56,000 will be returned to the student.
After these costs have been paid for the
second semester, the remainder of the
deposit will be returned to the student.
All deposit amounts will be reduced by
an amount equal to awarded scholar-
ships, assistantships, or documented
support from a foundation, other
agency, or local U.S. resident sponsor.

If an international student has been in
the United States on a student visa for
at least nine months and attending
school on a full-time basis, the deposit
amount can be reduced at the discre-
tion of the Office of Graduate Studies.

Insurance Requirements for
International Students

International students at West Chester
University are required to earn*' adequate
health and accident insurance. Insurance
must be effective for all periods of time
the student has been authorized to be in
the United States by an immigration doc-
ument issued by West Chester University.

Health and accident insurance policies
must be purchased through a company
that sells insurance in the United States.
West Chester University has set mini-
mum coverage standards which must be
met by all insurance policies. Information
about the minimum standards is available
at the Center for International Programs
Office, 610-436-3515.

To assure compliance with the insur-
ance requirement, all international stu-
dents must come to the Center for
International Programs by September
15 of each academic year Oariuai^' 31
for students entering spring semester).
There students may obtain information
as to the amount of insurance required
and the means of obtaining coverage to
meet the insurance requirement.

Good Standing, Academic Probation, Degree
Candidacy, and Degree Requirements

Good Standing

Students must maintain a 3.00 cumula-
tive average to remain in good standing.

Academic Probation

Graduate students whose cumulative
grade point average falls below 3.00 will
be placed on academic probation.
Graduate students must return to good
standing during the next nine credits of
appropriate graduate work, or they will
be dropped from the program. Graduate
students earning a cumulative GPA of
2.0 or lower will be dropped from the
program without a probationary period.
Grades earned during summer sessions
count the same as grades earned during
the academic year. All grades recorded
determine the student's academic status,
even if a student changes degree pro-
grams. Students dropped from a gradu-
ate program due to unsatisfactory work
will not be permitted to take courses for
credit towards a graduate degree in that
department beyond the semester in
which they are dropped.

Individual programs may have higher
GPA minimums or additional require-
ments. To be eligible to receive the mas-
ter's degree, graduate students must
complete all requisite courses and cred-
its with a cumulative GPA of at least
3.00.

Students holding graduate assistantships
who fail to maintain a 3.00 cumulative
GPA will have their assistantships
revoked or will not have them renewed.
This policy includes courses taken dur-
ing summer sessions. Departments also
may stipulate higher academic standards
for maintaining assistantships.

Requirements for Admission to
Degree Candidacy

Application for degree candidacy must
be made immediately on completion of
the first 12 to 15 semester hours of
course work in a degree program.

During the precandidacy period the stu-
dent must:

1 . Complete those courses which the
department or program specifies as
prerequisite to degree candidacy.

2. Perform satisfactorily on examina-
tions which the department or pro-
gram may require for admission to
degree candidacy.

3. Maintain a cumulative average of at
least 3.00.

4. Meet specific GPA requirements as
stipulated by the individual degree
program.

Procedure for Application to
Degree Candidacy

1. Every student must file an applica-
tion for admission to degree candi-
dacy with the dean of graduate stud-
ies and sponsored research. Forms
are available in the Office of
Graduate Studies and Sponsored
Research.

2. When the application has been eval-
uated by the department concerned
and by the dean of graduate studies
and sponsored research, the gradu-
ate dean will send a letter of accep-
tance or rejection to the student.

3. Upon notice of acceptance, degree
candidates must confer with their
advisers to continue with their previ-
ously established program of study.

Students must be admitted to degree
candidacy prior to registering for com-
prehensive exams and before registering
for thesis credits.

Reapplication for Degree
Candidacy

Applicants who fail to qualify as degree
candidates may reapply. They must
maintain a cumulative grade point aver-
age of 3.00.

Summary of Requirements for
the Master's Degree

1. Admission to degree candidacy.

2. Completion of all requisite courses

and credits with a cumulative aver-
age of 3.00, compliance with specific
GPA requirements as stipulated by
the individual degree program, and
achievement of satisfactory scores on
the Graduate Management
Admission Test, Graduate Record
Examination, or the Miller Analogies
Test, if required. (See program
requirements.)

3. Satisfactory performance on a final
written and/or oral comprehensive
examination conducted by the stu-
dent's advisory committee in the
field of specialization. (It is the can-
didate's responsibility to apply for
this examination.)

4. Submission and approval of the
thesis or research report in those
programs requiring it.

5. Fulfillment of any special examina-
tions, requirements, or competencies
that are unique to a department or
program.

6. Fulfillment of all financial obliga-
tions to the University, including
payment of the graduation fee, and
of all other obligations, including
the return of University property.

7. Compliance with all academic
requests from the dean of graduate
studies and sponsored research,
including submission of a form letter
of intent to graduate by the specified
due date.

Additional Requirements for the
Master of Education Degree

In addition to fulfilling these require-
ments, candidates for certain Master of
Education degrees must give evidence
of successful teaching experience
approved by the department chairper-
son. Other experiences in lieu of this
requirement must be approved by the
relevant department and the dean of
graduate studies and sponsored
research.

Fees and Expenses

Special Note: The fees listed below reflect
charges at press time. For up-to-date
injonnation on fees at any given time,
contact the Office of the Bursar, 610-
436-2552.

Fees and expenses are subject to change
without notice. Fees shown here are in
cffixt for the 1994-95 academic year.
Changes for 1995-96, if approved, would
occur after the printing of this catalog.

Unless otherwise specified, fees may be
paid by Visa, MasterCard, check, or
moneys order made payable to West
Chester University. The cancelled check,
money order record, or charge card
billing serves as a receipt.

Basic Graduate Fees for Legal
Residents of Pennsylvania

Less than 9 credits — S 171.00 per
semester hour of credit

9 through 15 credits— $1,543.00 per
semester

More than 15 credits — $1,543.00 plus
$171.00 for each semester hour of
credit beyond 15

Basic Graduate Fees for
Out-of-State Students

Less than 9 credits— $308.00 per
semester hour of credit

9 through 15 credits- $2,772.00 per
semester

More than 15 credits — $2,772.00 plus
$308.00 for each semester hour of
credit beyond 15

Housing Fee

Graduate student housing is limited at
West Chester University. If housing is
granted, a fee must be paid which will
secure the occupancy offered. Possible
options include a standard double room
in a designated section of an undergrad-
uate residence hall with one roommate,
or in selected units of the South
Campus apartment complex with five
occupants in combinations of doubles
and singles. This fee covers all utilities,
including on-campus and local tele-
phone service (students must provide
the actual telephone). The University
offers a special program for long-
distance calling. The Student Occupancy

Agreement, which must be signed
before students check into their rooms,
is binding for the full academic year
(September-May), even for those stu-
dents who may receive late room
assignments. The current cost per
student is $1,290 a semester for a tradi-
tional residence hall; apartments are
$1,450 for a double bedroom and
$1,625 for a single bedroom. These
rates are subject to change and should
be considered reasonable approxima-
tions.

Food Plans

Plan 1 ($764)— 14-Variable Program
entitles students to any 14 of the 19
meals served Monday through Sunday
and includes a flexible fund of $100.
This program is required for residents
in the traditional residence halls and is
available to South Campus apartment
residents as well as off-campus and
commuter students.

Plan 2 — Flexible-Fund Program is

designed for any student not living in
the traditional residence halls, as well
as faculty and staff. A minimum of
$100 can be placed into a flexible fund
account that can be accessed by an ID
card in the LawTence Food Court,
Campus Comer or Convenience Store,
or in the Sykes Ram's Head Deli.
Faculty and staff may use their flex
dollars in the University Club as well.
With this program, there is no need to
carry cash to purchase meals. The flexi-
ble fund can be increased in $25 incre-
ments at any time during the semester.

Plan 3 ($652)— 10-Variable Program is

available to any student not living in
the traditional residence halls. It enti-
tles participants to 10 out of the 19
meals served Monday through Sunday
and includes a flexible fund of $50 that
may be used as described in Plan 2.

Plan 4 ($473) — 5-Variable Program is
similar to Plan 3 and entitles partici-
pants to 5 out of the 19 meals served
Monday through Sunday and includes a
flexible fund of $50.

All flexible fund dollars (regardless of
meal plan) must be used by the end of
the spring semester.

Any flexible funds remaining at the end
of the second semester will be forfeited.
The meal week runs from Monday to
Sunday; any unused meals at the end of
any week will be forfeited.

Students in traditional residence halls
already have their meal plan cost
included in their University billing. All
other students (South Campus apart-
ment residents, and off-campus and
commuter students) can sign up for a
meal plan by apphing at the Office of
the Bursar in Elsie O. Bull Center.

Late Registration Fee

Graduate students are not automatically
granted permission to schedule after
the deadline; however, a late registra-
tion fee of $35 is required of students
who receive approval to schedule and
pay after the official registration dead-
line.

Community Center Fee

Students pay a mandatory community
center fee based on the number of cred-
its carried, as follows:

1 through 6 credits $ 5.00 per semester
7 through 8 credits S 10.00 per semester
9 credits or more $20.00 per semester

The community center fee is not
refundable.

Student Union Expansion Fee

Students pay a mandatory student
union expansion fee as follows:

Full Time Part Time Summer

$55.00 $20.00 $10.00

Educational Services Fee

The educational services fee is a manda-
tory charge for all students. The fee is
charged in lieu of specific department
charges.

Full time (9 credits or more)
$100.00 per semester
Part time
$40.00 per semester

Health Center Fee

All full-time students (nine credits or
more) are charged a mandatory $40
health center fee per semester. Part-
time students pay $16 per semester.

Fees and Expenses

Regular summer session students pay
$6 and pre and post summer sessions
pay $4.

International Student Services
Fee

International students are assessed a
$25 per semester fee to cover services
provided by the Center for
International Programs.

Graduate Student Association
Fee

$6.00 per semester full time
$3.00 per semester part lime

Course Audit Fee

Students who audit a course (attend a
course without taking credit) pay the
same fees as other students.

Financial Obligations

Students are expected to make full pay-
ment of fees by the registration dead-
line in advance of each semester. The
University sends bills for fees preceding
each semester. If payinent is not made
within the stipulated period, the stu-
dent risks cancellation of all scheduled
courses.

Payments normally fall due each aca-
demic year as follows:

Fall semester Mid-August

Spring semester Mid-December

Any change in these dates will be
shown on fall or spring invoices.
Checks should be made payable to
West Chester University and mailed to:

Office of the Bursar

Elsie O. Bull Center
West Chester University
West Chester, PA 19383

No student will be enrolled, graduated,
or given a transcript of his or her
record until all' charges due at the par-
ticular time are paid.

Deferred Payment Policy

The University extends deferred pay-
ment privileges to all students who are
in good financial standing and have not
defaulted on a previous payment plan.
The fee charged for this service is $50
annually. For more information about
the plan offered, contact the Office of
the Bursar at 610-436-2552.

Billing Address Changes

If a student's billing address changes
during enrollment at the University, the
new address must be given to the Office

of the Registrar in the Elsie O. Bull
Center to avoid delayed delivery of bills.

Dishonored Check Fee

A fee of $25 is charged to accounts for
checks returned for any reason.

Transcript Fee

The fee for transcripts is S3 per copy.
Transcript request forms are available
in the Office of the Registrar.
Immediate transcripts are $5 per
request.

Music Instrument Rental Fees

Each student renting a musical instru-
ment for a semester is charged $20 per
instrument. Every student using a pipe
organ for practice for one period each
weekday is charged $36 per semester.

Withdrawal Procedure

Students who wash to withdraw from
the University after paying their semes-
ter or summer session fees must follow
the official withdrawal procedure.
Withdrawal forms are available in the
Office of the Registrar, Elsie O. Bull
Center. Completed forms must be
returned to that office during the
semester or summer session when the
withdrawal occurs.

Basic Fee Refund Policy

Refunds cannot be made unless the stu-
dent ojjicially processes the withdrawal
from the University or the drop from a
course through the Office of the
Registrar. Application fees credited to
the student's basic fee are not refund-
able. Other amounts paid and credited
toward the basic tuition fee are refund-
able in full for students who withdraw
for approved reasons (such as docu-
mented ill health or personal tragedy)
prior to the first day of the semester.

Beginning with the first class day of the
semester, the basic tuition fee exclusive
of the acceptance fee is refundable for
students who withdraw in accordance
with the following schedule:

1st or 2nd week 80%

3rd week 70%

4th week 60%

5th week 50%

6th week and thereafter NO REFUND

Students who are in their first semester
at WCU and who have received federal
financial aid will receive prorated
refunds based on federally mandated
requirements.

Students who officially reduce their
credit hour load to qualify for a lower
basic tuition fee shall receive a refund
of a percentage of the difference in
accordance with the above schedule.

Refunds will not be made to students
who are temporarily or indefinitely
suspended.

Housing Refunds

The $100 room deposit is not refund-
able. When students change from resi-
dent status to commuter status after the
beginning of the semester, there is no
room refund, except for the most com-
pelling reasons and when a "Request
for Cancellation of Occupancy
Agreement" is properly filed in the
Office of Housing and Residence Life.

Meal Refunds

The fee for meals may be refunded on
a weekly prorated basis. Contact the
Office of the Bursar in the Elsie O. Bull
Center.

Application Fee

A nonrefundable graduate student
application fee of $25 is assessed to all
students applying to the graduate pro-
gram.

Commencement Fee

The University charges $45 to all stu-
dents enrolled in a degree program who
will have fulfilled their degree require-
ments by the end of the semester. The
fee is payable to the Office of the Bursar
and should accompany a graduation
application form from the Office of
Graduate Studies and Sponsored
Research.

Parking Fee

The University charges a nonrefundable
parking fee to students who are eligible
to purchase a decal to use University
parking lots. The current parking fee is
$20 per year; however, the fee effective
fall 1995 has not yet been established.

Registration forms are available at the
Department of Public Safety. A viola-
tion of University parking regulations is
charged at $5 per issued ticket.

Library Card/ID Card

In order to borrow books from the
librar)', graduate students must present
their ID (identification) card. An ID
card can be purchased for a $2 fee at
the SSI Office, Sykes Union Building.

Financial Aid

Academic Computing Center
ID Card

In order to borrow software and/or use
the Academic Computing Center facili-
ties, all graduate students (part-time
and full-time students) must present a
valid WCU ID card. The ID card is pur-
chased at the SSI Office, Sykes Union
Building. (For further information on
the cost and hours for pictures, contact
SSI at 610-436-2955.)

Fees for Crossover Registration

Students who are admitted to graduate
study and need to take undergraduate
course work to correct academic defi-
ciencies are advised to enroll in under-
graduate courses exclusively, and they
will be billed undergraduate fees.
Graduate students who are enrolled in
graduate and undergraduate courses
during the same semester will pay grad-

uate fees for all course work. Further,
all such courses or combinations are to
appear on a single graduate transcript
that includes a code or legend which
differentiates between undergraduate
and graduate courses. Undergraduate
courses appearing on a graduate tran-
script may or may not be acceptable for
a degree program, according to deter-
minations made by the degree-granting
department. Undergraduate students
with at least a 3.00 GPA and 96 credits
of course work may take up to six cred-
its of graduate course work in their
final semester in accordance with
University policy. If the student wishes
to have the credits count towards the
bachelor's degree, he/she must submit a
completed "Application for an
Undergraduate Student to Take a
Graduate Course for Undergraduate
Credit." If the student wishes to have
the credits count towards a graduate

degree, he/she must submit a completed
"Application for an Undergraduate
Student to Take a Graduate Course for
Graduate Credit. ' Both forms are avail-
able in the Office of the Registrar. To
receive graduate-level credit, the stu-
dent also must submit a properly com-
pleted and approved Graduate School
Application for Admission form to the
Office of Graduate Studies before com-
pleting the appropriate form.

If a course is taken for undergraduate
credit by an undergraduate student, no
additional fees will be required. If a
course is taken for graduate credit, the
student must pay graduate tuition and
applicable fees for that course. Credit
earned and grades received will be
recorded on the undergraduate tran-
script. Credits so earned may later be
applied to a graduate program, subject
to approval of the major department.

Financial Aid

The purpose of financial aid at West Chester University is to
provide financial assistance and counseling to students who
can benefit from further education, but who cannot obtain it
without such assistance. Financial assistance consists of gift
aid in the form of scholarships or grants and self-help aid in
the form of employment or loans. The main responsibility for
meeting educational expenses rests with students and their
families. Financial aid is a supplement to family contributions
and is to be used for educational expenses.

Eligibility for financial aid, with the exception of some assist-
antships and scholarships, is based on demonstrated financial
need. Family income, assets, and family size influence the
demonstrated financial need of the student.

All documents, correspondence, and conversations among the
aid applicant, his or her family, and the Office of Financial
Aid are confidential and entitled to the protection ordinarily
arising from a counseling relationship.

In order to receive need-based financial aid, the student must:

1. Meet enrollment requirements for the specific aid program
and must be making satisfactory academic progress. See
the Office of Financial Aid for a more detailed explanation
of this requirement.

2. Submit a Free Application for Federal Student Aid to the
Pennsylvania Higher Education Assistance Agency in
Harrisburg, Pa., before March 1 for priority consideration.
All students, regardless of state residency status, must com-
plete this form in order to be considered for financial aid at

West Chester University. This application will be used to
determine demonstrated financial need for the student. All
students are encouraged to complete this application.

3. Submit a Financial Aid Transcript from all previously
attended post-secondary educational institutions including
all undergraduate institutions. This transcript may be
obtained through the Office of Financial Aid. Submit this
transcript even if no aid was received at those institutions.

4. Submit any other requested documentation concerning
financial and family circumstances that may be requested
by the Office of Financial Aid, or any agency that adminis-
ters financial assistance programs. Financial aid applicants
may be required to submit copies of their parents' I.R.S.
forms or various other income documents.

The submission of the information described above does not
automatically entitle a student to receive financial aid. The
Office of Financial Aid follows the regulations established by
the federal government in awarding aid. Aid applicants are
ranked according to unmet need (based on budget, federal
and state grants, and expected family contribution), and avail-
able funds are offered to the neediest students first. Students
must apply for financial aid each academic year.

Direct questions concerning financial aid to the Office of
Financial Aid, 138 Elsie O. Bull Center, West Chester
University, West Chester, PA 19383, 610-436-2627. Office
hours are Monday through Friday, from 8:30 a.m. to 4 p.m.

Financial Aid

Withdrawal/Enrollment Change
and Aid

Students who officially withdraw or change
their enrollment status may be entitled to a
refund of certain fees, in accordance with
University policy. (See section entided
"Fees and Expenses.") If the student has
been awarded financial aid for the semester
in which the withdrawal or enrollment
change occurs, a portion of the refund will
be returned to financial aid program funds.
Financial aid refunds due to withdrawals or
enrollment changes are processed in accor-
dance with federal, state, and awarding
agency guidelines and regulations. A stu-
dent considering withdrawal or an enroll-
ment status change should consult the
Office of Financial Aid to determine the
impact of that action on current and future
financial aid.

Student Consumer Rights and
Responsibihties

You have the right to ask a school:

1. The names of its accrediting organiza-
tions.

2. About its programs; its instructional, lab-
oratory, and other physical facilities; and
its faculty.

3. The cost of attendance and its policies
on refunds to students who drop out.

4. What financial assistance is available,
including information on all federal,
state, local, private, and institutional
financial aid programs.

5. What the procedures and deadlines are
for submitting applications for each
available financial aid program.

6. What criteria it uses to select financial
aid recipients.

7. How it determines your financial need.
This process includes how costs for
tuition and fees, room and board,
travel, books and supplies, personal
and miscellaneous expenses, etc., are
considered in your budget. It also
includes what resources (such as
parental contribution, other financial
aid, your assets, etc.) are considered in
the calculation of your need.

8. If you have a loan, you have the right
to know what the interest rate is, the
total amount that must be repaid, the
length of time you have to repay the
loan, when you must start repaying it,
and any cancellation and deferment
provisions that apply.

9. If you are offered a work study job, you
have the right to know what kind of
job it is, what hours you must work,
what your duties will be, what the rate

of pay will be, and how and when you
will be paid.

10. To reconsider your aid package, if you
believe a mistake has been made.

11. How the school determines whether
you are making satisfactory academic
progress and what happens if you are
not.

12. What special facilities and services are
available to the disabled.

You have the responsibility to:

1. Re\iew and consider all information
about a school's program before you
enroll.

2. Pay special attention to your apphcation
for student financial aid, complete it
accurately, and submit it on time to the
right place. Errors can delay your receipt
of financial aid.

3. Provide all additional documentation,
verification, corrections, and/or new
information requested by either the
Office of Financial Aid or the agency to
which you submitted your application.

4. Read and understand all forms that you
are asked to sign and keep copies of
them.

5. Accept responsibility for the promissory
note and all other agreements that you
sign.

6. If you have a loan, notify the lender of
changes in your name, address, or
enrollment status.

7. Perform in a satisfactory manner the
work that is agreed upon in accepting a
college work study job.

8. Know and comply with the deadlines for
apphcation for aid.

9. Know and comply with your school's
refund procedures.

Federal Perkins Loan Program

The Federal Perkins Loan Program is a
cooperative effort of the federal government
and West Chester University which enables
qualified students to secure educational
loans under attractive conditions. Each bor-
rower must:

1 . Be enrolled or accepted in the institution
participating in the program.

2. Demonstrate financial need.

3. Maintain satisfactory academic progress
in the curriculum.

The combined total of undergraduate and
graduate loans cannot exceed $30,000.
Approval of loans depends on the student's
financial need and the availability of loan
funds. The Free Application for Federal
Student Aid must be filed. For further infor-
mation contact the director of financial aid.

Federal Stafford Loan

The Federal Stafford Loan is a cooperative
effort of private lending institutions and the
state and federal governments which
enables qualified students to secure
long-term educational loans.

To be eligible for a loan, a student must:

1 . Be accepted for enrollment in an
approved institution or, if enrolled, be
making satisfactor)' academic progress.

2. Be classified as at least a half-time stu-
dent.

The maximum loan per academic year for
graduate students is $18,500 (combined
subsidized and unsubsidized) or the cost of
the education, whichever is less; no more
than $8,500 of this total loan amount may
be subsidized. The total maximum indebt-
edness for all years of undergraduate and
graduate study is $65,500 subsidized and
$73,000 unsubsidized. Applications for this
loan can be obtained at lending institutions
(banks).

Graduate Assistantships

A limited number of graduate assistantships
are available to qualified, full-time and
part-time graduate students. Interested stu-
dents should consult their department
chairperson or graduate coordinator and the
Office of Graduate Studies and Sponsored
Research to determine the availability of
assistantships and their own eligibility. To
be eligible, applicants must be admitted as
fully matriculated students into a graduate
degree program. Certification programs are
not degree-granting programs and, accord-
ingly, certification students are not eligible
for graduate assistantships. Assistantship
applicants also must have an undergraduate
GPA of 2.75 and/or a graduate GPA of 3.00.
Assignments are made by the department in
which the assistantship is located and may
involve part-time undergraduate teaching,
participation in research projects, or other
professional duties under facult)' supervi-
sion. Applications are available in the Office
of Graduate Studies and Sponsored
Research.

Full-time graduate assistants, in return for
20 hours of assigned duties per week,
receive tuition remission and a stipend of
$5,000 for the academic year. Half-time
assistantships involving 10 hours per week
of assignments also are available that cover
six credits of tuition remission and pay a
stipend of $2,500 for the academic year.
Full-time graduate assistants are not
allowed to hold other on-campus employ-
ment simultaneously. Part-time graduate
assistants may work on-campus a maxi-
mum of ten hours per week in addition to
holding an assistantship.

Financial Aid

For maximum consideration for support,
applications for the fall semester should be
submitted by February 15, although some
departments occasionally consider assistant-
ship applications at later dates. Assistant-
ships also are offered by the Center for
Academic Excellence, Residence Life and
Housing, the Academic Computing Center,
and other offices. Please contact these
offices, the adviser and/or graduate coordi-
nator of your academic program, or the
Office of Graduate Studies for additional
information.

Students holding graduate assistantships
who fail to maintain good academic stand-
ing (minimum GPA of 3.0) will have their
assistantships revoked or will not have
them renewed. This policy includes courses
taken during summer sessions. Depart-
ments also may stipulate higher academic
standards for maintaining assistantships.
Full-time graduate assistantships are given
for a maximum of four semesters. Half-time
assistantships may be granted for up to
eight semesters.

Frederick Douglass Graduate
Assistantships

These graduate assistantships are named
after Frederick Douglass, a great nineteendi
century American abolitionist, writer, and
statesman who, at the time of his death in
1895, was indisputably the most famous
black American of his time. The assistant-
ships are offered to the academically quali-
fied black American, native American, and
Hispanic American graduate students.
These are full-time (20 hours per week)
assistantships that provide a tuition waiver
and $5,000 stipend for the academic year.
The awards are made on an annual basis
and are renewable for a second year.
Students may use these assistantships to
pursue a master's degree in one of the
University's graduate programs. Interested
individuals with excellent credentials
should contact the Office of Graduate
Studies and Sponsored Research, 102 Old
Library*, 610-436-2943.

Residence Hall Graduate Assistants

Opportunities to serve as residence hall
graduate assistants are open to all full-time
graduate students. Graduate assistants live
in the University residence halls and assist
the full-time, professional resident director
in providing direction for the personal,
social, and educational development of the
resident students. Residence life graduate
assistants are also supervisors for student
workers and serve as University judicial
hearing officers. These positions are
full-time (25 hours a week) graduate assist-

antships that offer a stipend, tuition remis-
sion, and room and meal plan. Preference is
given to students enrolled in a counseling
or psychology program and to those wdth
prior residence hall hving experience.
Applications may be made through the
Office of Residence Life and Housing, Sykes
Student Union Building. 610-436-3307.

Institute for Women Graduate
Grant

The Institute for Women at "West Chester
University offers an annual grant of $500 to
a woman graduate student who is accepted
into a master's degree program at West
Chester University. The award is based on
high academic achievement; evidence of
potential for contribution to the applicant's
field of study; a record of leadership in
school, community, church, or other set-
ting; and evidence of service to others.
Applications, including reference forms, are
available from the Office of Graduate
Studies and Sponsored Research. Completed
materials must be submitted by March 15.
Only students who have filed all required
admission credentials and plan to enroll for
a minimum of six graduate credits
are eligible.

Federal Work Study

Graduate students may apply through the
Office of Financial Aid for University or fed-
eral work study funds. The Free
Application for Federal Student Aid also
must be filed.

Kinesiology (Physical Education)
Department Scholarship

One $300 scholarship is awarded to a grad-
uate student in kinesiology. Applications
should be submitted to the chairperson,
Department of Kinesiology.

Special Education Department
Scholarship

The Department of Special Education offers
a scholarship of $500 to be awarded annu-
ally to a select, nontraditional student. The
award is made possible through the Military
Order of the Purple Heart, a veterans' orga-
nization chattered by Congress for armed
forces persormel wounded in combat.

Notification of the award will be made by
March 1 of each year. Applications and fur-
ther information are available from the
chairperson. Department of Special
Education.

Professor Russell Sturzebecker
Scholarship

The Professor Russell Sturzebecker
Scholarship is a $100 award made each

semester to a "worthy and needy" graduate
student in health and physical education.
Through the generosity of Mr. John Unruh,
the award is donated in honor of Professor
Sturzebecker.

The recipient must be working full time in
the field of health and physical education
and must be a part-time student at West
Chester University working towards a mas-
ter's degree in his or her professional field.

Graduate students who meet the criteria
are invited to submit a letter of application
for the scholarship along with a resume of
their professional and academic status.
These documents should be submitted to
the chairperson of the Department of
Kinesiology before November 1 5 for the
first semester, and before March 15 for the
second semester. Selections will be made
by a committee of three graduate faculty
members of the Department of Health and
the Department of Kinesiology.

Application forms are available from the
Department of Kinesiology.

Grace Cochran Research on
Women Award

An annual $100 award in each division,
graduate and undergraduate, is given for
the best research on women. The award,
sponsored by the Institute for Women, is
given on Research on Women Day held in
the spring of each year. Dr. Cochran, an
eminent teacher and scholar, graduated
from the West Chester Normal School in
1906.

Dr. Charles S. Swope
Scholarship Foundation

The Memorial Scholarship Trust Foun-
dation was established by Charles E. Swope
and Richard M. Swope in memory of Dr.
and Mrs. Charles S. Swope. Dr. Swope
served as president of West Chester
University for a quarter of a century.
Applicants must be enrolled full time and
be graduates of West Chester University.
Scholarships are $1,000 each. Applications
must be filed on or before April 1.
Selection is made during May, with schol-
arships commencing in September.

Charles Mayo Scholarship

A financial grant is awarded yearly to an
upperclass or graduate student in political
science in memory of Charles Mayo, for-
mer president of West Chester University.
Funded by contributions, the award is
administered by faculty of the Department
of Political Science. The value of the schol-
arship is approximately $200.

Effective fall semester 1995, 102 Rosedale Ave.

Academic Information and Regulations

Time to Complete the Degree
Program

All requirements for the degree, includ-
ing courses, comprehensive examina-
tions, and thesis, must be completed
within the six years immediately prior
to the expected date of graduation.

See also "Degree Candidacy" and
"Degree Requirements."

Classification of Students

Students are classified as:
A. Matriculated Students

1. Full matriculation, granted to a stu-
dent who meets all admission
requirements.

2. Provisional matriculation, which may
be granted to a student who;

a. Has not taken the Graduate
Record Examination, the Miller
Analogies Test, or a specialized
entrance examination required by
the department concerned.

b. Is unable to present all prerequi-
sites required by the department.

Students must fulfill the conditions
stipulated in their provisional accep-
tance by the time that application to
degree candidacy is made. Credit
earned as a provisional degree stu-
dent may be accepted towards the
degree only on recommendation of
the student's adviser.

Note: Some programs do not grant
provisional matriculation.

3. Teacher certification, which applies
to students taking course work to
gain teacher certification.

4. Professional growth, for students who
take graduate course work but seek
neither a degree nor certification.

B. Nondegree Students

A nondegree student may be admitted to
take a workshop or other credit-bearing
class. Nondegree students may schedule
up to six credits of course work on a
nonmatriculated basis. Additional course
work may be taken only after the student
has applied and been accepted as a
matriculated student into one of the cate-
gories described above. Students taking
only special courses, such as workshops,
are the exception to this rule.

Courses taken under nondegree status
may not necessarily be applied to degree
programs at a later date. Students should
begin the formal application process
immediately after they have decided to
pursue a graduate degree at West
Chester University.

Advisory System

All students will be assigned an adviser
in the department of their chosen
major. Students must comply with all
program or department advising and
scheduling procedures, and are ex-
pected to meet with their advisers at
least once each semester during the
course scheduling period.

Graduate Level Course
Numbering System

500 Series graduate level courses to
which advanced undergraduates
may be admitted

600 Series graduate courses not normal-
ly open to undergraduates

Course numbering within a series is at
the discretion of the department offer-
ing the courses.

Undergraduate Courses for
Graduate Credit

Some departments have identified
selected undergraduate courses that may
be taken by graduate students (under
departmental advisement) for graduate
credit. No more than six credits of speci-
fically designated 400-level courses may
be applied to the awarding of the grad-
uate degree. See departmental listings.

Workshops

The number 598 following the depart-
mental prefix indicates an "open" work-
shop that allows the departments to
offer a variety of short-term seminars in
specific subjects under this designation.
Such workshops may or may not carry
credit in a graduate degree program.

Student Load

The normal work load for a full-time
student during the fall and spring semes-
ters is nine semester hours. The load
may be increased if approval has been
obtained from the student's adviser.

During the summer session, the normal

work load is one semester hour of work
for each week of enrollment. Generally,
students carry only one course during
the Pre or Post Session and no more
than six credits during the Regular
Session. Exceptions to this policy must
be approved by the dean of graduate
studies and sponsored research.

Course Credit by Examination

Credit by examination may not be
taken for graduate course work.

Pass/Fail Grades

The pass/fail option is not available to
graduate students for graduate or
undergraduate courses.

Transferring Credit from Other
Institutions

West Chester students who wish to
take course work at other institutions
for credit at West Chester University
must first obtain approval from their
chairperson or coordinator and the
dean of graduate studies and sponsored
research. Other restrictions and require-
ments are the same as those given in
"Transfer of Credit," page 5.

Change of Status

A provisional degree student who has
met the various conditions stipulated at
the time of admission may petition for
full graduate standing by submitting a
written request to the Office of Graduate
Studies and Sponsored Research. Credit
earned as a provisional degree student or
as a nondegree student may be accepted
in a degree program only on the recom-
mendation of the student's adviser.
Provisional degree students should con-
sult their advisers well in advance in
order to select work appropriate for
transfer toward the degree.

Changing to Auditor Status

Before the end of the add period, a stu-
dent may apply to become an auditor by
completing a Change in Class Status
Form available in the Office of Graduate
Studies and Sponsored Research and by
obtaining the necessary approval.

Changes in Program

In order to change from one degree pro-
gram to another, a student must submit
an application to the Office of Graduate

Academic Information and Regulations

Studies and Sponsored Research. The
student must meet all specific admis-
sion requirements of the program for
which the change is requested. No fee
is charged.

Adding a Course

Students may add a course by filing a
Schedule Change Form in the Office of
the Registrar or the Office of Graduate
Studies and Sponsored Research during
the schedule change period and after
obtaining approval from their program
adviser or graduate coordinator, and
the dean of graduate studies and spon-
sored research.

Dropping a Course

A. During the first week of a semester,
or the equivalent time in summer
sessions, a student may drop a
course, thereby receiving no grade,
by filing a Schedule Change Form in
the Office of the Registrar or the
Office of Graduate Studies and
Sponsored Research during the
schedule change period.

B. A grade of W will be entered on the
academic record of any student who
drops a course between the end of the
first week and before the end of the
fifth class week or the equivalent in
summer sessions.

Students who drop a course betwem the
end of the fifth class week and the end of
the tenth class week will receive a grade of
either Withdraw Passing (WP) or
Withdraw Failing (WP) from the instruc-
tor, indicating that they were passing or
failing the course at that time. A WP is
not treated as a grade. A WP is computed
as an "F." After the tenth week of classes,
students will receive whatever grade the
professor assigns (excluding WP and
WP) but are not entitled to selectively
withdraw from particular classes. STU-
DPNTS WHO FAIL TO OFFICIALLY
DROP A COURSE FOR WHICH THEY
HAVE REGISTERED WILL RECEIVE A
GRADE OP "F • FOR PHE COURSE.

However, students must be registered for
at least one course, or they must with-
draw from the University. See "With-
drawal from the University" below.

Withdrawal from Courses in
Summer Sessions

Students wishing to withdraw from
summer sessions should follow the same
procedure for withdrawal from a course.
Withdrawal deadlines are adjusted

appropriately in accordance with the
summer calendar.

Withdrawal from the University

Students wishing to withdraw from the
University must go to the Office of the
Registrar and follow the prescribed proce-
dures. If illness or some other emergency
interrupts the student's work, he or she
must notify the Office of the Registrar
immediately. Unless a student withdraws
officially, F grades will be recorded for
unfinished courses. The student also
must notify the Office of Graduate
Studies and Sponsored Research of his or
her vnthdrawal from the University.

Leave of Absence

Students in a degree program who will
not be registering for course work during
the fall or spring semesters should file a
request for a leave of absence with the
dean of graduate studies. A leave of
absence may be granted for a minimum
of one calendar year. The request should
be filed in advance of the semester in
which course work is halted. Approved
leaves of absence do not release the stu-
dent from the six-year time limitation
stipulated for the completion of degree
requirements. Leave of absence request
forms may be obtained from the Office of
Graduate Studies.

Grading System

The following grading system applies to
graduate students:

Grade Definitions:

Quality
Grade Points Interpretation

A 4.00 Superior graduate attainment

A- 3.67

B+ 3.33 Satisfactory graduate attainment

B 3.00

B- 2.67

C+ 2.33 Attainment below graduate

C 2 00 expectations

C- L67

D+ 1.33 Credit not accepted toward

Pj J QQ any graduate program

(See course repeat policy
D- 0.67 for all grades below C-)

F 0

Failure

NG No Grade

W Withdrawal

WF 0 Withdrawal

Failing

WP

Withdrawal

Passing

Y

Administrative

Withdrawal

AU

Audit

I (Incomplete) is a temporary grade
replaced by NG in 1980. NG (No Grade)
is given when a student fails to complete
course requirements by the end of a
semester and a time extension is grant-
ed by the instructor; see "Removing 'No
Grade' Designation" below.

W (Withdrawal) is given when a stu-
dent withdraws from a course between
the end of the first and the end of the
fifth class week of the semester or the
equivalent in summer sessions.

WP and WF are explained in the sec-
tion "Dropping a Course."

Y (Administrative Withdrawal) is
given under appeal when there are
nonacademic mitigating circumstances,
and there is documentation that the
student never, in fact, attended class.

Course Repeat Policy

Graduate students must repeat courses
applied to the degree for which they
have received a grade of less than C-
and all courses for which the program
or department has a higher standard.
Courses may be repeated only once.
Both grades received for a course will
remain on the student's record, and
both grades will be used to calculate
the cumulative and major averages.

Removing "No Grade"
Designation

Students must complete courses for
which they have received a No Grade
(NG) by the completion date stipulated
by the instructor, and no later than the
end of the first nine weeks of the next
semester or the NG will become an F.
Phe nine-week requirement does not
apply to independent study, thesis,
research report, practicum, or recital
credit.

Grade Change Policy

A grade awarded other than NG is final.
Final grades can be changed only when
there is a clerical or computational
error. If the student thinks there is an
error, the student must report the
alleged error in writing to the professor
as soon as possible, but no later than
the end of the fifth week of the follow-
ing semester. If a grade change is war-

Academic Information and Regulations

ranted, the professor must submit a
change of grade request to the Office of
the Registrar not later than the end of
the ninth week of the semester. Final
grades cannot be changed after the
ninth week of the semester following
the alleged error.

Grade Reports

Grade reports are mailed to the student
soon after the end of a semester or summer
session. Students are reminded to check
their reports against grade requirements
and other regulations, as well as for accura-
cy, and to have their grade reports avail-
able when consulting with advisers.

Grade Appeals

Scope of the Policy

The Grade Appeals Policy applies only
to questions of student evaluation. Since
appeals involve questions of judgment,
the Grade Appeals Board will not rec-
ommend that a grade be revised in the
student's favor unless there is clear evi-
dence that the original grade was based
upon prejudiced or capricious judg-
ment, or was inconsistent with
official University policy. In the case
where the grade was based on a charge
of cheating, the Academic Dishonesty
Policy applies (see below). Academic
Dishonesty includes but is not limited to:

1. Plagiarism, that is, copying another's
work or portions thereof and/or using
ideas and concepts of another and pre-
senting them as one's own without giv-
ing proper credit to the source;

2. Submitting work that has been pre-
pared by another person;

3. Using books or other materials with-
out authorization while taking exam-
inations;

4. Taking an examination for another
person, or allowing another person
to take an examination in one's place;

5. Copying from another's paper during
an examination or allowing another
person to copy from one's own
and/or

6. Unauthorized access to an examina-
tion prior to administration.

Grade Appeals Procedure

1. (a) A student must initiate an appeal
in writing within 20 class days
from the date of the decision or
action in question. In case of an
appeal of a final grade, the appeal
iTiust be filed no later than the
first 20 class days of the term fol-
lowing the one in which the
grade was received. This written

appeal should be sent to the
instructor who awarded the
grade in question. The appeal
shall be received by the student
and the faculty members. They
shall mutually attempt to resolve
the appeal within five class days
from the receipt,
(b) If the appeal is based on an inter-
pretation of departmental or
University policy, the student's
academic adviser may also be
present during the review pro-
cess. In such case, there shall be
a limit of five class days in which
to resolve the appeal.

2. An appeal not resolved at Step 1 shall
be referred in writing by the student
within five class days after the comple-
tion of Step 1 to the chairperson of the
department of which the course in
question is a part. If there is a depart-
mental appeals committee, the problem
shall be referred directly to it. The
department chairperson or the depart-
mental appeals committee shall normal-
ly submit a written response to the stu-
dent within 10 class days following
receipt of the written statement of the
problem. A copy of this response shall
also be provided to the instructor.

3. If no mutually satisfactory decision has
been reached at Step 2, the student may
submit a written appeal to the dean of
the college or school in which the prob-
lem originated. Such an appeal shall be
made within five class days following
the receipt of the written response of
the department chairperson or the
departmental appeals committee. The
dean shall investigate the problem as
presented in the written documenta-
tion, review the recommendation and
provide, in writing, a proposal for the
solution of the problem within 10 class
days followdng its referral.

4. If the problem is not mutually resolved
by Step 3, the student may file an
appeal with the Grade Appeals Board
within five class days of the receipt of
the written proposal from the dean.
The request for an appeal must be sub-
mitted to the associate provost or, if
appropriate, to the dean of graduate
studies who will convene the Grade
Appeals Board as soon as possible, but
no later than 15 class days after the
receipt of the written request.

Grade Appeals Board

1. Membership

A. The associate provost (or, if

appropriate, the dean of graduate
studies) serves as nonvoting
chairperson. If the associate pro-
vost is not available to serve, the
administration will appoint a
substitute mutually acceptable to
the student and the Association
of Pennsylvania State College and
University Faculties (APSCUF).

B. A faculty dean not involved in the
appeals process. A substitute may
be appointed as given in "A " above.

C. Two faculty members. At the
beginning of each academic year,
the Office of the Associate Provost
shall randomly select two full-time
faculty from each academic depart-
ment in order to constitute the
pool. Two faculty members from
different departments will be ran-
domly selected from this pool for
each Appeals Board.

D. Two undergraduate students or,
if appropriate, two graduate stu-
dents appointed by the president
of the Student Government
Association (SGA).

2. Attendance

A. The faculty member involved
may be assisted by an adviser, an
APSCUF representative, or the
chairperson of the department in
which the problem originated.

B. The student involved may be
assisted by an adviser. The adviser
may be another student, an admi-
nistrator, or a faculty member.

C. Such witnesses as are called on
behalf of either the faculty mem-
ber or the student.

D. Resource persons or expert wit-
nesses called at the request of the
board. In the event that the deci-
sion making involves knowledge
of the discipline, the board shall
be required to utilize at least one
resource person from the disci-
pline, an expert adviser(s) to aid
them in their decision making.

3. Procedure

A. Preparation for the Hearing — All
parties must be informed of the
complaint in writing by the chair-
person of the Grade Appeals Board
(hereafter referred to as "chairper-
son"), normally within five class
days after the receipt of the com-
plaint. Copies of documents and
correspondence filed with respect
to the complaint shall be provided
to the interested parties through
the chairperson. Thereafter, neither

Academic Information and Regulations

new evidence nor new charges shall be
introduced before the board. The chair-
person shall notify in writing the interest-
ed parties of the exact time and place of
the hearing and shall provide existing
University and/or Commonwealth policies
relevant to the appeal at least five class
days before the beginning of the proceed-
ings. Throughout these proceedings, the
burden of proof rests upon the person
bringing the appeal.

B. Hearing Procedure — During the
hearing, both the faculty member
and the student shall be accorded
ample time for statements, testi-
mony of witnesses, and presenta-
tion of documents.

C. Decision of the Appeals Board

1 . The Grade Appeals Board shall
deliberate in executive session
and render a decision by majori-
ty vote within three days of the
close of the hearing. The chair-
person may participate in these
deliberations but not vote.

2. The chairperson shall notify,
in writing, the student, the
faculty member, and the
department in which the
course in question is located
of the decision within three
class days of the board's final
action. The notification shall
include the basis upon which
the decision was reached.

4. Other

A. A written statement of the deci-
sion and relevant materials shall
be placed in the student's acade-
mic file.

B. A written statement of the deci-
sion and relevant materials shall
be placed in the faculty member's
file subject to the provisions of
official commonwealth policy
governing personnel files.

Notes

1 . Both faculty member and student are
entitled to the right of challenge for
cause of any member of the depart-
ment committee (if used) and the
Grade Appeals Board except the chair-
person. In the case of challenge at the
Appeals Board level, the chairperson
shall adjudicate the challenge. One
challenge at each level is permitted.

2. A "class day" is defined as any day
when classes are officially in session
at West Chester University.

3. If the course in which the grade dis-
pute occurred is offered under the
auspices of a unit of the University

other than an academic department,
the program director/coordinator,
head of that unit, and/or the depart-
ment chairperson will function in
Step 2 of the procedure. In Step 3,
the appeal should then be made to
the associate provost rather than the
dean of the college/school.
4. If the professor is not on contract or
in residence on the campus, he or
she shall have the right to defer the
procedure until his or her return.
Similarly, if the procedure would
normally occur during the summer
and the student is not enrolled in
any summer session, the procedure
may be deferred until the fall semes-
ter at the student's request.

Academic Dishonesty Policy
Academic Dishonesty Process

1 . Academic dishonest)- as it applies to
students includes but is not limited to
academic cheating; plagiarism; the sale,
purchase, or exchange of term papers or
research papers; falsification of informa-
tion, which includes any form of pro-
viding false or misleading information,
written or oral; or of altering or falsify-
ing official institutional records.

Note: The Student Code of Conduct
covers theft or attempted theft of prop-
erty or services; destruction; vandalism;
and the misuse or abuse of real or per-
sonal propertv- of the University', any
organizations, or any individual.

2. Charges of academic dishonesty may be
brought by any member of the
University community'.

3. Charges of academic dishonesty may be
dealt with informally by the person
bringing the charges and the student. A
written agreement of the setdement shall
be signed by both sides. An instructor
may, on his/her own authority, apply a
penalty to the student's grade, including
failure in the course. If additional sanc-
tions are requested, the appeals process
must be employed and an academic
integrity hearing must be convened.

4. If the informal process has not been
employed or either party is not satisfied
with the resolution under (3) above,
then that party shall, within 14 calendar
days, submit written notification to the
department chair or unit director. The
department shall then, within 14 calen-
dar days, handle the matter according
to its own procedures. The department,
shall, within 14 calendar days of hear-
ing the case, provide written notifica-
tion of its decision to all parties.

5. If either party is not satisfied with the
resolution reached in (4) above, that
party may, within 14 calendar days of
the department's decision, appeal the
matter to the dean or appropriate
administrator. The dean or administra-
tor shall then, within 14 calendar days,
handle the matter and provide written
notification to all parties.

6. If either party is not satisfied with the
decision of the dean or administrator,
that party may, within 14 calendar
days, appeal the matter to the
Academic Integrity Board.

Membership

1 . The associate provost (or if appropri-
ate, the dean of graduate studies)
serves as nonvoting chairperson. If the
associate provost is not available to
serve, the administration will appoint a
substitute mutually acceptable to the
student and the Association of
Pennsylvania State College and
University faculties (APSCUF).

2. A faculty dean not involved in the
charging process. A substitute may be
appointed as given in (1) above.

3. Two facultv' members. At the beginning
of each academic year, the Office of the
Associate Provost shall randomly select
two, full-time faculty from each academic
department in order to constitute the
pool. Two faculty members from differ-
ent departments will be randomly select-
ed from this pool for each Appeals Board.

4. Two undergraduate students or, if appro-
priate, two graduate students appointed
by the president of the Student Govern-
ment Association (SGA) or Graduate
Student Association, respectively.

Hearing Procedures for Academic
Integrity Board

The chair will provide notice to all parties.

1 . Hearings shall proceed to the extent pos-
sible according to the following form;

(a) The hearings chair shall open the
proceedings by reading the state-
ment of charges;

(b) The charging partv' shall then pre-
sent the case against the accused
party. This shall be done by the sub-
mission of written, physical, and tes-
timonial evidence. The accused
party and the board shall have the
right to conduct reasonable ques-
tioning of the charging party and
the charging party's witnesses;

(c) At the conclusion of the charging par-
ty's presentation, the accused party
may present a defense or may plead

Academic Information and Regulations

to the charges. This shall be done by the
submission of written, physical, and testi-
monial evidence. The charging party and
the Hearing Board shall have the right to
conduct reasonable questioning of the
accused party and the accused party's
witnesses;

(d) After both cases have been present-
ed, the Hearing Board shall allow
presentation of rebuttal evidence;

(e) At the close of the hearing, the
Hearing Board shall allow closing
arguments by the parties.

2. The board chair shall have authority and
be responsible for maintaining an order-
ly procedure throughout the hearing.

3. AU hearings are closed proceedings;

4. The burden of proof rests upon the
individual bringing the charges;

5. All matters upon which the decision
will be based must be introduced into
evidence at the hearing;

6. Both parties shall have the right to be
assisted by advisers, who may be
attorneys, and who may be present at
hearings. The provost or his/her
designee must be notified in advance
of the hearing who the advisers will
be. The advisers may only consult and
interact privately with their clients.

7. All hearings will be tape recorded. The
audiotape record of the hearing will be
archived in the Office of the Provost or
his/her designee for five years. A written
transcript of the hearing wdll be provid-
ed at the expense of the University
when subpoenaed.

8. A written adjudication, arrived at by
majority vote, in which the facts and
reasons for the recommendation are set
forth with reasonable specificity, shall
be issued within seven calendar days
after the close of the proceedings by the
board and shall be sent to the provost
and vice president for academic affairs
with copies to all parties. The provost
shall implement the recommendation
of the board or shall provide, within
seven University days, a written
response to all parties explaining
his/her reasons for declining to do so.

9. Any party who fails to appear at the
hearing consents to the conducting of
the hearing in his or her absence.

10. The University retains the right to con-
tinue a hearing whenever necessary and
appropriate.

Appeals

1. Either party may appeal the recommen-
dation of the board to the provost or

his/her designee within seven calendar
days. Any stay of sanction shall be grant-
ed only upon application to and at the
sole discretion of the provost or his/her
designee. The decision of the provost
shall be final.

Sanctions

1. At the conclusion of the appeals process,
a student may be exonerated or subject
to any combination of the following
range of penalties:

(a) The board, with the approval of the
instructor, may apply a penalty to the
student's grade, including failure in
the course.

(b) Disciplinary probation: The student
is informed in writing that he or she
is being placed on disciplinary proba-
tion for a specific period of time.
This action is a period of official cen-
sure. A probation action may specify
any conditions with which the indi-
vidual must comply or any privileges
which may be withheld. Probation
may include the loss of privilege to
represent the University in an official
capacity including but not limited to
varsity and nonvarsity intercollegiate
events, plays, and holding office in
campus government or related orga-
nizations. If at any time during his or
her probationary period the student
violates University regulations, he or
she may be subject to further disci-
plinary action from the University.

(c) Suspension: The student is informed
in writing that he or she is being
involuntarily suspended from the
university for a designated period of
time. The dean of students must be
notified of the suspension. A stu-
dent shall lose student status and
may not attend classes, take exams,
receive grades or be on University
property except for authorized
University business during the sus-
pension period. Authorized
University business must be
approved in advance by the provost
and vice president for academic
affairs or designee. After the desig-
nated period of time, the student
must seek approval from the provost
and vice president for academic
affairs to reapply to return through
the Office of Admissions. The board
may establish additional require-
ments which must be fulfilled to the
satisfaction of the provost and vice
president for academic affairs prior
to reinstatement. There will be no
refunding of fees. The assignment of

grades shall be m accordance with
University policy.

(d) Expulsion: The student is informed
in writing that he or she is being
expelled from the University. This
action is one of involuntary separa-
tion from the University. The rela-
tionship between the student and
this University is permanendy termi-
nated. A student is not permitted on
University property. There will be no
refunding of fees. The assignment of
grades shall be in accordance with
University policy. The fact of the
expulsion and the reason for it will
be entered on the student's official
transcript and on all copies thereof. A
student who has been expelled for
academic dishonesty will not be
awarded a degree from West Chester
University.

(e) Restitution: Restitution may be
imposed on students whose violation
of these standards has involved mon-
etary loss or damage. Restitution as
imposed by the board becomes a
financial obligation to the University.

(0 Hold on records: When appropriate,
the University may withhold tran-
scripts, grades, degrees, diplomas, or
other official records pending the dis-
position of cases.
Notes:

1. If the action occurs at the end of an
academic session, the procedure may be
deferred until the next appropriate ses-
sion.

2. A written statement of the decision and
relevant materials shall be placed in the
student's academic file and sent to the
student's academic adviser.

Obtaining Transcripts

Transcripts of work taken at West Chester
University may be obtained from the Office
of the Registrar. A check or money order,
payable to West Chester University, must
accompany a written request that should
include the period of attendance at the
University, degree status, the curriculum
pursued. Social Security number, and any
change of name during enrollment. For a
description of the transcript fee, see "Fees
and Expenses."

Changes in Name or Address

Students should immediately notify the
Office of the Registrar, the Office of
Graduate Studies and Sponsored
Research, and their department of any
change of address or change in name.

Academic Information anci Regulations

The Comprehensive (Area of
SpeciaUzation Examination)

A comprehensive examination covers
the student's major field and is con-
structed, administered, and evaluated by
the faculty of the student's major depart-
ment or program. Candidates must
apply for the examination with the
department. They are not eligible to take
the examination prior to the semester in
which all courses in the major discipline
are completed.

Other Examinations

Other examinations may be required of
degree students. All requirements given
under the heading of the particular pro-
gram should be carefully noted.

Research Requirements

Students should consult specific pro-
grams to determine whether indepen-
dent study directed toward either the
thesis or a research report is required,
offered optionally, or omitted.

AppHcation for Graduation

Each candidate for a master's degree must
submit the following items to the Office of
Graduate Studies and Sponsored Research:
(1) a form indicating intent to graduate,
with a copy to the chairperson of the can-
didate's department; (2) a check for $45
made payable to the Commencement
Fund; (3) a Commencement Fund Invoice
Form; and (4) a Cap and Gown Order
Form. All of these forms are available in a
packet from the Office of Graduate Studies
and Sponsored Research. Deadline dates
for applying to graduate are: May gradua-
tion— February 1; August graduation —
June 1; December graduation — October 1.

Submitting the Thesis for Binding

After approval by the department, theses
must be typed in accordance with speci-
fications contained in the "Guide to the
Preparation of the Master's Thesis," a copy
of which may be obtained from depart-
mental offices or the Office of Graduate
Studies and Sponsored Research. After the
dean of graduate studies and sponsored
research has approved the thesis, the stu-
dent is responsible for transmitting all
required copies to the library for binding.

Second Master's Degree

Students wishing to obtain a second mas-
ter's degree from West Chester University
must meet all academic requirements set
by the Office of Graduate Studies and the
department concerned, and must earn a
minimum of 24 credits beyond the hours

applied toward the first master's. All new
credits and additional departmental acade-
mic requirements must have been com-
pleted within a six -year period preceding
the awarding of the second degree.

Graduates Seeking Initial
Teaching Certification

College graduates who wqsh to obtain ini-
tial teaching certification (Instructional I)
should contact the Office of Certification,
Recitation 201A.

Permanent Teaching
Certification

The Instructional II (Permanent) Cerfi-
ficate is a permanent certificate issued to an
applicant who has completed three years of
satisfactor)' teaching on an Instructional I
Certificate, attested to by the superinten-
dent of the school district in which his or
her most recent service was performed, or,
in the case of an intermediate unit, the ex-
ecutive director, or in the case of an ap-
proved nonpublic school, the chief school
administrator. In addition, the applicant
must complete 24 semester hours of colle-
giate study at an approved four-year insti-
tution after receiving a baccalaureate
degree.

IN-SERVICE PROGRAMS— The 24-
semester-hour requirement may be satis-
fied, in whole or in part, through in-ser-
\ice programs approved by the Secretary
of Education of the Commonwealth.

Educational SpeciaUst
Certification

Commonwealth regulations also provide
for certification as an educational specialist
to those persons who successfully com-
plete an approved program of study and
have the recommendation of the training
institution. The Educational Specialist
Certificate is issued on two levels.
Educational Specialist I (Provisional)
The Educational Specialist I Certificate is
issued for entr)' into a professional posi-
tion in the schools of the Common-
wealth. The applicant must have com-
pleted an approved program of study,
possess a baccalaureate degree, and been
recommended for certification by the
preparing institution.
Educational SpeciaUst II (Permanent)
The Educational Specialist II Certificate is a
permanent certificate issued to an applicant
who has completed three years of satisfac-
tory service on an Educational Specialist I
Certificate, and who has completed 24
semester hours of postbaccalaureate or
graduate study at a regionally approved

institution. In addition, the applicant must
have received the recommendation of the
superintendent of the school district in
which his or her most recent service was
performed, or in the case of an intermedi-
ate unit, the executive director, or in the
case of an approved nonpublic school, the
chief school administrator.

On June 1, 1987, the Pennsylvania State
Board of Educadon implemented revisions
to the Pennsylvania Code. These revisions
require all students who apply for
Pennsylvania teaching certificates to pass
state competency tests in basic skills, gen-
eral knowledge, professional knowledge,
and specific knowledge of the subjects in
which they seek teacher certification.

As changes are made in requirements
for all certification programs, it is the
student's responsibility to satisfy the
new requirements.

Professional Certification

Several departments and programs, in
addition to offering degrees, offer pro-
fessional certificates on completion of a
prescribed course of study. Consult the
individual department or program list-
ings regarding offerings.

Directory Information

The Family Educational Rights and
Privacy Act defines the term "directory
information" to include the following cate-
gories of information: the student's name,
addresses, telephone numbers, date and
place of birth, major field of study, partici-
pation in officially recognized activities
and sports, weight and height of members
of athletic teams, dates of attendance,
degrees and awards received, and the most
recent educational agency or institution
attended by the student. The University
will limit information tliat is made public
to categories such as these but will not
necessarily publish all such information in
every listing.

Students who do not wish to have any or
all of such "directory information" pub-
lished without their prior consent must
file notice — undergraduates in the Office
of the Registrar, and graduate students in
the Office of Graduate Studies and
Sponsored Research and in the Office of
the Registrar. A signed, dated statement
specifying items not to be published must
be brought by the student to the appropri-
ate office within the first 15 calendar days
after die beginning of the fall semester.

University Services and Student Living

Francis Harvey Green Library

The Francis Harvey Green Library
offers the graduate student an excellent
environment for study and research.
Housed in a modern, six-floor complex,
the library provides a variety of services
and facilities in support of graduate
research and study.

The general collection of over 510,000
volumes and over 2,800 periodicals is
augmented by an extensive micromedia
collection of more than 350,000 vol-
umes, including books, periodicals,
newspapers, doctoral dissertations,
maps, and an extensive collection of
government publications. The total
resources of over 860,000 volumes
compare favorably with other major
public and private research libraries in
the West Chester area. The special col-
lections include the Chester County
Collection of Scientific and Historical
Books; the Normal Collection (publica-
tions by faculty and alumni); the
Ehinger Collection (a collection of his-
torical books on physical education);
the Biographies of the Signers of the
Declaration of Independence by John
Sanderson; and the Shakespeare Folios.
Also worthy of note are the collections
of children's literature, instructional
media and music, and the Philips col-
lection of autographed books.

The University librar\-, through its staff
of 13 professional librarians, provides
the services required by students and
faculty working in all areas covered by
the University's instructional programs.
Among the many services are reference,
computerized on-hne literature search-
ing, interlibrary loan, and photodupli-
cation. Use of the librar)' is enhanced by
an online catalog, automated circulation
system, and a computerized network of
indexes and abstracts on CD-ROM.

Housing

West Chester provides housing facilities
for its graduate students on a limited
basis for the regular school year and all
summer sessions. Graduate students
may be housed either in a designated
section of a 24-hour quiet hour under-
graduate residence hall or in selected
units of the new South Campus apart-
ment complex. Students in the under-
graduate halls must be on the Univers-
ity meal plan; apartment residents have
the option of any meal plan offered or
no plan at all. Undergraduate hall rooms
are all double occupancy; apartments
are designed for five occupants in com-
binations of doubles and singles. Gradu-
ate students are expected to abide by all
regulations appropriate to their living
arrangements. Upon acceptance to
graduate school, students may contact

the Office of Residence Life and Hous-
ing for additional information and
applications for on-campus housing.

For assistance in locating a dwelling or
apartment off campus, students may
contact the Office of Off-Campus and
Commuter Life.

The Office of Residence Life and
Housing is located in the Sykes Student
Union Building, 610-436-3307.

Off-Campus and Commuter Life

The Office of Off-Campus and Com-
muter Life (OCCL) is committed to
meeting the diverse needs of off-cam-
pus and commuting students. The
responsibilities of the office include the
Off-Campus Housing Service, ad%qsing
the Off-Campus Student Association,
and serving as a community resource
agent for the University and local gov-
ernment in all areas related to off-
campus and commuting students.

Additional services provided to off-
campus students by OCCL include
landlord/tenant legal aid information
and development of long-range plans and
research on the profile and needs of
off-campus students.

The Office of Off-Campus and Commuter
Life is located in the Sykes Student Union
Building, 610-436-3305.

University Policy for Storm Closings

When storm conditions affect the operation of the University,
announcements are made over local radio and TV stations via a
system of code numbers keyed to affected schools. Prefixes indi-
cate whether the school will be closed or open later than usual.
West Chester's numbers and applicable prefixes are:

853 — University number; this number with no prefix indi-
cates classes will be cancelled for the day.
2853 — Evening classes will be cancelled.

On Tuesday or Thursday, either a two-hour delay or class
cancellation will be called. Two-hour delays on these days will
mean that 8 a.m. classes are cancelled and the class normally
starting at 9:30 a.m. will start at 10 a.m. and continue to 11 a.m.

On Monday, Wednesday, or Friday, a one-hour delay means
that the 8 a.m. class is cancelled. A two-hour delay means that
both the 8 a.m. and 9 a.m. classes are cancelled.

University Services and Student Living

Off-Campus Housing

Students who choose to Uve in the com-
munity must secure their own living
accommodations. The Office of
Off-Campus and Commuter Life will
assist students in finding housing by pro-
viding a variety of materials such as an
up-to-date listing of available housing and
an apartment complex guide. As available
student rental units in the West Chester
area are at a premium, it is recommended
that students interested in this type of liv-
ing situation begin their housing search
as far in advance as possible.

Student Health Center

The University maintains a Student
Health Center staffed by physicians,
nurse practitioners, and registered
nurses. The Health Center staff is avail-
able to meet emergency and first-aid
needs, and to perform routine treatment
of minor illnesses and minor surgical
conditions. The Health Center also offers
programs designed to enhance wellness,
disease prevention, and health education.
The University does not furnish other
medical care or bear the costs of medical
or surgical treatment or hospitalization.
The community of West Chester has
qualified physicians and excellent facili-
ties at the Chester County Hospital.
The Student Health Center is located in
Ramsey Hall lower level and is open
Monday through Friday from 8 a.m.
until midnight, and Saturday from 10
a.m. to 6 p.m. Any emergencies during
the night and on Sundays must be treat-
ed at the Chester County Hospital
Emergency Room. The Health Center
phone number is 610-436-2509.

Graduate students, their spouses, and
dependents may take advantage of a
group medical illness and accident insur-
ance policy approved by the University.
Under the same group plan, there is a
separate summer policy. See the Student
Health Center for information and
brochures.

Faculty and staff are treated for emergen-
cies only.

Information Services

Information Services provides comput-
ing resources for a wide variety of users,
both academic and administrative. Many
of the University's administrative func-
tions, such as registration, grade report-
ing, and billing depend heavily on the
campus-wide transaction processing sys-
tem, which provides centralized access to

University data from workstations locat-
ed throughout the campus.

More importantly, computing is a vital
instructional and research tool.
Information Services offers students and
faculty a wide range of computing
resources, including a mainframe, micro-
computers, printers, plotters, graphics
workstations, digitizers, and optical scan-
ners. Many of these facilities are available
at various campus locations, but the
Academic Computing Center on the
ground floor of Anderson Hall serves as a
focal point of instructional computing
activity. A valid WCU ID card is required
to use the Academic Computing Center.
(For further information, contact the
Academic Computing Center at
610-436-3349.) Computing facihties
throughout the campus are joined by a
high-speed network.

Off-campus, WCU faculty and staff can
also access computing resources through
modem facilities connected to this net-
work. The network provides electronic
mail capabilities for all campus worksta-
tions, connection to SSHEnet,
PREPnet/Intemet, and access to the
University's main librar)' catalogs.

The WCU network provides high-speed
access to software applications (pro-
gramming languages, spreadsheets,
word processors, faculty-developed pro-
grams, etc.) and electronic communica-
tions capabilities to workstations.
Student laboratory facilities are avail-
able in the Academic Computing
Center and in each of the eight resi-
dence halls.

Students interested in acquiring a work-
ing knowledge of several commonly
used software packages are encouraged
to enroll in the introductory computing
course, CSC501, offered by the Depart-
ment of Mathematics and Computer
Science.

Major hardware facilities include an IBM
9020 mainframe, numerous file servers,
and IBM, Macintosh, Apple, NeXT, DEC,
and SUN workstations. Laser printers are
also available for student use.

Information Services is located in
Anderson Hall, 610-436-2828.

Bookstore

The Student Services, Inc. Bookstore,
located in the Sykes Student Union
Building, provides the campus with
textbooks, supplies, and other course
material for academic programs. In

addition, the bookstore offers a wide
range of general reading and reference
materials, WCU clothing and gifts, cards,
snacks, and health and beauty products.

The SSI Bookstore accepts Visa,
MasterCard, MAC, and personal checks
accompanied by a valid ID.

Store hours:
Mon.-Thurs.-Fri. 8:15 a.m. -4:15 p.m.
Tues.-Wed. 8:15 a.m.-6:00 p.m.

Hours are extended at the beginning of
each semester and for special events
throughout the year. Students can call
610-436-2242 for information.

Career Development Center

The University provides career planning
and placement services for its students
and graduates.

The Career Development Center's
library provides information about
careers, federal and state government
positions, application forms, proce-
dures, and job requirements.

The center also maintains listings of job
vacancies in business, education, and
industry.

The services available to graduate stu-
dents are credential file development;
career counseling; resume referral; and
an on-campus interview program, which
includes interviews arranged by the
Career Development Center; and the use
of private facilities for on-campus inter-
views arranged by the applicant. A com-
puterized database of vacancies is avail-
able as well as a computerized system for
making the candidate's resume available
to Delaware Valley employers. A fee is
charged for the development and service
of a credentials file.

The Career Development Center is
located in Room 106 Lawrence Center,
610-436-2501.

Minority Affairs

The Office of Minorit)' Affairs is dedicated
to the development of multicultural sensi-
tivity, understanding, and appreciation of
diversity among students. The office
develops and implements comprehensive
programs aimed at addressing the needs
and concerns of the minority student. It
also serves as a consultant to other
University offices regarding minority
students and aids in projects focused on
improving the general campus climate
for minorities. The office is located in
108 Lawrence Center, 610-436-3273.

University Services and Student Living

Public Safety

West Chester University is concerned
about the safety and welfare of all cam-
pus members and is committed to pro-
viding a safe and secure environment.
Campus security is the responsibility of
the University's Department of Public
Safety, located in the Peoples Mainte-
nance Building at the comer of Church
Street and University Avenue.

Because no campus is isolated from
crime, the University has developed a
series of policies and procedures to
ensure that every possible precaution-
ary measure is taken to protect mem-
bers of the University community while
they are on campus.

A full explanation of the University's
security policies and procedures, as
well as additional pertinent informa-
tion, appears in a publication called
"Your Safety Is Our Concern," which is
available from the Office of Graduate
Studies and Sponsored Research, and
from the Department of Public Safety.

Vehicle Registration

All administrators, faculty, staff, eligible
students, and visitors desiring to use des-
ignated parking lots must register their
vehicles with the Department of Public
Safety and purchase/obtain parking
decals. Resident students with less than
63 credits and commuter students with
less than 25 credits (as of September of
the academic year in which they wish to
register a vehicle) are ineligible to park on
North Campus. The annual registjation
fee will be set by the president upon rec-
ommendation of the Parking Committee.
For purposes of this document, "annual"
is defined as September 1 until August 31
of the following year. Specific registration
procedures vwU be armounced yearly.

A valid, nonsuspended operators license
and vehicle registration card(s) must be
presented at the time the vehicle is regis-
tered. Any change in the vehicle registra-
tion number must be reported to the
Department of Public Safety immediately.

When you receive your decal, place it in
your vehicle immediately. Instructions on
placement are on the reverse side of the
decal.

Speech and Hearing Clinic

The Speech and Hearing Clinic, located
at 201 Carter Drive, is operated by the
Department of Communicative Dis-
orders as a teaching-training facility for
its undergraduate and graduate stu-

dents. The clinic provides diagnostic
and therapeutic services for persons
with speech, language, and hearing
problems. These services are provided
free of charge to West Chester Univer-
sity students, faculty, and staff, and to
students enrolled at Cheyney University.
A fee is charged to others who wish to
use the services of the clinic.

Sykes Union Building

The Earl F. Sykes Union first opened in
1975 as the community center for West
Chester University. During the past two
years Sykes Union has undergone a
complete renovation and expansion.
The current facility of approximately
102,000 square feet is scheduled to
open during the summer of 1995.

The Sykes Union, as a facihty and an
operation, is designed to encourage all
members of the campus community to
participate in a wide variety of cultural,
social, educational, and recreational
programs. This multipurpose facility
features expanded facilities as well as
new and improved services.

Building highlights include a 350-seat
theater, a fitness center, an expanded
bookstore, and an enlarged amusement
game room, all on the ground floor. The
first floor features an expanded dining
area offering sealing for 400, an outdoor
dining terrace, and a large food servery.
Also included on the first floor is a
5000-square foot multipurpose room
designed for dances, concerts, banquets,
and lectures, as well as the Union
Information Center.

The second floor houses the Student
Affairs Offices of the Vice President,
Dean of Students, Assistant Vice
President, Residence Life and Housing,
Off-Campus and Commuter Life,
Orientation and Parent Relations, Greek
Life and Student Organizations, and
Student Standards. The Student
Services, Inc. Business Office and the
Departments of Student Programming
and Activities along wdth student clubs
and organizations, are also located on
this floor.

The third floor penthouse features a 25-
unit computer lab with quiet study and
seminar space. Sykes Union also features
13 meeting rooms accommodating
groups ranging in size from 1 to 500.

For information concerning Sykes
Union please call the Information
Center at 610-436-3360/2984.

Women's Center

The Women's Center addresses the spe-
cial concerns of the increasing number
of women students who enter West
Chester University from high school or
who return to school after time at home
or in the job world. Located in Lawrence
Center, the Women's Center provides a
lounge area for conversation, sttjdy,
peer advising, and special interest pro-
grams (lectures, films, etc.). For more
information call 610-436-2122.

Children's Center

The Children's Center for the children
of West Chester University students
and employees is located in McCarthy
Hall. The children participate in educa-
tional and developmental programs
while their parents are in class or at
work. The center is hcensed by the
Commonwealth of Pennsylvania, and
all required registration materials must
be completed prior to enrollment in the
center. The center offers reduced rates
to students and multiple child dis-
counts. For more information, contact
the Children's Center at 610-436-2388.

Graduate Student Association

The Graduate Student Association
(GSA) is the student government of all
persons enrolled in graduate programs.
The primary objective of GSA is to pro-
mote the overall well-being of graduate
students at West Chester University. All
graduate students are members of the
association by virtue of their graduate
status. The GSA office is located in
Wayne Hall.

Black Student Union

The Black Student Union, which was
formed in 1971, is dedicated to the cre-
ation of a culturally meaningful atmos-
phere for black students at West
Chester University. Black Student
Union membership is open to all West
Chester students, faculty, and staff —
regardless of race, color, or creed — who
have a concern for black social, politi-
cal, cultural, and economic causes.

A major purpose of the organization is
to broaden and enhance the academic
and social life for black students at the
University. The union's democratically
structured constitution provides for an
executive board, elected by the member-
ship. The Black Student Union Office is
located in the Sykes Student Union
Building.

University Sendees and Student Living

International Education

Established in 1986, the Center for
International Programs is responsible for
coordinating study abroad programs,
international faculty exchanges, \Tsita-
tions by foreign scholars, and internation-
al programs for the campus and the
broader community. In addition, the
Center for International Programs actively
promotes the development of an interna-
tional curriculum, facilitates internships
and independent study abroad, and pro-
vides a variety of essential services for the
more than 300 international students
from over 50 different nations.

Special summer study abroad opportuni-
ties are coordinated through the Center
for International Programs. These ha\e
included classes in the People's Republic
of China. The University's Institute for
British Studies currently offers summer
courses at Oxford University, England,
and the School of Music regularh- offers a
summer program in Salzburg, Austria. In
addition, the University sponsors a series
of travel-study programs to numerous
overseas locations, including the
Galapagos Islands, Eg^'pt, Soviet Union,
China, Kenya, Australia, Nepal, and
Morocco. These programs, which gener-
ally run from tuo to three weeks, are
available to students as well as the com-
munity. Travel-study programs are gener-
ally offered in the summer or in January,
during the semester break.

International travel and study opportuni-
ties for American and international stu-
dents and for the community are expect-
ed to expand rapidly over the next several
years. Anyone interested in taking advan-
tage of study aboard and travel opportu-
nities is encouraged to contact the Center
for International Programs, 102 Old
Library , for details on current program
options, 610-436-3529.

Institute for Women

The Institute for Women is an indepen-
dent group designed to represent the inter-
ests of women on the campus. It sen-es as
the parent organization for the Women's
Center, the Women's Studies Program,
and the Title IX and Sex Discrimination
Board. The institute is headed by a direc-
tor and a board of directors.

The institute sponsors a number of
activities to enhance the self-esteem and

career success of women at the
University: the Woman-in-Residence
Program, Grace Cochran Research on
Women Award, Visiting Professor
Program, Graduate Grant, and Endowed
Book Fund. The institute prepares peri-
odic reports on the status of women at
the University and also secures Charlotte
W. Newcombe Scholarship Grants for
mature second-career women. The
Institute for Women is located in 211
Main Hall. For more information call
610-436-2464/2122.

Veterans Affairs

Under the provisions of Title 38, West
Chester University is an accredited uni-
versity for the education of veterans. The
University cooperates with the Veterans
Administration to see that honorably
separated or discharged veterans receive
ever)' consideration consistent with
either degree or nondegree admission
standards.

All veterans, certain dependents of dis-
abled or deceased veterans, and war
orphans who wish to obtain educational
benefits under the appropriate public
laws must register with the Veterans
Affairs Office at initial registration.
Veterans must renew their registration
with this office at the beginning of each
subsequent semester and each summer
session. The Veterans Administration
requires students who are veterans to
schedule at least nine credits per semes-
ter in order to receive full benefits under
the G.I. Bill.

A representative of the Veterans Admin-
istration is in the Office of Financial Aid,
138 Elsie O. Bull Center, to counsel and
act as a liaison between students and the
Veterans Affairs Office in financial and
other matters.

Honor Societies

The University participates in sponsoring
an active chapter of Phi Delta Kappa, the
international graduate honor society.
Membership in the West Chester chapter,
which was organized in 1956, is by invi-
tation and recognizes scholarship in all
fields of study.

Graduate students are eligible to partici-
pate in the activities of the undergraduate
honor societies at West Chester
University if they are members. These
organizations are Alpha Epsilon, Alpha

Kappa Delta, Alpha Lambda Delta, Alpha
Mu Gamma, Alpha Psi Omega, Eta Sigma
Gamma, Gamma Theta Upsilon, Kappa
Delta Pi, Pi Gamma Mu, Phi Kappa Delta,
Pi Kappa Delta, Pi Kappa Lambda, Pi Mu
Epsilon, Phi Alpha Theta, Phi Delta
Kappa, Phi Epsilon Kappa, Phi Mu Alpha
Sinfonia, Phi Sigma Tau, Psi Chi, Sigma
Alpha Iota, and Sigma Tau Delta.

The Student Activities Council

The Student Activities Council (SAC) is
one of the major programming organiza-
tions at West Chester University. Totally
funded and voluntarily run by students,
SAC creates and coordinates many of the
activities and events on campus. By uti-
lizing students' talents and energies, SAC
strives to present a wide variety of pro-
grams that meet the needs and interests
of the West Chester community. SAC is
composed of six committees and an
Executive Board, which presents pro-
grams in the areas of concerts, comedy,
films, coffeehouse, and novelty. SAC also
plays a major role in the planning and
implementation of special events such as
Welcome Week, Homecoming, and
Spring Weekend. Membership is open to
all students at all times. The Student
Activities Council is located in the Sykes
Student Union Building, 610-436-2336.

Recreational Services

The Office of Recreational Services pro-
vides leisure-time activities for the
University community. Recognizing that
the needs of individuals differ.
Recreational Services provides activities in
six program areas.

The Intramural Sports component affords
students, faculty, and staff the opportuni-
ty to participate in individual or team
competitive activities. The Intramural
Sports program promotes health, well-
ness, and physical fimess, as well as
encourages the worthy use of leisure time.
Regardless of abilit)' level, every individ-
ual can experience successful participa-
tion in a variety of individual or team ath-
letic events.

For students who enjoy organized sports
other than varsity athletics, the office pro-
vides the Sports Club component. This
program is provided for students who are
either skilled athletically or merely inter-
ested in participaung in a club sport for
sheer enjoyment of the activity. Becoming

Effective fall semester 1995, 102 Rosedale Ave.

University Services and Student Living

a member of a club provides opportuni-
ties for instruction, coacliing, socializa-
tion, competition, and fun. Physical
education majors receive a sports credit
through participation in a club pro-
gram. Currently, West Chester
University provides nine Sports Clubs:
equestrian, fencing, ice hockey, karate,
men's rugby, women's rugby, skiing,
men's volleyball, and water polo.

Outdoor recreational opportunities are
conducted through the Outdoor
Resource Center (ORC). The ORC pro-
vides a variety of different trips and
one-day activities for students through-
out the year. We provide the following
trips and activities: canoeing, rafting,
skiing, camping, and spelunking trips;
ice skating nights; hiking; and horse-
back riding. In addition to scheduling
trips, the Outdoor Resource Center
rents outdoor recreation equipment to
students, faculty, and staff for their own
use or activities. The following equip-
ment is available for rental: canoes,
backpacking equipment, tents, sleeping
bags, camping equipment, and cross-
country skis.

For students who do not wish to partici-
pate in a formal recreational program, we
provide the Open Recreation compo-
nent. This component provides days,
times, and facilities in which students
may participate in an informal recre-
ational activity. The semester calendar
lists scheduled days and times for utiliz-
ing the following: swimming pools,
weight rooms, indoor track, outdoor ten-
nis courts, and basketball gymnasium.

The Aerobics program is one of our most
popular and successful activities. Over
800 students, faculty, and staff partici-
pate in 21 different aerobic sessions. We
provide toning sessions, low and high
impact sessions, and step sessions. We
require that all participants register for
this program. Dates and times are listed
on the semester calendar.

For more information on any compo-

nent provided by the Office of
Recreational Services, call 610-436-
2131 or 436-3088, or stop by Room
133, Ehinger Gymnasium.

Counseling and Psychological
Services Department

The Counseling and Psychological
Services Department, housed in the
Counseling Center, is located on the
second floor of Lawrence Center, 610-
436-2301. The Counseling Center pro-
vides counseling services to all under-
graduate and graduate students at West
Chester University. The CPS faculty
includes licensed psychologists who are
experienced in working with college
students. Students may discuss their
concerns, feelings, hopes, and interests
freely and in strict confidence.

COUNSELING SERVICES

Since the Counseling Center provides
services for a wide range of concerns,
each student's experience will be tai-
lored to his or her request. Students
may want to clarify their vocational or
educational choices, improve their
interpersonal skills, or resolve personal
conflicts. Their choice of approach
could include one or more of the fol-
lowing counseling center services:

1. Individual vocational counseling con-
sists of a one-to-one counseling
experience that focuses on the stu-
dent's choice of major and vocation.
Vocational choice is most solid
when it is the outgrowth of under-
standing one's self. Such under-
standing requires time and thought,
and involves the student's identify-
ing his or her own style, values,
interests, and abilities. Psychological
testing, as well as discussion, often
enhances self understanding.

2. Individual counseling for personal
problem solving consists of a one-to-
one counseling experience where the
focus is on resolving personal con-

flicts and conflicts with others, and
on improving the student's expertise
at making personally meaningful
choices. It also may help some peo-
ple avoid making decisions that may
restrict their personal growth and
undermine their well-being.

3. Group counseling consists of a small
group of peers with one or more
counselors. Such groups usually
meet once each week to provide
group members with constructive
learning about themselves. Groups
often have a specific focus. Past
groups have focused on:

Elimination of self-defeating behavior

Assertiveness training

Anxiety management

Test anxiety reduction

Eating disorders

Career exploration

Procrastination — how to avoid it

4. Testing — Information from psycho-
logical tests can be useful in increas-
ing self understanding and can often
assist in the process of vocational
and educational decision making.
Faculty members of the Counseling
and Psychological Services
Department are trained in the admini-
stration and interpretation of psycho-
logical tests. The student and his or
her counselor can decide whether
testing might be helpful. Arrange-
ments also can be made at the
Counseling Center for taking the
Graduate Record Exam, Graduate
Management Admissions Test, and
the Miller Analogies Test — three
graduate school admissions tests.

5. Consultation Services — Faculty mem-
bers in the Counseling Center also
are available to consult with staff
and faculty members of the college
community. They can assist with
crises, program planning, group and
interpersonal communications, and
referral to other agencies.

Programs of Study and Course Offerings

Guide to the Catalog

The arrangement of course offerings is
alphabetical by either department or
program of study.

Students may obtain a typical sequence
of courses for any program from the
office specified in this catalog.

Please note that all courses, course
descriptions, course sequences, and
course substitutions are subject to
change. Current information is available
from the appropriate department chair,
graduate coordinator, or program
adviser.

For a guide to course prefixes, see
page 92.

Structure of the University

COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES

David H. Buchanan, Dean

Anthropology and
Sociology

Art

Biology

Chemistry

Communication Studies

English

Foreign Languages

Geology and Astronomy

History

Mathematics and Computer
Science

Philosophy

Physics

Psychology

Theatre Arts

SCHOOL OF BUSINESS AND PUBLIC AFFAIRS

Christopher M. Fiorentino, Dean

Accounting Management

Criminal Justice Marketing

Economics and Finance Political Science

Geography and Planning Social Work

SCHOOL OF EDUCATION

Michael L. Hanes, Dean

Childhood Studies and Reading Instructional Media

Counselor, Secondary, and Special Education

Professional Education

SCHOOL OF HEALTH SCIENCES

John L. Eberhart, Interim Dean

Communicative Disorders Physical Education

Health Sports Medicine

Nursing

SCHOOL OF MUSIC

Mary Anne Rees, Dean

Instrumental Music

Keyboard Music

Music Education

Music History and Literature

Music Theory and
Composition

Vocal and Choral Music

Administration

Accounting — See Business

Administration

105 Ruby J ones Hall

West Chester University

West Chester, Pennsylvania 19383

610-436-2438

Dr. James S. Milne, M.S. A., Program Director

CONCENTRATION ADVISERS

Dr. Gopal Sankaran, Health Services Administration

Dr. Arlene C. Rengert, Leadership for Women

Dr. James S. Milne, Individualized

Mr. Jay P. Brenneman, Human Resource Management

Training and Development
Mr. A. Wayne Burton, Public Administration
Mr. Richard Yoder, Sport and Athletic Administration
Mr. F. Robert Bielski, Urban and Regional Planning

Program of Study

The Master of Science in Administration (MSA) is a multidisi-
plinar)' degree with areas of concentration in Health Services
Administration, Leadership for Women, Individualized,
Human Resource Management, Training and Development,
Public Administration, Sport and Athletic Administration, and
Urban and Regional Planning.

The degree is designed for persons with work-related
experience desiring to enhance their administrative skills at
the supervisory and mid-management levels. It is recom-
mended that applicants have a minimum of three years', full-
time work experience prior to matriculation. Those persons
who lack the requisite work experience and/or plan to change
careers need to incorporate relevant internships and other
job experiences into their programs, which may require
program enrollment beyond the minimum requirements
stipulated in this catalog.

Undergraduate, prerequisite requirements might be necessary
for applicants without adequate preparation in the area of
intended concentration.

MASTER OF SCIENCE IN ADMINISTRATION

(36-42 semester hours)

The program consists of an 18-hour administrative core of courses
plus 18-24 semester hours of courses in a selected concentration
area as follows;

1. Admmistrative Core (.required): ADM 501, 502, 503, 504, 505,
and either 506 or 507

2. Area of Concentration*

a. Health Services Administration (See page 62.)

b. Leadership for Women (See pages 71-72.)

c. Public Administration (See page 85.)

d. Human Resource Management (See page 27.)

e. Sport and Athletic Administration (See page 69.)
(. Urban and Regional Planning (See pages 58-59.)
g. Training and Development (See page 27.)

h. Individualized (See pages 28-29.)

Admission Requirements

Applicants must submit official undergraduate transcripts denoting:
receipt of bachelor's degree and majors from all undergraduate
institutions attended; scores from the Miller Analogies Test, Graduate
Record Examination or Graduate Management Admissions Test**; an
essay with a clear focus on career plans; and two letters of reference
from professional supervisors that address the applicant's administra-
tive potential. All application materials are to be submitted to the Office
of Graduate Studies and labeled: "Attention, M.S.A. Apphcation of (stu-
dent's name)." After these materials have been received by
the Office of Graduate Studies, the M.S.A. director will schedule an
admissions interview with the applicant.

Deadline for Applications

Normally, the application process must be completed and admission
granted prior to course enrollment for the fall or spring semester.
The deadline for appKing for the fall semester is May 15, and the
deadline for the spring semester is October 15. With the approval of
the M.S.A. director, late applicants may register for one semester of
course work, pending completion of the admission requirements.
The M.S.A. program does not permit students to remain in nonde-
gree status. All applications must be submitted on the approved
WCU Graduate Application forms available from the Office of
Graduate Studies.
Comprehensive Examination

No comprehensive examination is required for the administrative
core. However, in lieu of the examination, each of the six adminis-
trative core courses must be completed with a grade of at least "B."
Selected concentrations in the M.S. in Administration program do require
comprehensive examinations. Students are obligated to comply with con-
centration comprehensive examination policies in effect on the date of
their admission to the program. Students must clarify' the requirements
for their programs with the appropriate concentration adviser.

Certificate in Administration

Dr. Milne, M.S.A. Director

The certificate in administration is designed for persons who
desire to enhance their management and supervisory skills. To
earn the certificate, students must complete the 18-hour adminis-
trative core required for the Master of Science in Administration
with a minimum grade of "B" for each course. Those interested
in the certificate option must follow and meet the same admis-
sions criteria as full-degree students.

Degree students also may receive the certificate after completing
the administrative core requirements with a minimum grade of "B"
for each course.

Note: Receipt of the 'Certificate in Administration" is independent of
the graduation process. Application forms must be obtained from the
M.S.A. Office and submitted to the M.S.A. director for processing.

CURRICULUM

1. Administrative Core

18 semester hours

A. Must take all 15 credits:

ADM 501 Administrative Theory and Environment (3)

ADM 502 Computers for Managers (3)

ADM 503 Accounting and Budgeting (3)

ADM 504 Communication for Administrators (3)

ADM 505 Organizing Human Resources (3)

B. Must select three credits:

ADM 506 Budgetary Process (3)
ADM 507 Liability for Managers (3)

*Refer to departmental hstings for concentration course descriptions.
'•Diagnostic test scores are not required for persons who have already been
awarded a master's degree. Applcants for the health services concentration must
submit either GRE or GMAT scores.

Human Resource Management

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
ADMINISTRATION

Symbol: ADM

501 Administrative Theory and Environment (3)

Organizational theor)' and practice in public and
private institutions. Legal framework for adminis-
tration, application of public policy, sociolegal
issues, and values of society considered.

502 Computers for Managers (3) Quantitative
applications in administration. Computer as a man-
agement tool. Computer basics and management
information systems.

503 Accounting/Budgeting (3) A study of
accounting principles and procedures

for both profit and nonprofit organizations.

Emphasis is on the concepts and effects of account-
ing policies and procedures with which the admin-
istrator will normally come into contact.

504 Communication for Administrators (3)
Development of communication skills for the effec-
tive writing of letters, memos, reports, and propos-
als. Structuring and conducting meetings and pre-
sentations.

505 Organizing Human Resources (3)
Administrative models and concepts of human
behavior in formal organizations and decision
processes. Personnel administration. Effective selec-
tion, use, and development of human resources for
the total organization. Affirmative action and equal
opportunity.

506 Budgetary Process (3) Budget forecasting

and implementation. Analysis, planning, and
control of sources and allocation of funds.
Measurement and control mechanisms such as
Program Planning Budgeting System (PPBS),
Zero-Base Budgeting (ZBB), and Management by
Objective (MBO) emphasized.
507 Liability' for Managers (3) Smdy of the law
of cnil and criminal liabilit)' of managers in the
proht and not-for-profit sections. Review of the law
of defense and liability protection for
indiWdual and organization. Facility safety and
health liability, personnel law emphasized.
600 Research Report (3)
612 Internship (3-6) Intensive field placement
in organization under faculty guidance and supervi-
sion. Precontracted learning objectives.

Training and Development

Mr. Brenneman, Program Concentration Adviser
Dr. Milne, M.S.A. Director

Training and Development is a concentration within the
Master of Science in Administration program. The thrust of
this concentration is to prepare training and development
supervisors who, in turn, will develop and coordinate in-
house programs/staff development services for line managers.

CURRICULUM

1. Administrative Core

A. Must take all 15 credits:

18 semester hours

ADM 501 Administrative Theory and Environment (3)

ADM 502 Computers for Managers (3)

ADM 503 Accounting/Budgeting (3)

ADM 504 Communication for Administrators (3)

ADM 505 Organizing Human Resources (3)

B. Must select three credits:

ADM 506 Budgetar)' Process (3)
ADM 507 Liability for Managers (3)

2. Training and Development Core 18 semester hours

A. Must take all 12 credits:

COM 503 Communication and Persuasive Influence (3)
COM 506 Communication in Small Groups (3)
PSY 563 Performance Analysis (3)
PSY 567 Training and Psychology (3)

B. Must select six credits chosen under advisement

C. Internship (3-6 credits):

ADM 612 Internship (3-6 credits)

(Required only for students who lack appropriate

experience)

3. NOTE: Combined with an administration core of 18
required credits, the M.S.A./T raining and Development
concentration would require a minimum of 36 credit
hours, exclusive of internship.

CORE COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
PSYCHOLOGY

Symbol: PSY

563 Performance Analysis (3) An

accomplishment-based approach to the analysis of
human performance. Topics include measurement
and analysis of performance opportunities, and
strategies for improving performance.

567 Training and Psychology (3) An overview
of the training process in organizations. Topics
range from needs analysis to evaluation of training
programs.

COMMUNICATION STUDIES

Symbol: COM

503 Communication and Persuasive Influence

(3) An analysis of major conceptual approaches

to persuasion and their implications for under-
standing influence conte.xts and designing
pragmatic strategies.

506 Communication in Small Groups (3) An

examination of traditional and contemporar)'
research that pertains to various dimensions of
small group communication including, but not
limited to, the following topics: structure, size,
tasks, goals, roles, systems, and leadership.

Human Resource Management

Mr. Brenneman, Program Concentration Adviser
Dr. Milne, M.S.A. Director

The concentration in human resource management is designed
for persons who want to enhance their knowledge of organiza-
tional personnel theories and techniques. It is appropriate both
for persons interested in human resource management as a
career and for operations managers who want to enhance their
supervisory skills in employee assessment, placement, evaluation,
and development.

CURRICULUM

1. Administrative Core

A. Must take all 15 credits:

18 semester hours

ADM 501 Administrative Theory and Environment (3)

ADM 502 Computers for Managers (3)

ADM 503 Accounting and Budgeting (3)

ADM 504 Communications for Administrators (3)

ADM 505 Organizing Human Resources (3)

B. Must select three credits:

ADM 506 Budgetar>' Process (3)
ADM 507 Liability for Managers (3)

Individualized Concentration

2. Human Resource Management Core
A. Must take 9 - 12 credits:

18-24 semester hours

ADM 500 Methods and Materials of Research in

Administration (3)

and/or

PSY 501 Statistics I (3)

PSY 524 Psychometrics (3)

PSY 560 Advanced Industrial Psychology (3)

Must select 3 credits:

(The class selected may not be selected as an elective
under section C.)

PSY 445 Organizational Development (3)
PSY 562 Organizational Psychology (3)

C. Must select 3 - 6 credits, chosen under advisement:

PSY 445 Organizational Development (3)

PSY 562 Organizational Psycholog)' (3)

PSY 563 Performance Analysis (3)

PSY 564 Human Factors (3)

PSY 566 Seminar in Industrial/Organizational

Psycholog)' (3)
PSY 567 Training and Psychology (3)

D. Internship (3 -6 credits):
ADM 612 Internship (3-6)
or

PSY 630 Internship in Industrial/Organizational
Psychology (3)

(May be taken under advisement and is required for
students who lack appropriate experience)

Individualized Concentration

Dr. Milne, Program Concentration Adviser and
M.S.A. Director

This concentration is designed for persons who have achieved
a high level of career success in their chosen fields. Those
admitted will have evidenced significant career mobility and
will be enhancing their knowledge base by enrolling in an
individually developed set of courses after it has been pro-
posed and approved by the concentration adviser and a con-
tractual agreement has been developed.

CURRICULUM

1. Administration Core

18 semester hours

A. Must take all 15 credits:

ADM 501 Administrative Theory and Environment (3)

ADM 502 Computers for Managers (3)

ADM 503 Accounting/Budgeting (3)

ADM 504 Communication for Administrators (3)

ADM 505 Organizing Human Resources (3)

B. Must select three credits:
ADM 506 Budgetary Process (3)
ADM 507 Liability for Managers (3)

2. Individualized Core 18 semester hours

A. Required (3 credits)

ADM 600 Research Report (3)
To encompass career goal theme

B. Electives (15 credits)

Subject to advisement/acceptance of an approved
personal program proposal. Courses to be approved
from among 500-600 level WCU graduate courses
designed to fulfill the personal program proposal as
approved.

C. Internship (3-6 credits)

Required for students without sufficient, relevant
administrative experience. Internships are in addition
to the 15 credit hours of electives for such students.
Internships are not required for students with sufficient
management experience, but these students may enroll
for relevant internships as part of the 1 5-hour elective
credit requirement, provided the work requirements of

such are different from enhancements of the person's
normal work assignments (i.e., students cannot earn
internship credit by performing their normal work
responsibilities).

The M.S.A./Individualized internship arrangement/
requirements are to be confirmed in writing either by
the concentration adviser or the M.S.A. director.

The following M.S.A. programs are coordinated by the depart-
ment listed:

Health Services Administration

Dr. Sankaran, Program Concentration Adviser
Dr. Milne, M.S.A. Director

The health services administration concentration, offered by
the Department of Health, is designed to meet the needs of
persons interested in entering the field of health administra-
tion, and of persons presently in health administration who
are interested in upgrading their skills. See the listing under
the Department of Health section for further information and
course descriptions.

Leadership for Women

Dr. Rengert, Program Concentration Adviser
Dr. Milne, M.S.A. Director

The women in leadership concentration, offered by the
Women's Studies program, is designed to enable the student
to develop a mode of leadership appropriate to workplaces in
which access to organizational power is inequitable for sexes
of equal training and talent. See the listing under the
Women's Studies section for further information and course
descriptions.

Public Administration

Mr. Burton, Program Concentration Adviser
Dr. Milne, M.S.A. Director

The concentration in public administration, offered by the
Department of Political Science, focuses on public manage-
ment at the local and regional levels. It is appropriate for pub-
lic managers and officials from local, county, and regional

Art

governments who desire to enhance their general management
skills as well as gain insight into public issues of particular con-
cern to local officials. See the hsting under the Department of
Political Science for further information and course descriptions.

Sport and Athletic Administration

Mr. Yoder, Program Concentration Adviser
Dr. Milne, U.S.A. Director

The sport and athletic administration degree, offered by the
Department of Kinesiology (formerly Physical Education), focus-
es on the development of athletic administrators who aspire to
leadership roles in athletics, and who must adapt to the ever-
changing responsibilities of interscholastic and intercollegiate ath-
letics. See the listing under the Department of Kinesiology for
Rirther information and course descriptions.

Urban and Regional Planning

Mr. Bielski, Program Concentration Adviser
Dr. Milne, M.S.A. Director

The urban and regional planning concentration, offered by the
Department of Geography and Planning, focuses on land use
development and management at the local, county, and regional
levels. It is appropriate for those who desire to enhance their
knowledge of comprehensive planning, zoning and mapping,
and demographic and environmental impact as such affect the
decision-making processes of public officials. See the listing
under the Department of Geography and Planning for additional
information and course descriptions.

Anthropology and Sociology

lOlC Old Library Building
West Chester University
West Chester, PA 19383
610-436-2556

Dr. McConatha, Chairperson

PROFESSORS

Marshall J. Becker, Ph.D., University of Pennsylvania
Harvey C. Greisman, Ph.D., Syracuse University
Nelson W. Keith, Ph.D., Rutgers — The State University
Douglas McConatha, Ph.D., University of Utah
Leigh Shaffer, Ph.D., Pennsylvania State University
Paul A. Stoller, Ph.D., University of Texas

ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS

Bonita Freeman- Whitthoft, Ph.D., University of Pennsylvania
Patrick W. Luck, Ph.D., University of Connecticut
Martin Murphy, A.M., University 0/ Michigan

ASSISTANT PROFESSORS

Helen A. Berger, Ph.D., New York University
Jon A. Cowen, A.M., University of Pennsylvania
Edmundo Morales, Ph.D., City University of New York
Anthony Zumpetta, Ed.D. Indiana University of Pennsylvania

The Department of Anthropology and Sociology offers, on a
limited basis, graduate courses in anthropology and sociology
to graduate students from other areas as well as to advanced
undergraduate majors and nonmajors.

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
ANTHROPOLOGY

Symbol: ANT

512 Ethnographic Studies (3) Intensive survey
of a single culture area. Area for study announced
in advance.
599 Independent Studies in Anthropology

(1-3) PREREQ: Approval of instructor and
department chairperson.

SOCIOLOGY

Symbol: SOC

515 Mental Illness in Social Context (3) A

sociological perspective on the cause and treat-
ment of mental disorders, including a critical

analysis of public policy on mental health services.

532 History of Sociological Theory (3)

Development of sociological thought.

590 Independent Studies in Sociology (1-3)
PREREQ: Approval of instructor and department
chairperson.

Art

Mitchell Hall

West Chester University

West Chester, PA 19383

610-436-2755

Mr. White, Chairperson

PROFESSORS

Gus V. Sermas, M.F.A., University of Wisconsin
Ruth I. Weidner, Ph.D., University of Delaware

ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS

Victor Lasuchin, M.F.A., University of Pennsylvania
Carolyn G. Simmendinger, M.F.A., Tyler School of Fine Arts of
Temple University

LinwoodJ. White, M.F.A., University of Pennsylvania

ASSISTANT PROFESSORS

John Baker, M.F.A., University of Delaware
Richard E. Blake, B.F.A., Tyler School of Fine Arts of

Temple University
Belle C. HoUon, M.F.A., University of Wisconsin
Margaret Schiff, M.F.A., Syracuse University
Mary C. Stieber, Ph.D., Princeton University
Donna Usher, M.F.A., University of Delaware

The Department of Art offers, on a limited basis, graduate
courses in art to graduate students from other areas.

Biology

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
ART

Symbol: ART unless otherwise noted.
ARH 300 Art Seminar (3) Special topics to be
announced for studio and art histor\-. Offered
periodically as appropriate. PREREQ: Permission
of instructor.

516-517 Painting I-Il (3) (3) Extensive experi-
mentation in studio problems and directions. The
strategies of technique and a personal st)'le are
explored. Each section of this course varies with
the instructor.

520 Painting: Independent Projects (3)
Individualized instruction at an advanced level.
Development of professional, personal, and imag-
inative statements leading to formation of the stu-
dent's pictorial identit)'.

521 Sculpture I (3) Introduction to sculpture
via the fundamentals of 3-D design. Use of basic
tools, development of skills, techniques, and
processes in creating sculpture. Projects in plas-
ter, clay, stone, and wood.

525 Multimedia Workshop in Sculpture 111
(3) Fabrication methods and techniques, using
wood, plastic, and various metals.
531 Ceramics 1 (3) Ceramic techniques and
aesthetics of clay, leading toward development of
creative expression. Exercises in hand-built and
wheel-thrown forms. Formulation of clay bodies.

glaze bodies, and calculauons: loading and kiln fir-
ing techniques. Also, basic exercises for elementary'
and secondar>- teaching levels.

532 Ceramics 11 (3) Further development of
expression for those who have mastered basic
ceramic processes. Research in clay bodies, glaze
chemistry, firing techniques, and kiln construction.
Creative problems.

533 Ceramics: Studio Problems (3) Individual
projects invoK-ing the total or specialized areas of
the ceramic process. Practical experience through
helping to maintain the ceramic complex.

534 Ceramics: Independent Projects (3)

541 Printmaking: Relief, Independent Projects
(3) Advanced study with indmdualized instruc-
tion. Collagraph, lino-cut. and woodcut tech-
niques. Combining various printing processes
with relief printmaking.

546 Drawing: Independent Projects (3)
Advanced study with indi\idualized instruction.
Emphasis on professional, personal, and imagina-
tive statements leading to the student's icono-
graphic identity.

547 Two-Dimensional Design: Independent
Projects (3) Advanced study widi individualized
instruction. Design elements and analytical princi-
ples of organization. Emphasis on professional, per-
sorul, and creative statements leading to (formation

oO professional emploNTnent

549 Graphic Design: Independent Projects (3)
Advanced study with individuahzed instruction.
Developing means for solving communication
problems of diverse character with emphasis on
practical application. Projects are refined into
portfolio presentations for professional employ-
ment.

551 Art Education in the Elementary School
(3) Current trends in art education for the ele-
mentarv' school

565 Crafts: Independent Projects (3) Projects
involve varied media and their techniques and
processes. Exploration of 2-D and 3-D crafts and
their application in recreational and elementary
school programs.

566 Crafts: Weaving I (3) Basic techniques of
weaving are explored with emphasis on fabric
design and craftsmanship.

567 Crafts: Weaving II (3) Provides opportu-
nities for the weaver to further explore and devel-
op skills as a designer. Emphasis is placed on the
interrelationships between functional inaterials
and design processes.

568 Crafts: Weaving III (3) To resolve
advanced weaving problems in projects of an
individual, creative nature leading to practical
application.

590 Independent Studies in Art (1-3)

Astronomy — See Geology and Astronom)

Biology

211 Schmucker Science Center
West Chester University
West Chester, PA 19383
610-436-2318

Dr. Potvin, Chairperson

Dr. Greenamyer and Dr. Slusher, Coordinators of Graduate
Studies

PROFESSORS

Marianne K. Eleuterio, Ph.D., University of Delaware
G. Winfield Fairchild, Ph.D., University of Michigan
Frank Eliot Fish, Ph.D., Michigan State University
Martha A. Potvin, Ph.D., University of Nebraska
Ronald F. Romig, Ph.D., University of Delaware
Jack Waber, Ph.D., University of Hawaii
Richard I. Woodruff. Ph.D., University of Pennsylvania

ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS

John T. Beneski Jr., Ph.D., Washington State University
Robert W. Bernhardt, M.S., Syracuse University
Steven L. Broitman, Ph.D., Princeton University
Georgann CuUen, M.A., Kent State University
Maureen T. Knabb, Ph.D., University of Virginia
Gustave Mbuy, Ph.D., University of Cincinnati
Elise Triano, Ph.D., Thomas Jefferson University

ASSISTANT PROFESSORS

Sharon E. Began, Ph.D., Southern Illinois University
Judith J. Greenamyer, D.V.M., Ohio State University
Leslie B. Slusher, Ph.D., Pennsylvania State University
Harry M. Tiebout III, Ph.D., University of Florida
Russell H. Vreeland, Ph.D., University of Nebraska

Admission Requirements

Applicants must meet the general requirements for admission
to degree study at West Chester University and must submit
scores for the general and advanced biolog)' sections of the
Graduate Record Examination. Additional prerequisites
include a minimum of fwo semesters of general chemistry,
two semesters of organic chemistry, one semester of physics,
one semester of calculus, and at least 17 semester hours of
course work in the biological sciences.

DEADLINE DATES FOR APPLICATIONS: February 15 for all
students wishing to be considered for graduate assistantships
for the following September; April 15 for the fall semester;
October 15 for the spring semester.

MASTER OF ARTS IN BIOLOGY

Degree Requirements

Thesis Option

The student must complete a minimum of 30 semester hours,
of which at least 24 hours must be taken in biolog)'. BIO
511, BIO 513, BIO 514, BIO 591, and BIO 610 are required.
Six semester hours or two courses may be taken in allied
departments with the approval of the student's thesis
committee. The student must perform well in a final thesis
defense at the end of the program.

Nonthesis Option

The student must complete a minimum of 36 semester hours,
of which at least 27 hours must be taken in biolog)'. BIO
511, BIO 513, BIO 514, and BIO 609 are required.Nine
semester hours or three courses may be taken in allied
disciplines. The student must perform well in a comprehensive
written examination at the end of the program.

Biology

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
BIOLOGY

All courses are designated as BIO except for
stand-alone laboratory courses (e.g., BIL 534).
Students also should sign up for the
laboratory component of each course.
Numbers in parentheses at the end of course
descriptions indicate the number of hours of
lecture and lab, respectively. Prerequisite for
graduate course attendance is admission to
the degree program or permission of the
graduate coordinator.

311 Experimental Design and Analysis (3) An
introduction to the design and analysis of biologi-
cal research. An independently conducted research
project is a required part of the course. Lab BIL
511.(2,3)

513 Research Techniques in the Biological
Sciences 1 (3) An introduction to the theory and
application of histological techniques, and light
and electron microscopy. (0, 3)

514 Research Techniques in the Biological
Sciences II (3) Introduces students to the theory
and practical application of selected techniques

in biological research, such as radioisotope
labeling techniques, spectrophotometry, and
various chromatographic procedures. (0, 3)
521 Cell and Molecular Biology (4) A lecture
and laboratory course covering the molecular
bases of cellular life. Eukaryotic cell structure and
function will be emphasized. Lab BIL 521. (3, 3)
PREREQ: Cell physiology, one year of organic
chemistry.

528 Animal Histology (3) Structure and
function of animal tissues and organs. Lab BIL
528. (2, 2)

530 Human Genetics (3) Basic genetic theories
as they apply to the study of humans; chemical
basis of inheritance; biochemical variation; cyto-
genetics; somatic cell developmental, behavioral,
and population genetics of man; immunogenetics;
quantitative inheritance, treatment, and
prevention of genetic disorders; relationships
between viruses, genes, and cancer; social, legal,
and psychological aspects of human genetics.

(3, 0) PREREQ: Introductory genetics.

531 Molecular Genetics (3) This course exposes
graduate students interested in gene manipulation
to up-to-date information in procaryotic and
eukaryotic genetics. Intended as a companion
course to BIL 534. (3, 0) PREREQ: Introductory
genetics, one year of organic chemistry.

BIL 534 Introduction to Recombinant DNA
Methodology (3) Laboratory techniques for gene
manipulation; growing and utilizing plasmid and
virus vectors; use of restriction endonucleases;
analysis and recovery of DNA by electrophoresis;
gene cloning in Escherichia coU: and site-specific
mutagenesis. (0, 6) PREREQ: Microbiology,
biochemistry.

535-538 Course Topics in Biology (1-3)
Courses in this series are of timely interest and

are not offered on a regular basis. Courses may
include either lecture or laboratory instruction,
and may concern a wide range of topics in biology
not covered by regularly scheduled courses.

547 Growth and Development (3) Discussion
course dealing with current topics in the field of
developmental biology. (3, 0) PREREQ: Genetics
and embryology recommended.

548 Animal Development (4) Introduction to
principles of animal development with laboratory
study of selected vertebrate embryos. Lab

BIL 548. (3, 3) PREREQ: Cell physiology, genet-
ics, zoology.

552 Comparative Parasitology (3) Morphology
and life cycles of the important parasites of man
and animals; epidemiology, pathogenesis, and
methods of treatment and control. (3.0)
554 Mycology (3) An introductory course,
including a general study of the biology of fungi
and a survey of the field of medical mycology. (3, 0)

556 Virology (3) Molecular biology of bacterial,
plant, and animal viruses; virus classification, ultra-
structure, mechanisms of replication, and effects of
virus infection on host cells. (2, 3) PREREQ:
Genetics.

557 Functional Animal Morphology (3) A study
of the structure, form, and function of morphologi-
cal adaptations in animals as examined through a
mechanical, ecological, and evolutionary
perspective. (3, 0)

564 Microbial Physiology (3) Physiology and
biochemical variations are studied in the prokary-
otes and lower eukaryotes. Lab BIL 564. (3, 3)
PREREQ: Microbiology,

365 Immunology (4) Immunoglobin structure
and function, nature of antigens, cell-mediated
immunity, hypersensitivity, regulauon of immunity,
and immunological diseases. Laboratory ex-perience
in immunological techniques. Lab BIL 565. (3, 3)
PREREQ: Microbiology.

366 Plant Physiology and Biochemistry (3)
Plant-cell physiology, including respiration, photo-
synthesis, enzyine catalysis, auxins, and membrane
phenomena. Lab BIL 566. (2, 3) PREREQ: College
botany.

567 Endocrinology (3) An integrative look at
the physiology of the mammalian endocrine
system in the regulauon and maintenance of home-
ostasis. The pathology associated with hormone
imbalance will be included. (3, 0) PREREQ: Cell
physiology and mammalian physiology.

568 General Animal Physiology (4) General
theoretical and applied principles of the physiology
of various animal cells, tissues, and organs, with an
emphasis on homeostasis and mammalian physiol-
ogy. Lab BIL 568. (3, 3)

570 Population Biology (3) A quantitative
second course in ecology, emphasizing distribution-
al patterns and fluctuations in abundance of natural
populations. Lab BIL 570. (2, 3) PREREQ: General
ecology.

571 Wetlands (3) A course designed to provide
practical experience in wedands classification,
delineation, regulauon, management, and mitiga-

tion practices. The abiotic and biotic characteristics
of inland and coastal wedands are emphasized. Lab
BIL 571. (2, 3) PREREQ: Eight hours of biology or
permission of instructor.

572 Aquatic Biology (3) An introduction to the
ecology and identification of aquatic organisms,
with emphasis on the biota of streams and wedands.
Lab BIL 572. (2, 3) PREREQ: Botany, zoology, gen-
eral ecology.

375 Plant Communities (3) A survey of ecologi-
cal, morphological, and physiological strategies of
plants from seed through adult stages. The integra-
tion of these strategies to explain the major plant
communities of North America will be covered. Lab
BIL 575. (2, 3) PREREQ: General biology.
576 Limnology (3) The measurement and
analysis of the physical, chemical, and biological
properties of freshwater environments, with
emphasis on lake ecosystems. Lab BIL 576. (2, 3)
380 Light Microscopy and the Living Cell (3)
Theory and practical techniques of all types of light
microscopy and their uses in investigating living
cells. Also includes techniques such as microinjec-
tion, cell electrophysiology, and others. Strong
emphasis on "hands-on" work with equipment.
(2,2)

584 Epidemiology (3) A general study of the
epidemiology of both infectious and environmental-
ly related health problems. Methods of interviewing
and data collecting also are included. (3, 0) PRE-
REQ: Microbiology.

585 Systematic Botany (3) Principles of taxono-
my and biosystematics. Selected plant families from
tropical and temperate zones. Each student devel-
ops a proficiency in the use of modem flora and
knowledge of the common species of the spring
flora of Chester County. Lab BIL 585. (2, 3)
PREREQ: Botany.

591 Directed Research 1 (3) To be taken when
the student begins his/her thesis research. Includes
a comprehensive literature search and development
of specialized techniques. This course should cul-
minate in the acceptance of the thesis proposal by
an appropriate committee of faculty and is required
for degree candidacy.

592 Directed Research II (3) A continuation of
the research proposed and initiated in BIO 591. To
be taken for credit only with the approval of the
graduate coordinator. (Does not count towards 30
credits required for graduation.)

593 Directed Research 111 (3) A continuation of
the research proposed and initiated in BIO 591. To
be taken for credit only with the approval of the
graduate coordinator. (Does not count towards 30
credits required for graduation.)

609 Guided Study in Biology (3) All nonthesis
students must complete a laboratory, field, or library
research project under the guidance of one of the
biology faculty. PREREQ: Compleuon of core courses.

610 Thesis (3)

Accounting

Business

Master of Business Administration
Program

317 Anderson Hall
West Chester University
West Chester, PA 19383
610-436-2608

Prof. Hamilton, M.B.A. Director

Program of Study

The Departments of Accounting, Economics, Management,
and Marketing jointly offer a program leading to the Master of
Business Administration (M.B.A.) with areas of concentration
in Economics/Finance; Executive/General Business; and
Management. The M.B.A. program is designed for individuals
of diverse academic backgrounds, provided that they have
undergraduate course work or the acceptable equivalent in
accounting, economics, management, marketing, and quanti-
tative business analysis. The program consists of 27 semester
hours of core courses plus nine semester hours of courses
selected from the concentration.

M.B.A. classes meet in two separate formats. For the regular
weekday evening program, each course meets one night per
week throughout the semester.

For the Accelerated Program, classes meet ever)' third
weekend: Thursday evening, Friday evening, and Saturday
morning and afternoon. This is an intensive, two-year pro-
gram designed to provide increased management skills for
people who already have significant professional and/or man-
agement responsibilities. Typically, these individuals are
middle- and upper-level managers who want to earn an
M.B.A. without interrupting their careers.

Both formats have the same course work and requirements.

M.B.A. students are expected to have access to a computer.

MASTER OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION

(36 semester hours)

1. Required Core 27 semester hours

ACC 501 Managerial Accounting and Control
ECO 547 Managerial Economics
FIN 501 Financial Management
MGT 511 Management and Organization Theory
MGT 560 Business Communications
MGT 599 Strategic Management
MIS 501 Management Information Systems

MKT 501 Marketing Management

BLA 501 Legal Environment of Business. Required for those
who have not completed an acceptable undergraduate law course;
if such a course was completed, one of the following must be
selected:

MGT 513 Business and Society, or
MGT 531 Human Resources Management, or
MGT 541 Production and Operations Management, or
MGT 561 International Business
2. Areas of Concentration 9 semester hours

Economics/Finance
Required:
ECO 525 Contemporary Monetary Theory and Financial

Institutions (3)
ECO 530 Economics and Public Policy (3)
FIN 544 Investment Analysis and Portfolio Management (3)

Executive/General Business 9 semester hours

Required:

Nine semester hours of specific M.B.A. courses and with prior

written consent of M.B.A. director

Management 9 semester hours

Required:

MGT 521 Organizational Development (3)

MGT 551 Management Decision Making (3)

MGT 587 Special Topics in Management (3)

See department sections for course descriptions.
Admission Requirements

M.B.A. applications are processed throughout the year.

Applicants must submit to the Office of Graduate Smdies and Sponsored
Research all undergraduate transcripts demonstrating high-quality per-
formance at the undergraduate level; appropriate scores from the
Graduate Management Admissions Test; an essay on career plans; a cur-
rent resume; and two letters of recommendation. Registration for M.B.A.
courses must be approved by the M.B.A. director.
In addition to the TOEFL requirement of 550, international M.B.A.
applicants, upon acceptance and arrival on campus, will be interviewed
by a representative of the English as a Second Language (ESL) Program
for a re\'iew of their English language-speaking skills. For those sm-
dents requiring additional study, a remedial program will be recom-
mended and required as a part of their initial M.B.A. smdies.

Degree Candidacy

For degree candidacy approval, smdents must maintain a minimum
cumulative Grade Point Average (GPA) of 3.0 in all M.B.A. courses
and a 3.0 GP.A in concentration courses, be fully matriculated, and
have completed all foundation courses.

Graduation Requirement

Students must maintain a minimum cumulative GPA of 3.0 in all
M.B.A. courses and a 3.0 GPA in concentration courses.

Accounting

Prof. Galbraith, Chairperson (610-436-2236)

PROFESSORS

Charles H. Mott, Ph.D., American Universify
Ali Naggar, Ph.D., University of Oklahoma

ASSISTANT PROFESSORS

Clyde J. Galbraith, M.B.A., Drexel University
Carl M. Smith, M.B.A., Temple University

Management

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
ACCOUNTING

Symbol: ACC

500 Financial Accounting (3) A study of
financial statements and financial accounting
valuation for assets, liabilities, stockholders'
equity, income, and expense. For those students
admitted to M.B.A. studies without the previous
course work in accounting; is equivalent to two
undergraduate courses. Normally offered in
summer only.

501 Managerial Accounting and Control (3)
A course in advanced managerial accounting,
focusing on accounting methods and techniques

useful in making busmess decisions. Included
are measurements of divisional performance,
revenue and pncing decisions, product decisions,
and capital budgeting. Control systems and
techniques are examined from a managerial
perspective. Required core course. PREREQ: ACC
500 or undergraduate equivalent.
510 Current Accounting Concepts (3) Financial
accounting with primar)' emphasis on current
professional accounting principles and practices.
Topics to be covered include income determina-
tion, asset valuation, and financial statement
evaluation. This course will provide a bridge from
theory to practice. PREREQ: ACC 501.
520 Accounting Information Systems (3)

Theoretical and practical aspects of the develop-
ment and management of accounting information
systems in businesses and other organizations.
Development of a general model for use in system
design and evaluation with subsequent study
focusing on practical applications of the model
using case studies and computer-related projects.
PREREQ: ACC 501.

530 Accounting Planning and Research (3)
Development of alternative strategies used by
business management to minimize the impact and
amount of income tax liability of the firm Topics
to be covered include tax planning, current tax
regulations, and related complex taxation prob-
lems and issues. PREREQ: ACC 501.

Economics

Dr. Bove, Chair-person (610-436-2134)

PROFESSORS

Philip DeMoss, Ph.D., Kansas State University
Tahany Naggar, Ph.D., University of Oklahoma
Patrick J. M. Sylvester, Ph.D., Bryn Mawr College

ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS

Cynthia D. Benzing, Ph.D., Drexel University

Roger E. Bove, Ph.D., Harvard University

Daniel Mohan, Ph.D., Rutgers — The State University

ASSISTANT PROFESSORS

Kevin Dunleavy, Ph.D., Duke University'

Thomas W. Tolin, Ph.D., University of Houston

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
ECONOMICS

Symbol: ECO

501 Fundamentals of Economics (3) An
introduction to the economic way of thinking,
consumer behavior and business decision making,
market structure and antitrust policy, energy and
the environment, national income analysis,
monetary and fiscal policy, economic growth, and
international trade. Intended for those students
with no previous course work in economics; is
equivalent to two undergraduate courses. Nor-
mally offered in summer only.

502 Fundamentals of Statistics for Business
Economics (3) Frequency distributions, random
variables, probability theory and models, estima-
tion theory, hypothesis testing, analysis of
variance, regression and time-series analysis.
Intended for those students with no previous
course work in statistics. Normally offered in
summer only.

503 Economic Role of Women (3) Statistics
indicate that one of the most important changes
in the American economy in this century is the
increase in the number of working women. Job-
related aspects, such as the historical pattern, labor
force participation, education, earnings, labor
supply, and sex discrimination will be e.xamined.

PREREQ: ECO 501 and ECO 502.
510 Applied Econometrics (3) Analysis of mul-
tivariate models, determination of trends, oscilla-
tion, and periodic movements. Topics include
remedies for auto-correlation and multi-
coUinearity; dummy variables; distributed lags,
forecasting and simulation; and alternative
estimation techniques, such as two-stage least
squares, three-stage least squares, and maximum
likehhood estimators. PREREQ: ECO 501 and
ECO 502, or their undergraduate equivalent,
525 Contemporary Monetary Theory and
Financial Institutions (3) This course enhances
the student's capability to analyze the interrelation-
ships between aggregate economic activity,
financial markets, and central banking instru-
ments, objectives, and poUcy. Topics relate to
demand for financial assets. PREREQ; ECO 501.
530 Economics and Public Policy (3) The
principles and methods of economic analysis are
used to evaluate the American economic system.
Inflation, recession, and economic growth;
problems of public finance and taxation; public
policy regarding the concentration of economic
power. PREREQ: ECO 501.
547 Managerial Economics (3) Development
and application of a set of advanced micro-macro
economic concepts to serve both as a source of

theoretical structure and unification of other
business sciences. Emphasis will be given to
topics such as risk analysis, linear programming,
and capital budgeting. Required core course.
PREREQ: ECO 501 and ECO 502 or undergradu-
ate equivalents.

FINANCE

Symbol: FIN

501 Financial Management (3) Theory and
practice of managerial finance, with emphasis on
analysis and understanding of the financial
consequences of managerial decisions. Topics
include financial statements, capital budgeting,
working capital, and special contemporary
concerns, such as small business finance. Required
core course PREREQ: ACC 500, ECO 501, and
ECO 502, or undergraduate equivalent.

544 Investment Analysis and Portfolio Manage-
ment (3) Introduction to investments, including
examination of why and how individuals invest.
This course provides an overview of the process
by which an individual seeks out and synthesizes
information about investment opportunities in
order to make decisions to add to, maintain, or
delete assets from an investment portfolio. Special
attention is directed to the risk and return of
assets. PREREQ: FIN 501.

Management

Dr. Chu, Chairperson (610-436-2649)

PROFESSOR

Hung M. Chu, Ph.D., Louisiana State University

ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS

Charles H. McGee, Ph.D., Northwestern University

Rani G. Selvanathan, Ph.D., University of Delhi, University of

Paris
Roberta Snow, Ph.D., University of Pennsylvania

ASSISTANT PROFESSORS

James W. Hamilton, M.B.A. , Northeastern University

Evan Leach, Ph.D., Yale University

Anne P. Murphy, M.B.A., University of Pennsylvania

Marketing

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
MANAGEMENT

Symbol: MGT

500 Fundamentals of Management (3) This course
provides the conceptual foundation in management the-
ory, principles, and practices for the more advanced
courses required for the MBA. Intended for those stu-
dents with no previous course work in management
Normally offered in summer only.
511 Management and Organization Theory (3)
An examination of management functions and man-
agerial processes from a systems perspective. This
course traces the evolution and development of man-
agement and organization principles and theories,
with emphasis on the development of a framework for
analysis of managerial problems and opportunuies in
both private and public sectors. The relationship
between the individual and the organization, and top-
ics such as leadership, communications, motivation,
and decision making will be explored. Successful
master)' of topics covered in a traditional principles of
management course will be assumed. Required core
course PREREQ: MGT 500 or undergraduate equiva-
lent.

513 Business and Society (3) The context and envi-
ronment in which business organizations operate with
specific attention to the social, ethical, political, and legal
dimensions of an organization's external environment
Value assumptions, means-ends relationships, and policv'
ramifications of the constraints and opportunities inher-
ent in the environment will be examined in depth. A
managerial perspective will be developed to build a
framework for macro-level trade-offs among and
between competing economic, social, ethical, political,
and legal forces and goals. Students must master all
foundation areas prior to admission to this course.
521 Organizational Development (3) Interpersonal
relations, intra- and intergroup relations, and the leader-
ship role and function in the management of organiza-
tional development, change, conflict, and productivity.
Primary focus will be on organizational development as
an intervention strategv- aimed at changing and improv-
ing organizational cUmate and performance. Organiz-
ations will be viewed as sociotechnical sv'stems interact-
ing with both internal and environmental forces.
PREREQ: MGT 511

531 Human Resources Management (3) The man-
agerial implications of the human resources management
and personnel administration functions. Topics include
forecasting and plaiming of staffing requirements.

recruitment, selecnon, allocation, evaluation, and devel-
opment of the human resources of an organization.
Lectures, class discussions, and case materials will be
used. PREREQ: MGT 500 or undergraduate equivalent.
541 Production and Operations Management (3)
Effective formulation and solution of problems in the
acquisition of productive resources by the firm, their
configuration into a productive system, and their utiliza-
tion in producing goods and services. This course focus-
es on operational rather than strategic aspects, using
quantitative techniques in the areas of demand forecast-
ing, production and capacity planning, transportation
facilities layout and job design, inventor)' control, quaMt>'
control, waiting Une problems, and scheduling. Students
must master all foundation areas prior to admission to
this course.

551 Managerial Decision Making (3) The course
provides technical enrichment, including an exposure of
various types of decision-making tecfmiques for a
prospective specialist in decision science Situations
examined will include distribution, resource allocation,
project scheduling, congestion in service system, deci-
sion support S)'stems, and artificial intelligence. PRE-
REQ: MGT 511

560 Business Communicanons (3) The theory and
practice of effective personal and organizational commu-
nications; development of managerial skills in verbal and
written communicanons for a variety of media and
forums; and practical experience in the deliver)' of man-
agement-oriented oral presentations and written papers.
Particular attention will be paid to identifying and over-
coming barriers to effective communication and insight
Required core course.

561 International Business (3) Examination of the
problems of management, marketing, and finance when
developing and engaging in international business.
Attention to the formulation of alternative strategies for
developing international business enterprises, the impact
and consequences of implementing various alternative
strategies for traditional business fiinctions, problems of
the multinational firm, and the special challenges of
doing business with or in underdeveloped countries.
PREREQ: MGT 51 1 and MKT 501

571 Small Business Entrepreneurship (3) An inter-
disciplinarv' course on starting and managing a small
business. Topics include the role of entrepreneurship in
our economy and society, identifying and exploring
opportunities, feasibility studies, legal structure, raising
venmre capital, and organization structure Case studies
and outside speakers will be used extensively. PREREQ:
MGT 511.

573 Management of Small Business Enterprises (3)
The operation of an on-going small business enterprise.
Topics include forecasting, budgeting, inventor)' control,
pricing, promotion, and record keeping. The roots of
failure and success of small business enterprises will be
examined Selected guest speakers will share their views
and expenences with students on pertinent topics. Cases
and outside readings will be used to broaden students'
exposure to small business management issues. PRE-
REQ: MGT 511.

575 Field Studies in Small Business Management
(3) This course provides swdents with the opponunity
to work on a consulting project for a small business
firm. Teams of two to four swdents are assigned to each
small business cUent requesting management counseling.
Depending on expertise and past experience, the teams
will work on interdisciplinary projects involving market
research, budgeting, record-keeping systems, pricing,
and promotion. This course is sponsored by the West
Chester University Small Business Institute. PREREQ:
MGT 571 and 573.

587 Special Topics in Management (3) A seminar or
independent smdy course providing exposure to current
literature and discourse on selected issues in manage-
ment. Includes an individual research project treating a
complex management issue from an interdisciplinary,
pobc)'-level perspective. Parallel seminar discussions
with peers, the instiaictor, and with outside experts will
provide a sounding board for hypotheses formulation
and testing. Extensive exposure to professional journals
will be required in order to enhance familiarity with con-
temporary advances in theory and practice. PREREQ:
Completion of three or more core courses.
599 Strategic Management (3) An in-depth examina-
tion of the processes by which business strategies are
conceived, formulated, executed, and changed. Specific
topics include strategic planning, endogenous and
exogenous influences affecting strategic feasibility, analy-
ses, and choices. Comprehensive strategy-oriented cases
from a variety of business contexts are used. Should be
taken in student's final semester. Required core coiuse.
PREREQ: Completion of aU MBA. core courses.

MANAGEMENT INFORMATION SYSTEMS

Symbol: MIS

501 Business Information Systems (3) A blending of
theory, case snidies, and personal computer appUcanons
to the solution of business information problems.
Students will gain insight into functional and strategic
implications of information resources, tecfmology, and
systems.

Marketing

Dr. Redington, Chairperson (610-436-2363)

ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS

John R. Morgan, Ph.D., Temple University

John T. Redington, Ph.D.. Pennsylvania State University

ASSISTANT PROFESSORS

Paul F. Christ, M.B.A., Temple University
John E. Gault, M.B.A., University' of Pennsylvania
Sandra M. Tomkowdcz, J.D., University of Pennsylvania

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
LAW

Symbol: BLA

501 Legal Enviroiunent of Business (3) An in-
depth examination of legal issues for business organi-
zations, including constraints and opportunities.
Primary attention will be given to an intensive explo-
ration of the law as it affects business contracts, sales,
commercial paper, and the formation and operation of
a business entity from the perspective of the manager.
This course is designed to meet the professional needs
of managers who have minimal exposure to the law

and to enhance their knowledge of the legal ranufica-
tions of business operations.

MARKETING

Ss-mbol: MKT

500 Principles of Marketing (3) An introduction
to marketing. Selection of target markets, develop-
ing marketing mixes, decision making, planning,
implementation, and monitoring of marketing pro-
grams. Intended for students with no previous
course work in marketing. Normally offered in
summer only.

501 Marketing Management (3) An analytical
approach to the study of marketing, focusing on
the total environment in which marketing deci-
sions are made. Emphasis is on planning the mar-
keting effort and integrating it into the total opera-
tion of an organization; i.e., managing the market-
ing function Familiarity with topics covered in a
traditional principles of marketing course will be
assumed. Required core course. PREREQ: MKT
500 or undergraduate equivalent.

Chemistry

Chemistry

Room 154 Schmucker Science Center II
West Chester University
West Chester, PA 19383
610-436-2631

Dr. Ghoroghchian, Chairperson

Dr. Ahmad, Coordinator of Graduate Studies

Dr. Fenton, Director of Clinical Chemistry

PROFESSORS

Marc L. Durand, Ph.D., University of New Hampshire
John Fenton, Ph.D., University of Minnesota
Andrew Goudy, Ph.D., University of Pittsburgh
Virgil E. Magnuson, Ph.D., University of New Hampshire
John Mangravite, Ph.D., University of New Hampshire
Michael Moran, Ph.D., University' of Pennsylvania
Phihp B. Rudnick, Ph.D., Rutgers — The State University
William Torop, Ed.D., University' of Pennsylvania
Philip Witonsky, Ph.D., University of Minnesota

ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS

Naseer Ahmad, Ph.D., Aligarh Muslim L/niversity
Roger Barth, Ph.D., Johns Hopkins University
Melissa Cichowicz, Ph.D., University of Maryland
Jamal Ghoroghchian, Ph.D., University' of Southampton
Helen G. Reid, Ph.D., Universit3' of New Orleans
Joel Ressner, Ph.D., Lehigh University

ASSISTANT PROFESSORS

James Falcone, Ph.D., University of Delaware
Blaise Frost, Ph.D., Universit3' of South Dakota

Programs of Study

The Department of Chemistry offers a program leading to
the Master of Science in chemistry. Master of Science in
clinical chemistry, and Master of Education in chemistry. It
also cooperates with the Department of Geology and
Astronomy in offering a program leading to the Master of
Arts in physical science. (See a description of the Physical
Science program.)

MASTER OF SCIENCE IN CHEMISTRY
Admission Requirements

In addition to meeting the general requirements for admission to a
degree program at West Chester, applicants must present an under-
graduate background that includes mathematics through calculus,
one semester of analytical chemistry, and full-year courses in organic
chemistry and physical chemistry.

Degree Requirements

1. Before admission to degree candidacy, each student is required to
pass three qualifying examinations in the five major areas of
chemistry (inorganic, analytical, physical, organic, and biochemis-
try). The student may select up to four areas. If necessary, the
examinations in each area may be retaken once. The student may
be required to enroll in appropriate undergraduate courses for
no credit in order to prepare for a re-examination. These
examinations must be passed before admission to degree candidacy,
i.e., prior to the attainment of 15 graduate credits.

2. At the discretion of the department chairperson. Graduate Record
Examination scores may be required for purposes of evaluation
and guidance.

3. Reading proficiency is required in any one of the following modem
languages: German, French, or Russian. The reading test is
administered by the Department of Foreign Languages. In place
of the modem-language proficiency, a demonstrated proficiency in
a computer language (FORTRAN, for example) may be substi-
tuted.*

4. The candidate must perform successfully on an oral examination,
which is required for Options A, B, and C listed below. The oral
examination will include general chemistry knowledge but will
place emphasis on the area represented by independent study or
the research report. The members of the examination committee
include the research supervisor, the departmental graduate
coordinator, and two other professors.

Program for the Master of Science in Chemistry

The M.S. in chemistry program consists of a required core of 15
semester hours and a chemistry elective area for which there are three
options. (See the description of each option for the total semester
hours required.) All students must complete the core, composed of
CHE 511, 531, 540, or 543, and any two of the topics courses (CHE
515, 525, 533, 544, 551, or 575). One semester of CHE 591 must be
taken.

Option A (30 semester hours)

This is the thesis program. Beyond the core, the candidate takes
Thesis (CHE 610) for three credits. Research in Chemistry (CHE 580)
for three credits, and seven semester hours of electives.

Option B (33 semester hours)

Beyond the core, this option requires Research in Chemistry (CHE

580) for six credits and 10 semester hours of electives.

Option C (36 semester hours)

Under this plan, the student completes core requirements and an
elective area of 19 semester hours that must include three credits in
Research in Chemistry (CHE 580).

Under all options, the elective area is developed under advisement
from chemistry offerings but may include three semester hours from
another science area or from mathematical sciences.* Until admitted
to degree candidacy, students may not undertake independent study.

MASTER OF SCIENCE IN CLINICAL CHEMISTRY
Admission Requirements

An applicant must meet the general requirements for a degree pro-
gram at West Chester University and must hold a bachelor's degree
in chemistry, medical technology, or a closely related field.

Course prerequisites for admission include one semester each of analytical
chemistry, biochemistry, physics, clinical chemistry, clinical chemistry
laboratory, and physical chemistry. Two semesters of organic chemistry
and mathematics through calculus also are required. Several of the
above courses may be waived if the applicant has graduated from a four-
year nationally certified medical technology program. Students who
do not meet program prerequisites may take required courses upon
enrollment. Graduate Record Examination scores may be required
prior to acceptance.

Degree Requirements

1. Before admission to candidacy, each student must pass a comprehen-
sive examination covering the areas of biochemistry, clinical chemistry,
and analytical chemistry. This examination is usually administered
after one-half of the student's course work is completed. If necessary,
this examination may be retaken once.

*A computer science course taken to satisfy the foreign language requirement
will not be counted as an elective toward the degree.

Chemistn'

2. The candidate must perform successfully on an oral examination,
which is required for all program options. The oral examination will
include general chemistry knowledge but will place emphasis on the
area represented by independent study or the research report. The
members of the examination committee include the research
supervisor, the departmental graduate coordinator, and two other
professors.

Program for the Master of Science in Clinical Chemistry

The program consists of a required core of 20 semester hours. Additional
credits needed for the degree may be pursued under three options.

Core, courses: ADM 505, CHE 524, 348, 555, 579, 582, 383 (CHE
550, Clinical Chemistry Internship, is also required of students who
lack previous clinical laboratory training.)

Option A (36 semester hours)

Core, plus CHE 580 (Research in Chemistry), plus 13 semester hours
of electives from chemistry, biology, physics, mathematics, computer
science, or administration.

Option B (30 semester hours)

Core, plus four semester hours of electives, plus three credits of thesis
(CHE 610) and three credits of Research in Chemistry' (CHE 580).

Option C — Master of Science in Clinical Chemistry and Certificate
in Administration (38 semester hours)

Chemistry core, plus three semester hours of CHE 580, plus core
from the graduate administration program. The student minors in
administration and receives the M.S. degree, in addition to the
Certificate in Administration.

MASTER OF EDUCATION IN CHEMISTRY

Admission Requirements

In addition to meeting the general requirements for admission to a
degree program at West Chester University, applicants must present
an undergraduate background, including mathematics through

calculus and 24 semester hours of undergraduate chemistry.

At the discretion of the department chairperson. Graduate
Record Examination scores may be required for evaluation
and guidance.

Degree Requirements

1. If academic or professional performance is less than satisfactory
during the precandidacy period, the student may be required to
enroll in an appropriate undergraduate course.

2. Successful performance on a comprehensive oral examination
given upon completion of the program.

3. Successful completion of the program outlined below.

Program for the Master of Education in Chemistry
(34 semester hours)

The M.Ed, in chemistry program consists of professional education
requirements and area concentration requirements as outlined
below.

Professional Education Requirements 0-12 semester hours

(See pages 47-48.)

Area of Concentration 20-22 semester hours

A. Required 13 semester hours
CHE 311 Advanced Inorganic Chemistry 1 (3)

CHE 524 Analytical Chemistry II (3)

CHE 531 Organic Reaction Mechanisms (3)

CHE 540 Chemical Thermodynamics (3)

(CHE 543 may be taken in place of CHE 540.)
SCE 500 Modem Trends in Science Education (3)

B. Electives, under ad\isement (5-7)

Electives (Professional or Academic) (0-4)
MASTER OF ARTS IN PHYSICAL SCIENCE
See Physical Science.

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
CHEMISTRY

S>Tnbol: CHE unless otherwise shown. CRL
indicates laboratory.

♦ 505 Fundamental Topics in Chemistry (2-6)
Basic level elective courses in chemistry for
professional growth. (Not for M.S. in chemistry.)
PREREQ: General chemistr)-.

509 Descriptive Inorganic Chemistry (3) The
emphasis of this course is on periodic properties of
the representative elements, the structure of
inorganic solids, the chemistry of aqueous and
nonaqueous solutions, and the study of some
transition metals. Lathanides and acunides also are
studied. (Not for M.S. m chemistry.) PREREQ:
CHE 103/104.

511 Advanced Inorganic Chemistry 1 (3)
Structure and properties of the elements and their
compounds from a theoretical point of view: the
periodic law, acids and bases, structure and
reactivity of metal compounds and main group
compounds. PREREQ: CHE 341.

♦ 515 Topics in Inorganic Chemistry (3) Topics
of current interest in inorganic chemistry. Topic

♦ This course may be taken again for credit.

to be announced prior to registration.

517 History of Chemistry (1) The historv- of
chemistrv- and its predecessors from ancient times
to the present.

518 Literature of Chemistry (1) Instruction in
the use of a modem chemical librar)', reference
and data acquisition, synthetic procedures, and
computer data bases. PREREQ: CHE 231.

519 Ethics and Human Values in Science (1)
A one-semester course for science majors to
acquaint students with potential ethical problems
in their professional careers.

524 Analytical Chemistry II (3) Basic principles
of applied instrumental analysis. Special
emphasis on the use of spectrophotometric, elec-
troanalnical, and chromatographic instrumen-
tation. PREREQ: CHE 321 and CHE 341.
CRL 524 Analytical Chemistry 11 Laboratory
(2) Practical experience in the choice and
application of instrumental methods to chemical
systems. CONCURRENT OR PREREQ: CHE 524

♦ 525 Topics in Analytical Chemistry (3) In-
depth examination of current topics in instrumen-
tal or wet chemical analysis. Special emphasis on
state-of-the-art development and applications.
Topic announced prior to registration.

CRL 527 Electron Microscopy 1 (3) (See ESL
527.)

CRL 529 Electron Microscopy 11 (3) (See ESL
529.)

531 Organic Reaction Mechanisms (3)
Theoretical treatment of selected organic reac-
tions. Emphasis on bonding theory, structural
relationship, equilibria, and free-energy relation-
ships.

♦ 533 Topics in Organic Chemistry (3) Topics
of current interest in organic chemistry. Topic
announced prior to registration.

535 Qualitative Organic Analysis (5)
Identification of pure organic compounds and
mixtures of organic compounds using classical and
modem instrumental techniques. Laboratory
included.

536 Polymer Chemistry (3) Polymerization
kinetics, rheolog)' of pol^Tner melts, crystallization
parameters, and monomer reactivit)' in copolymer-
ization.

CRL 536 Polymer Chemistry Laboratory (2) A

course designed to introduce the advanced
student to the synthesis of pohTners and the study
of the molecular, physical, and thermal properties

Childhood Studies and Reading

of these compounds. PREREQ: CHE 232/CRL
232. COREQ: CHE 536.

540 Chemical Thermodjiiamics (3) Laws and
functions of thermodynamics and their appUca-
tions: introduction to statistical thermodynamics.
543 Quantum Chemistry (3) Basic quantum
chemistry, including the hydrogen atom problem,
chemical bonding, spectroscopic concepts, and
group theory.

♦ 544 Topics in Physical Chemistry (3) Topics
of current interest in physical chemistry. Topic
announced prior to registration.
548 Clinical Biochemistry (3) A one-semester
course on the biochemical basis of disease. Case
histories are discussed with emphasis on the
clinical interpretation of laboratory data. PREREQ:
CHE 581.

550 Internship in Chemistry (3-6) A full- or
part-time work study appointment in a hospital,
commercial, governmental, or industrial labora-
tory supervised jointly by an on-site supervisor
and a chemistry department faculty member.
PREREQ: Permission of the department internship
committee.

555 Quantitative Clinical Methods (3) A course
on the mathematical aspects of clinical laboratory
science. Statistics and laboratory uses for
computers are stressed. PREREQ: CHE 581.
CHE 560 Advanced Organic Spectroscopy (3) An
advanced course in organic spectroscopy dealing
with IR, NMR, and MS techniques. PREREQ: CHE
531

571 Fundamentals of Biochemistry (3)
Structure and chemistry of proteins and nucleic

acids; molecular biology, physio-chemical meth-
ods for biomacromolecules, enzymes, and the
molecular basis for some physiological phenomena.
Lab: CRL 571. PREREQ: Physical chemistry.
CRL 571 Experimental Biochemistry (2)
Laboratory exercises in the fundamentals of
biochemistry. CONCURRENT OR PREREQ:
CHE 571.

575 Topics in Biochemistry (3) Topics of current
interest in biochemistry. Topic announced prior
to registration.

576 Biochemistry 1 (3) A two-semester course
in biochemistry. The first part shows how the
chemistry of amino acids, proteins, enzymes,
carbohydrates, lipids, and membranes enables
living organisms to perform biological functions.
PREREQ: CHE 232 and physical chemistry.

577 Biochemistry 11 (3) The second part of
biochemistry covers the biosynthesis of diverse
molecules, DNA structure and function, and
molecular physiology, including immunoglobu-
lins, hormones, nutrition, and nerve action.
Chemistry will be related to normal and patholog-
ical biological functions. PREREQ: CHE 576.

579 Chemical Toxicology (3) A one-semester
course in the basic principles of toxicological
analysis. Special emphasis will be placed on
documentation, sampling, and verification of
laboratory materials and results. The environmen-
tal and physiological aspects of chemical toxicity
will be explored.

CRL 579 Chemical Toxicology Laboratory (2)
A one-semester course in the basic principles of
toxicological analysis. CONCURRENT OR

PREREQ: CHE 579.
♦ 580 Research in Chemistry (3-6)
Independent research in chemistry, under the
direction of a member of the chemistry faculty.

581 Clinical Chemistry (3) Analysis of biological
fluids. Clinical significance of enzyme, electrolyte,
protein, and carbohydrate analysis. Requires per-
mission of instructor or undergraduate prepara-
tion in organic chemistry and quantitative analy-
sis. CONCURRENT OR PREREQ: CHE 571;
PREREQ: CHE 321

582 Advanced Clinical Chemistry (3) A one-
semester course with emphasis on recent
advances in testing modalities, instrumentation,
and methodologies in clinical chemistry. PREREQ:
CHE 571 and 581.

583 Clinical Chemistry Seminar (2) A course
emphasizing the recent literature in chnical
chemistry. Student lecture presentations and
round table discussions are used. PREREQ: CHE
581.

591 Seminar (2) Topics of current interest in

chemistry.

*610 Thesis (3)

sec 570 Science and Human Values (3) Not

for M.S. in chemistry.

♦ This course may be taken again for credit.
*Graduate students beginning their research pro-
gram should enroll in CHE 580, which may be
repeated. Students should enroll in CHE 610 dur-
ing their last semester. Only under rare circum-
stances may CHE 610 be repeated.

Childhood Studies and Reading

105C Recitation Hall
610-436-2944

Dr. Maggitti, Chairperson

Dr. Bollin, Graduate Coordinator for Elementary Education

Programs
Dr. Kletzien, Graduate Coordinator for Reading Programs

PROFESSORS

Patricia E. Grasty-Gaines, Ed.D., Temple University
Mary A. Keetz, Ph.D., University oj Pennsylvania
George W. Maxim, Ph.D., Pennsylvania State University
Carol A. Radich, Ph.D., L/niversity of Maryland
Carlos R. Ziegler, Ed.D., Temple University

ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS

Lynda Baloche, Ed.D. Temple University

A. Scott Dunlap, M. Div., Eastern Baptist Theological Seminary

Robert J. Szabo, Ed.D., Lehigh University

ASSISTANT PROFESSORS

Dena Beeghly, Ed.D., University of Georgia
Gail Bollin, Ph.D., University of Delaware
David F. Brown, Ed.D., University of Tennessee

Daniel Darigan, Ph.D., University of Oregon

James Egan, Ed.D., Syracuse University

Rose Ann Khoury-Geffre, Ph.D., Unive?sity of South Carolina

Sharon Kletzien, Ph.D., Temple University

Thomas J. Piatt, Ed.D., Temple University

Programs of Study

The Department of Childhood Studies and Reading offers
graduate programs in the following areas: certification in
elementary education; certification as a reading specialist; a
Master of Education in elementary education; a Master of
Education in reading; and a Certificate of Advanced Graduate
Study. Courses are available to teachers desiring permanent
Pennsylvania elementary certification.

On June 1, 1987, the Pennsylvania State Board of Education
implemented revisions to the Pennsylvania School Code.
These revisions require all students who apply for Pennsyl-
vania teaching certificates to pass state competency tests in
basic skills, general knowledge, professional knowledge, and
specific knowledge of the subjects in which they seek teacher
certification. Students also must demonstrate that they have
met the requirement for coinputer literacy.

As changes are made in requirements for elementary
certification and reading specialist certification, it is the
student's responsibility to satisfy the new requirements.

Childhood Studies and Reading

After the student's application has been submitted to
West Chester University's Office of Graduate Studies and
Sponsored Research and appropriate transcripts have been
received, the student will be mailed information regarding the
program and advisement.

Elementary Education

Through programs in elementary' education, the department
offers the Master of Education degree in elementary education,
as well as nondegree programs for teachers seeking profes-
sional growth and/or credit certification.

Admission Requirements

1. Applicants to both the degree and the certification programs are
expected to have an undergraduate degree from an accredited col-
lege or university. In addition, they must meet an undergraduate
grade point average (GPA) entry requirement of 3.0 on a scale of
4.0.

Applicants who cannot meet this requirement must take either the
Miller Analogy Test (MAT) or the Graduate Record Examination
(GRE). A satisfactory score as determined by the department on the
GRE (verbal and quantitative sections) or MAT will demonstrate a
student's academic competence in lieu of the required GPA.
Applicants to the degree program must possess initial teacher's
certification.

2. Within the precandidacy period (the first 12-15 semester hours),
the appHcant must:

a. Complete EDF 500 (or 501, 502) and two EDE courses.

b. Maintain a cumulative GPA of 3.0.

Please refer also to "Degree Candidacy and Degree Requirements"
under "Academic Information and Requirements."

3. Students applying for the certification program should be aware
that a limited number of spaces are available in the program. Some
students who meet the minimum requirements may not be admitted
due to this space limitation.

Degree Requirements

1. Satisfactory completion of the curriculum as given below. Both
the selection and the sequence of courses should be determined
in consultation with the appointed adviser. Only six credits of
workshops are permitted.

2. A cumulative GPA of at least 3.0. (NOTE: All courses specific to
elementary' education are included in computing the GPA in ele-
mentary education. Examples of such courses are ENG 592 and
MTE 554.)

3. Satisfactory' performance on the comprehensive examination.

The Comprehensive Examination

In order to become eligible for the examination, the student must:

1. Be a degree candidate.

2. Complete at least 28 semester hours, including all required cours-
es, by the end of the semester preceding the examination.

3. Maintain an average GPA of 3.0.

The examination is given on the first Saturday in February, the first
Saturday in October, and the last Saturday in pre-session, unless
otherwise announced by the department.

Applications for admission to the comprehensive examination are
available from the department and must be filed by July 10 for the
October examination, December 1 for the February examination, and
May 1 for the pre-session examination. A candidate who fails the

comprehensive exammation is permitted to take one re-examination
within a two-year period. Failure of the re-examination will result in
a comprehensive review of the student's graduate record, followed by
a determination of the candidate's future status by the departmental
graduate committee.

MASTER OF EDUCATION IN ELEMENTARY EDUCATION

This may consist of either a nonthesis program requiring 33 semes-
ter hours, or a thesis program requiring 30 semester hours.

In either option, the candidate must meet a professional education
requirement, including EDF 500 (or EDF 501 or EDF 502), EDF 510 or
EDF 589, and EDP 550. Also required in either option is an elementary
education area consisting of EDE 548, 549, 553, and an elective in read-
ing or elementary education. Successful completion of the comprehen-
sive exam is a requirement for both the nonthesis and thesis programs.

During the first session of enrollment, the student confers with an
assigned adviser to determine an appropriate and desirable area of
concentration. The remainder of the program will be developed
within the selected concentration. The choice of concentrations may
be made from areas offered by the Department of Childhood Studies
and Reading or areas offered by other departments.

Nonthesis Program (33 semester hours)

I. Professional Education 9 semester hours

EDF 500 Methods and Materials of Research in Education

(or EDF 501, 502) (3)
EDF 510 Educational Foundations (3) or
EDF 589 Sociological Foundations of Education (3)
EDP 550 Advanced Educational Psychology (3)

II. Elementary Education 12 semester hours

EDE 548 Curriculum Theor)' and Trends in Elementary

Education (3)
EDE 549 Theory and Trends in the Language Arts (3)
EDE 553 Child Development and Behavior II (3)
(These three courses should be taken after completion of 15
hours of course work.)
Elective in Reading and/or Elementary Education (3)

III. Area of Concentration 12 semester hours

The 21 credit hours above are required of all degree candidates.
The remaining 12 credits are to be concentrated in one of the
following areas, to be selected under advisement during the first
session of enrollment:

Courses offerea within the department. Ad\'ising by assigned
adviser.

Creative Teaching-Learning
Early Childhood Education
Elementary Education (General)
Gifted and Talented

Human Development
Language Arts
Reading
Social Studies

Courses offered in other departments. Advisement for area of
concentration by selected faculty in respective department.

Bilingual Education
Children's Literature
Mathematics

Science

Special Education

Writing

Thesis Program (30 semester hours)

Students who wish to pursue the thesis program must consult with
the department chairperson, or his or her designee, not later than
the second session of enrollment.

Childhood Studies and Reading

Reading

Through its graduate reading program, the School of Education
offers the Master of Education degree with a major in reading,
and Reading Speciahst Certification. Students who complete
either program are recommended for Pennsylvania certification
as a reading specialist. These programs prepare candidates
to serve in special reading positions and as classroom teachers
of reading in elementary or secondary schools.

Admission Requirements

1. Applicants are expected to have an undergraduate degree from an
accredited college or university. In addition, they must meet an
undergraduate grade point average (GPA) entry requirement of
3.0 on a scale of 4.0.

Students who cannot meet this requirement must take either the
Miller Analogies Test (MAT) or the Graduate Record Examination
(GRE). A satisfactory score as determined by the department on
the GRE (verbal and quantitative sections) or MAT will demon-
strate a student's academic competence in lieu of the required
GPA. Applicants must possess initial teacher's certification.

2. The student must possess an Instructional I Certificate.

3. Courses required within the precandidacy period are EDF 500;
EDR 510, 514, 516; and one additional course from the prescribed
program.

4. Students must maintain an overall GPA of 3.0 during the pre-
candidacy period.

Degree Requirements

In addition to meeting degree requirements of the University, the
candidate must:

1. Successfully complete the reading curriculum and any additional
courses that may be required by the reading faculty. Workshops
will not be accepted to satisfy this requirement.

2. Achieve an overall GPA of at least 3.0.

3. Perform satisfactorily on the comprehensive examination in
reading. Students are responsible for meeting all requirements by
the specified time.

The Comprehensive Examination

Students are eligible for the comprehensive examination when they
have completed all prescribed work and been recommended by the
adviser. The examination is given the first Saturday in February and
the last Saturday in pre-session. Application for the examination
must be made in writing to the graduate coordinator for the February
examination by December 1, and by May 1 for the pre-session
examination.

Candidates who fail the comprehensive examination are permitted
one re-examination wdthin a two-year period. Candidates who fail the
re-examination are dropped from the degree program.

MASTER OF EDUCATION IN READING

(36 semester hours)

I. Professional Education Requirements

EDF
EDF

Plus:
EDF

6 semester hours

500 Methods and Materials of Research in Education (3) or

501 Methods and Materials of Research for Elementary
Education (3)

510 Educational Foundations (3)

II. Reading Education Requirements

27 semester hours

EDR 510 Foundations of Reading Instruction: K-12 (3)

EDR 514 Reading in the Content Areas (3)

EDR 515 Teaching Reading with Children's and Adolescents'

Literature (3)
EDR 516 Reading Disabilities (3)
EDR 517 Current Practices in Teaching Developmental and

Corrective Reading (3)
EDR 519 Teaching Reading to Culturally Diverse Students (3)
EDR 521 Reading Clinic Practicum and Seminar 1 (3)
EDR 522 Reading Clinic Practicum and Seminar II (3)
EDR 541 Organization and Operation of Reading Programs:

K-12 (3)

3 semester hours

III. Area of Electives

Selected, under advisement, from:

EDA 571

EDE 522, 543, 548, 549, 551, 553, 555, 560

EDR 523, 526, 540, 542

All students must complete a course in child and adolescent develop-
ment. Any student who enters the program without having complet-
ed such a course at the undergraduate or graduate level should take
EDE 551 as an elective.

READING SPECIALIST CERTIFICATION

(30 semester hours)

Requirements for the certification program:

1. The student must possess an Instructional 1 Certificate.

2. Courses required within the first 15 hours are EDR 510, 514,
516, and 517.

3. The student must maintain an overall GPA of 3.0.

4. In order to obtain the certificate, the student must successfully
complete the Master of Education in reading program, except
that the student is not required to take the two courses in
professional education. Workshops will not be accepted to satisfy
this requirement.

5. The student must perform successfully on the competency
examination.

Certificate of Advanced Graduate Study (CAGS)

The Certificate of Advanced Graduate Study (CAGS) is
designed for students who already possess a master's degree
and who want to expand their knowledge in a given area, or to
broaden it to include other areas. Such students normally
do not wish to undertake a doctoral program but, at the same
time, prefer the guidance and structure offered by a program
such as the CAGS.

Admission Requirements

A student who wishes to pursue the CAGS must:

1. Possess a master's degree from an accredited institution.

2. Have attained a minimum grade point average (GPA) of 3.0 in a
master's degree program.

3. Present three professional letters of recommendation.

Acceptance for study toward the CAGS will be determined by the
faculty of the Department of Childhood Studies and Reading.
However, prior to formal admission to the program, the student is
required to develop a proposed plan of study with the supervising
committee (consisting of the major adviser and one additional mem-
ber) that has been appointed by the department chairperson or a
designee.

Childhood Studies and Reading

Program of Study

A minimum of 30 semester hours earned beyond the master's degree
is required. Students accepted into the program will pursue a plan
of study to meet their individual needs. Plans will be developed with
the major adviser and be approved by the student's supervising
committee. Previous course work taken will be considered in the
development of the student's program. Also, the suggested program
will be presented to the departmental graduate committee for approval.
Course work may be arranged as follows:

1. Area of Specialization 18-24 semester hours

(Examples: Early Childhood Education, Elementary Education —
General, Language Arts, Mathematics, Reading, Science, Social
Studies, Gifted Education)

Programs will be indi\idually tailored for each student by an
adviser.

2. Course Work in Complementary Areas

3. Seminar in Research

4. Research Report

0-6 semester hours
3 semester hours
3 semester hours

Transfer Credits

A maximum of six hours of approved transfer credit earned after
the master's degree may be applied to the proposed program if the
courses complement the area of specialization and if the credits were
earned within a period of three years before entering this program.

Certificate of Approval

Successful completion of the program requires that the student:

1. Achieves a minimum GPA of 3.25 in all course work in the area
of specialization and a minimum GPA of 3.0 in all course work
taken outside the School of Education.

2. Successfully passes an oral examination in the area of specializa-
tion, as well as completes a research report. All requirements,
including the research report, must be completed before the student
will be allowed to take the oral examination.

3. Meets all program requirements.

4. Completes the program within six years following the date of the
first enrollment.

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
EARLY CHILDHOOD AND
ELEMENTARY EDUCATION

Symbol: EDE

502 Introduction to Early Childhood Education

(3) A basic course in early childhood education.
Emphasis is on the historical and theoretical bases
influencing education of young children.

503 Contemporary' Influences in Early Child-
hood Education (3) Current factors that affect
the educational needs of young children and class-
room practices reflecting those influences.

504 Early Childhood Programs (3) Model
programs in early childhood education, focusing
on curriculum design and implementation in
the preschool and primary years.

505 Seminar in Early Childhood Education
(3) Selected problems in early childhood educa-
tion. PREREQ: Permission of instructor.

506 Infant and Toddler Development and
Environment (3) Physical, social, emotional, and
intellectual development of the child newborn

to rwo years is studied. The use of developmental
tests for the diagnosis of infant and toddler needs
is related to the structunng of an appropriate
learning environment.

507 Preschooling Learning Environment (3)
Methods and materials, developmentally appropri-
ate for children 2-5, are presented. Readiness
assessments, curricular discussions, and teaching
approaches are addressed across the full spec-
trum of child development.

522 Teaching the Communication Skills (3)

Strategies for teaching the language arts. Methods,
materials, and resources for organizing creative
programs in school settings.
530 Social Studies in Elementary Education
(3) Interdisciplinary and multicultural strategies
for developing concepts, skills, and values in the
social studies program.

543 Creative Expression in the Elementary
School (3) Theones and techniques to promote
creative thinking and enhance children's creative
potential in all areas of the school curriculum.
548 Curriculum Theory and Trends in Elemen-
tary Education (3) Theoretical frameworks of ele-
mentary school curricula; curriculum development

and change. To be taken after 15 hours of work.
549 Theory and Trends in the Language Arts
(3) Analysis and evaluation of language arts
programs, including reading in the modem
elementary school PREREQ: EDE 548.

551 Child and Adolescent Behavior I (3) Social,
intellectual, emotional, physical, and moral
aspects of child and adolescent beha\'ior. Emphasis
on personal development of the teacher as a
prerequisite to understanding children in the
elementary school.

552 The Middle School Child (3) Develop-
ment, beharior, and specific needs during late
childhood and early adolescence (10-15 years);
applies to working with children in the middle
school. PREREQ: Recent course in child/human
development.

553 Child and Adolescent Behavior II (3)
ReNiew of principles of growth and development.
Theories of personality development; clues to
identifying children with problems; therapies
applicable to elementary and adolescent school
children. Case smdy may be required. PREREQ:
A recent course in child development and
completion of 15 hours of course work.

555 Self Development and Interpersonal Skills
(3) Self development, interpersonal, and group
communication skills. Focus on helping relation-
ships in educational settings. PREREQ: Recent
course in human development or the equivalent.
557 The Foundations of Cooperative Learning
(3) Exploration of various theories, models, and
strategies for cooperative learning, with a focus on
the implementation of the Johnson and Johnson
model of cooperative learning into all areas of the
school curriculum.

560 Meeting Individual Needs of Children (3)
Discovering each child's needs; providing for
individualized learning; identifying problems and
their solutions. PREREQ: Recent course work in
elementary education and child development.
562 Integrating Thinking Skills into the
Curriculum (3) Provides the rationale and theory
base for including thinking skills in instructional
strategies. Opportunities to apply thinking strate-
gies to curricula are provided through models of
teaching.

565 Effective Classroom Management (3)

Dynamics of interpersonal relations in planning
and facilitating classroom instruction.

570 Supervision in the Elementary School (3)
Concepts and practices in supervision of teachers,
student teachers, and aides. PREREQ: Course work
in elementary education and child development.

580-589 Workshops in Elementary Education
(1-6) Additional course numbers will be assigned
as new areas of study are announced. Credits vary.
The series presently includes:
580 Workshop in Elementary Education
583 Workshop in Creativity

585 Workshop in Language Arts

586 Workshop in Curriculum Enrichment

588 Workshop in Gifted and Talented

589 Workshop in Humanizing Teaching and
Learning

590 Independent Study (1) Enrollment by
permission only; number of credits determined
by instructor.

598 Workshop in Elementary Education (3)

ECE 598 Workshop in Early Childhood
Education (3)

600 Research Report (1-2)

610 Thesis (4-6)

READING

Symbol: EDR

510 Foundations of Reading Instruction: K-12

(3) Psycholog)' and pedagogy of reading instruction.
The nature of the reading process; the nature of the
leamer; skill development; instructional strategies.

514 Reading in the Content Areas (3) Reading
skills, reading problems, teaching techniques, and
reading activities in content subjects at the ele-
mentary and secondary levels. PREREQ: EDR 510
or permission of instructor.

515 Teaching Reading with Children's and
Adolescents' Literature (3) Based on the philos-
ophy that literature should be an integral element
of reading programs. The emphasis is on fostering
wide reading and response to literature in K-12
reading programs. Students will learn instructional
strategies and develop materials and a selected
bibliography. PREREQ: EDR 510 and 514.

Communication Studies

516 Reading Disabilities (3) The nature of
reading disability, and diagnosis and remediation
of reading problems. PREREQ: EDR 510.

517 Current Practices in Teaching Developmen-
tal and Corrective Reading (3) Developmental
and corrective reading instruction. Attention is
given to diagnostic procedures and resulting
appropriate instruction. PREREQ: EDR 510, 514,
516, 545, and either graduate or undergraduate
credits in child and adolescent development.

519 Teaching Reading to Culturally Diverse
Students (3) Historical, cultural, and educational
contexts of literacy, language, and learning as
they relate to reading instruction. PREREQ: EDR
516, 517, or permission of instructor.
521 Reading Clinic Practicum and Seminar I
(3) A laboratory course in the diagnosis of reading
difficulties. Major attention given to diagnosing
corrective cases and writing case reports. PREREQ:
EDR 517 and 519.

522 Reading Clinic Practicum and Seminar 11

(3) Continuation of EDR 521. Emphasis placed on
developing specific skills and techniques for
correcting various types of reading disability cases.
PREREQ: EDR 521.

523 Reading as a Language Process (3) Basic
concepts from areas of phonology, morphology,
syntax, semantics, sociolinguistics, dialectology,
and psychology will be related to the teaching of
reading in grades K-12.

526 Emerging Literacy and Beginning Reading: A
Whole Language Approach (3) Concerned with
young children's literacy development from
preschool through the pnmary grades. Emphasis on
instructional recommendadons and implementations
for a range of abilities. Included are supervised
one-on-one and/or small-group teaching experiences.
PREREQ: EDR 510 or permission of instructor.
540 Seminar in Reading (3) Critical examina-
tion of trends, opinions, and current research in

the teachmg of reading. PREREQ: EDR 516 or
permission of instructor.

541 Organization and Operation of Reading
Programs: K-12 (3) Practical application of the
reading specialist's role in organizing and operat-
ing K-12 reading programs. Emphasis on the use
of the total school community in meeting individ-
ual reading needs. PREREQ: EDR 522 or permis-
sion of instructor.

542 Seminar in Reading Research (3) A seminar
in the basic techniques and sources of research in
reading. Exposure to significant research in the
field. PREREQ: EDF 501 or permission of
instructor.

590 Independent Study (1-6) Individual inves-
tigation and exploration of related reading
research. Topic must be approved by the super-
vising instructor prior to registration.

Communication Studies

512 Main Hall

West Chester University

West Chester, PA 19383

610-436-2500

Dr. Klinzing, Chairperson

Dr. Casagrande, Coordinator of Graduate Studies

PROFESSORS

Diane O. Casagrande, Ph.D., Temple University
Anita K. Foeman, Ph.D., Temple University
Dennis R. Klinzing, Ph.D., Pennsylvania State University
C. Jack Orr, Ph.D., Temple University

ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS

Mary W. McCullough, Ph.D., Temple University
Michael V. Pearson, Ph.D., Temple University

ASSISTANT PROFESSORS

Kevin W. Dean, Ph.D., University ojMaryland

Elaine B. Jenks, Ph.D., Pennsylvania State University

Amy E. Martz, Ph.D., Pennsylvania State University

Sara E. Newell, Ph.D., University of Utah

Thomas G. Reed, Ph.D., Union of Experimental Colleges and

Universities
Martin S. Remland, Ph.D., Southern Illinois University

Programs of Study

The M.A. in communication studies has two program options.
The first is a 36-credit applied curriculum in which two
courses, COM 501 and COM 502, are required, and 15 credits
must be selected from among the communication studies
offerings. An additional 15 credits of course work are selected
to allow a focus on the application of communication to a
specific area, such as administration, management, teaching,
and training and development. This program is en'visioned as a
terminal degree that may provide the opportunity for
practicing professionals to sharpen their skills or change
careers. The program also should help those who have not yet
entered the job market by increasing their competence in

communication and an applied area of their choice. The second
option is a 30-credit thesis program that will provide students
with the opportunity to develop the knowledge and skill
needed to further research interests or to gain entry into Ph.D.
programs in communication or related areas.

The courses offered in the M.A. in communication studies
are graduate-level seminars that require fundamental knowl-
edge of communication theory, research, and knowlege of
scholarly methods of inquiry. Individuals who have earned
a bachelor's degree in speech communication or communica-
tions in an accredited institution and who have maintained a
B average or better should have the requisite knowledge and
ability to be successful in the courses that comprise the
program. Others, particularly those who have earned degrees
in related fields such as English, psychology, and sociology,
may be required to complete prerequisite undergraduate
courses in communication based on an analysis of their
undergraduate transcripts. Transcript analyses and possible
prerequisites will, in all probability, be required for students
who apply to the program with degrees in unrelated
disciplines.

MASTER OF ARTS IN COMMUNICATION STUDIES

Admission Requirements

Students must tneet general requirements for admission to graduate
studies as well as the following department criteria that will deter-
mine either regular or provisional admission into the M.A. in com-
munication studies.

1. Regular Admissions:

a. A Graduate Record Exam score of 1000 or greater, or a
comparable score on the Miller Analogies Test.

b. Undergraduate GPA of at least 2.75 overall and in the
undergraduate major.

c. Review of application to determine appropriateness of
undergraduate preparation.

2. Probationary Admissions:

a. A Graduate Record Exam score of less than 1000 but greater
than 850 or a comparable score on the Miller Analogies Test.

Communicative Disorders

b. Undergraduate GPA less than 2.75 but higher than 2.5 overall
and in the undergraduate major.

c. Review of application to determine appropriateness of
undergraduate preparation.

Admission to Degree Candidacy

At the completion of 12 semester hours (at least nine of which are
within the department), a B grade or better must be earned in each
of those four courses in order for candidacy to be achieved.

Curriculum

1. Courses for Nonthesis, Applied Curriculum
(36 credits)

A. Required Core 21 credits
COM 501 Theoretical Perspectives (3)

COM 502 Communication Research Methods (3)
15 credits selected from departmental offerings

B. Applied Courses 15 credits
These courses are to be selected from other departments or

111.

from communication studies courses. A six-credit graduate
internship (COM 598) may be elected upon successful
completion of the required core.

Courses for Thesis Option
(30 credit hours)

A. Required Core 24 credits
COM 501 Theoretical Perspectives (3)

COM 502 Communication Research Methods (3)
COM 600 Communication Studies Thesis (6)
12 credits selected from departmental offerings

B. Applied Courses 6 credits
These courses are to be selected from other departments or
from communication studies courses.

Comprehensive Examinations

After the completion of all course work, nonthesis and thesis
students will take a comprehensive written examination. Non-
thesis students also will take an oral examination, while thesis
students will defend their theses orally.

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
COMMUNICATION STUDIES

Symbol: COM

501 Theoretical Perspectives on Human Com-
munication (3) A comprehensive examination of
major theoretical perspectives on human commu-
nication ranging from classical to contemporary.

502 Communication Research Methods (3) An
examination of the major issues pertaining to in-
quiry in human communication, including the
nature of inquir>'; qualitative and quantitative
methodological approaches to communication
research; moral and ethical standards for human
research; the role of the researcher; and compar-
isons of academic research with research in market-
ing, public relations, and broadcasting. Students
will be required to design and execute a research
project.

503 Communication and Persuasive Influence
(3) An analysis of major conceptual approaches
to persuasion and their implications for under-
standing influence contexts and designing
pragmatic strategies.

504 The Symbol Systems of Communication
(3) Students will explore the verbal and nonver-
bal components of message creation in communi-
cation using primary theories to analyze language
variables in different settings.

505 Concepts and Criticism of Pubhc Influence

(3) The criticism and history of influence will
be explored to focus on examples of persuasion
through public discourse.

506 Communication in Small Groups (3) An
examination of traditional and contemporary
research which pertains to various dimensions of
small group communication including, but not
limited to, the following topics; structure, size,
tasks, goals, roles, systems, and leadership.

507 Issues in Mass Communication (3) An
overview of the mass communication systems,
including an analysis of the elements and
processes of these media, their functions, and the
major issues attending their use in our culture.

508 Special Topic Seminar (3) An intensive
examination of a selected area within communica-
tion study Topics will vary and will be announced
in advance of each semester.

509 Communication and Confbct Resolution (3)
Using both theoretical and activity-centered learn-
ing, the student will explore the options available
to resolve conflict through communication.

515 Language, Thought, and Behavior (also
LIN 515) (3) Introduction to the relativistic lan-
guage concepts of Korzybski and his followers.
The course focuses on what language does to peo-
ple and the subsequent effects on communication.

517 Producing the Television Program (Non-
dramatic) (3) Basic concepts of television planning
and production for the nondramatic format. The
student uses the tools of television. (Lecture and
laboratory)

518 Television Program Directing (Dramatic)

(3) Continuation and development of skills and
knowledge in the use of television equipment;
application of the arts of the theatre and film.
(Lecture and laboratory) PREREQ; COM 517.

550 Listening: Verbal and Nonverbal Percep-
tions (3) A survey of research in listening behavior
and related nonverbal variables. Identification of
important characteristics of effective listeners.
Application to communication activities in the
classroom.

598 Graduate Internship in Communication
Studies (3-6) Supervised professional training
in approved communication placements. PRE-
REQ: Approval of department chairperson.

599 Directed Graduate Studies (3) Research
projects, reports, readings in speech communica-
tion. PREREQ: Approval of department chairperson.

600 Communication Studies Thesis (3-6)
Original research, supervised through topic
selection, investigation, and oral defense.

Communicative Disorders

Speech and Hearing Clinic

201 Carter Drive

West Chester University

West Chester, PA 19383

610-436-3401

Dr. Stigora, Chairperson and Coordinator of Graduate Studies

PROFESSOR

Michael S. Weiss, Ph.D., Purdue University

ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS

Mareile Koenig, Ph.D., University of Illinois

Susan Maxwell, M.A., Ohio University

Joseph A. Stigora, Ph.D., Bowling Green University

Cleavonne S. Stratton, Ph.D., Ohio State University

ASSISTANT PROFESSOR

Elena F. Stuart, M.S., Purdue University

Program of Study

The department offers the Master of Arts degree in
communicative disorders. The student may choose a thesis
or nonthesis program. Both programs are designed to
strengthen the knowledge and skill of the practicing speech
clinician, to provide the foundation for further graduate study,
and to afford an opportunity to complete requirements toward
professional certification by the American Speech-Language-
Hearing Association. Attainment of the master's degree
does not necessarily guarantee recommendation for
certification.

Communicative Disorders

MASTER OF ARTS IN COMMUNICATIVE DISORDERS

(39 semester hours)

Admission Requirements

In addition to meeting the general requirements for admission to a
degree program at West Chester, apphcants must:

1 . Present an undergraduate background of at least 30 semester hours
in the following areas of study; psychology, human development,
hnguistics, statistics, speech and language development, phonet-
ics, speech disorders, language disorders, hearing disorders, basic
speech and hearing science, and clinical experience.

2. Present undergraduate transcripts showing at least a 3.0 grade
point average (GPA) in the last 60 hours of study.

3. Demonstrate a reasonable degree of speech and language
proficiency which may be measured by a written essay and a
personal interview.

4. Submit Miller Analogies Test scores for purposes of evaluation
and guidance.

5. Submit a log of undergraduate clinical practicum, when available.

6. Submit three letters of recommendation.

7. Submit a 250-word essay describing future goals and aspirations.

Admission to Degree Candidacy

1. The applicant may apply for degree candidacy after having
completed SPP 501, 502, and 508. Apphcation must be made before
the student has completed 15 semester hours of graduate work
required for the degree.

2. During the precandidacy period, the applicant must maintain an
overall GPA of 3.0.

3. The applicant must have demonstrated satisfactory performance
in clinical practicum at West Chester University.

Degree Requirements

1 . The candidate must meet the general University requirements for

the master's degree, including completion of all required courses,
with an overall GPA of 3.0.

2. The nonthesis candidate must perform satisfactorily on a
comprehensive written and oral examination, which may not be
taken before the student's final semester of course work. Those
who fail the examination may repeat it once. The interval between
the two examinations may not exceed one year.

3. The thesis candidate does not take the comprehensive examination
but is required to participate in an oral defense and provide
documentation that she/he has taken the ASHA certification
examination.

4. The candidate must satisfactorily complete SPP 501, 502, 508,
523, 524, 526, 535, 536, three semester hours of graduate clinical
practicum, plus 12 additional semester hours, chosen under
advisement, which must include a graduate course in audiology
and a graduate course in organic disorders.

5. The student must be in continuous enrollment. Exceptions may
be granted by submitting a written request to the graduate
coordinator.

6. The M.A. requires the completion of 350 hours of clinical practi-
cum, with a minimum of 250 hours required at the graduate level.
These hours of clinical experience must be obtained in three
distinctly different clinical settings. In order to earn the required
practicum hours, most students will need to register for several
semesters of clinical practicum; however, no more than three
semester hours of graduate clinical practicum may be counted
toward the 39 semester hours required for the degree.

Certification Programs

Candidates for the Master of Arts in communicative disorders may
be recommended for the Certificate of Clinical Competence in Speech
Language Pathology issued by the American Speech-Language-
Hearing Association. They also may be recommended for the
Pennsylvania Instructional I Certificate upon satisfactory completion
of additional, required course work and clinical practicum.

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
COMMUNICATIVE DISORDERS

Symbol: SPP

501 Foundations of Research in Speech
Pathology (3) Introduction to the scientific
process and to the interpretation and application
of research in the speech sciences. A research
project outline required.

502 Experimental Phonetics (3) Study of
acoustic and physiological mechanisms underlying
speech production and perception. Current
theoretical models are reviewed and analytical
instrumentation demonstrated. Students are
provided with laboratory experiences to comple-
ment lecture materials.

508 Neurology of the Speech and Hearing
Mechanism (3) This course provides the student
with information concerning the neuroanatomical
and neurophysiological mechanisms underlying
the speech and hearing process.

523 Voice Disorders (3) Examination of
classification, etiology, diagnosis, and therapy for
functional, organic, and psychological voice
disorders.

524 Fluency Disorders (3) Consideration of
the nature, causes, diagnosis, and treatment of
stuttering and related disorders of speech flow.
Critical review of pertinent research.

526 Articulation Disorders (3) Theoretical

considerations, research findings, and clinical

practices concerning disordered speech sound

production.

535 Language Disorders of Children (3)

Linguistic and neurological aspects of behavior

relative to disorders of language in children.
Review of etiology, assessment, and treatment.
536 Aphasia (3) Study of the behaviors
associated with language disorders in adults.
Emphasis on etiologies, symptoms, assessment,
and rehabilitative procedures.
543 Therapy for the Hearing Impaired (3)
Evaluative and therapeutic materials and methods
applicable to the improvement of communication
in hard-of-hearing individuals. PREREQ: SPP
546 or equivalent.

546 Aural Rehabilitation (3) Medical, pros-
thetic, and educational approaches to aural
rehabilitation for children and adults.

547 Audiometry (3) Lecture/laboratory course
in the measurement of hearing.

550 Advanced Diagnostic and Therapeutic
Methods in Speech Pathology (3) Current and
advanced evaluative methods and materials
applicable to the diagnosis and remediation of
communication disorders.

♦ 551 Graduate Clinical Practicum (3)
Supervised practice in the Speech and Hearing
Clinic. Designed to increase diagnostic and thera-
peutic skills with children and adults who have
communication problems.

♦ 552 Affiliation Practicum (3, 6, 9) Supervised
practice in an affihated clinic or school. Designed
to increase diagnostic and therapeutic skills
with children and adults who have communication
disorders. PREREQ: SPP 551 and permission of
the department.

560 Seminar in Speech Pathology (3) Selected
theoretical and clinical areas of speech pathology
and related disciplines. Topics vary each semester

according to research developments and student
needs.

561 Seminar in Audiology (3) Selected areas in
audiology and related disciplines. Topics vary
each semester according to developments in
research and student needs.

562 Research Seminar (3) Development of an
individual research project of the student's choice.
Research design, methodology, and data analysis
will be emphasized. PREREQ: SPP 501. A course
in statistics is recommended.

569 Clinical Instrumentation (3) Evaluation,
selection, use, and maintenance of electronic aids
for the speech and hearing clinician. Demonstra-
tion of equipment for diagnosis, therapy, and
classroom use. Students will have ample opportu-
nity to work with tape recorders, auditory
trainers, and special calibration techniques.

570 School Language, Speech and Hearing
Programs (3) Orientation to and observation of
the organization, administration, and operation of
school speech-language and hearing programs
(preschool through grade 12).

573 Administration and Supervision of Speech
and Hearing Programs (3) Nature and scope of
supervisory positions in speech and hearing
programs. Emphasis on administrative problems.
580 Orofacial Anomalies (3) Comprehensive
consideration of the nature, causes, diagnosis, and
treatment of communication disorders associated
with orofacial anomalies, particularly cleft lip
and cleft palate.

♦ This course may be taken again for credit.

Computer Science

589 Neuromuscular Disorders C3) Nature,
causes, diagnosis, and treatment of communica-
tion disorders associated with neuromuscular
dysfunction, with particular attention to the
cerebral palsies.

590 Independent Study (1-3) Indi\iduali2ed
research projects, reports, and/or readings in
speech patholog\' or audiology under faculty
supervision. PREREQ: Approval of department
chairperson

598 Workshop in Communicative Disorders
(3)

610 Thesis (1-6)

Computer Science

13-15 University Avenue

West Chester University

West Chester, PA 19383

610-436-2440

For general information and a hsting of faculty, see

Mathematics and Computer Science.

Programs of Study

The department offers a Certificate Program for students whose
undergraduate degree is not in computer science, and a Master of
Science degree for students who possesss an undergraduate
degree in computer science or a closely related discipline.
Students who complete the certificate program ■will be awarded a
certificate in computer science.

MASTER OF SCIENCE IN COMPUTER SCIENCE

The purpose of this program is to provide its graduates with
the intellectual and practical tools that they will need either to
pursue careers as professional computer scientists in industry
or to pursue a doctorate degree in computer science at a
doctoral-granting institution. The curriculum is designed with
three goals in mind:

1. A solid foundation in the fundamental principles of
computer science (the core).

2. Exposure to a variet)' of subject areas (the 500-level electives).

3. Exposure to research topics of current interest and to pro\ide
in-depth knowledge of several areas (the 600-level courses).

The computing platform is mainly UNIX-based workstations,
and the programming paradigm is mainly object oriented.

Admission Requirements

Applicants for the Master of Science program in computer science must
satisfy the general graduate admission requirements of the University.
Further, applicants should possess an undergraduate degree in comput-
er science or an equivalent degree. An applicant who does not have an
undergraduate degree in computer science or the equivalent may, how-
ever, apply for admission into the certificate program, which is an
18-credit program designed to give students a broad knowledge of stan-
dard topics in computer science. See "Certificate Program" below.
Applicants also must have submitted by the Educational Testing
Service (ETS) their verbal, quantitative, and qualitative Graduate
Record Examination results (GREs). These tests may be taken no
more than five years prior to the date of application to the program.
A TOEFL score of 550 is required for non-native speakers only.
Three letters of recommendation also are required of all applicants.

Degree Requirements

A student must lake a total of 33 credits from the following courses
(subject to the stipulations listed below):
All four core courses (12 credits)

CSC 520 Foundations of Computer Science (3 credits)

CSC 530 Data Structures (3 credits)

CSC 540 Programming languages (3 credits)

CSC 560 Analysis of Algorithms (3 credits)
At least four 500-level electives (at least 12 credits)

CSC 525 Operating Systems (3 credits)

CSC 535 Networks and Data Communications (3 credits)

CSC 545 Database System Concepts (3 credits)

CSC 555 Software Engineering (3 credits)

CSC 565 Compiler Design (3 credits)

CSC 570 Computer Architecture (3 credits)

CSC 573 Graphics and User Interfaces (3 credits)

CSC 575 Artificial Intelligence (3 credits)

CSC 581 Topics in Computer Science (3 credits)
At least two 600-level courses (at least 6 credits)

CSC 600 Advanced Seminar (3 credits)
(See stipulation #3 below.)

CSC 610 Thesis I (3 credits)

CSC 620 Thesis 11 (3 credits)
Stipulations;

1. \ student must cornplete the four core courses within the first six
courses taken.

2. All core courses must be completed before a student can take a
600-level course.

3. The Advanced Seminar course offers a variet)' of advanced topics
in computer science. Different topics will be listed as different
sections of this course. A student must take at least one section
and not more than two of these.

4. A student who elects to do a master's thesis must take CSC 610
Thesis I and CSC 620 Thesis 11.

Thesis Options

Thesis I (CSC 610)

The student may work in one of three directions for this course:

1. Master's Thesis Preparation: After consulting with a faculty
adviser, the student will conduct a comprehensive literature
search in a research area, wTite a detailed report on the current
state of the art in that area, and develop a thesis proposal.

2. Individual Project: The student will work on a substantial
programming project throughout the semester. The student will
be expected to do sufficient background research and then
design, as needed, all the data structures, flow of control, and so
forth, required for implementation.

3. Team Project: The student will be involved in an ambitious soft-
ware development project with at least one other student under
the guidance of the ad\iser. This course emphasizes the develop-
ment of those capabilities that are considered especially important
in the practical world of computing, such as written and oral
communications skills and the ability' to w-ork as part of a team.

Thesis II (CSC 620)

The student is to carry out the research proposal developed in Thesis
I. .At the completion of the project, the student must submit a bound
manuscript which meets the approval of the graduate committee.

CERTIFICATE PROGRAM

This program is designed for students whose undergraduate degree
is not in computer science. The certificate program in computer sci-
ence has two fundamental purposes:

1. To serve as a "bridge" between an undergraduate degree in some
field other than the discipline of computing and the regular
master's degree program in computer science.

2. To allow those who wish to study computing at the graduate
level, without pursuing a master's degree, to do so.

Counselor, Secondary, and Professional Education

The program consists of six 3-credit courses offered over two
semesters. These graduate-level courses are specifically designed to
give students broad knowledge of those topics in computer science
which would be known by a college graduate in the field. Students
who complete the prerequisite program with a 3.0 GPA or better will
receive a certificate in computer science. They also will be entitled to
enter the computer science master's degree program.

Admission Requirements

The applicant is expected to have a bachelor's degree from an
accredited institution, four semesters of mathematics (Calculus 1, II,
and two other courses at this level or above), and the GRE aptitude

tests. Non-native speakers are expected to have a TOEFL score of
550. Three letters of recommendation are required of all applicants.
Curriculum
Fall Semester:

Computer Programming I (CSC 512)

Computer Organization (CSC 514)

Discrete Mathematics (MAT 281)
Spring Semester:

Computer Programming II (CSC 513)

Introduction to Data Structures and Algorithms (CSC 516)

Programming Paradigms (CSC 517)

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
CERTIFICATE PROGRAM IN
COMPUTER SCIENCE

Symbol: CSC

These courses may not be used for credit in the
master's degree program.

CSC 312 Computer Programming I (3) The

principles of algorithmic problem solving is
introduced using the C++ language. This course
teaches programming techniques which involve
elementary data and control structures.
CSC 513 Computer Programming 11 (3) This
course further develops the topics started in
Computer Programming 1 with a strong emphasis
on software issues and object-oriented program
design. PREREQ: CSC 512.
CSC 514 Computer Organization (3) This
course introduces students to the basics of
computer hardware design, including digital logic
and hardware components. Assembly-level
programming is taught as a tool for understanding
how It is used by compilers of high-level
languages.

CSC 516 Introduction to Data Structures and
Algorithms (3) This course introduces the
definitions, implementations, and applications of
the most basic data structures used m computer
science. The concept of abstract data type is
introduced and reinforced by the object concept
of C++. PREREQ: CSC 512.
CSC 517 Programming Paradigms (3) This
course is designed to develop students' under-
standing of the nature of programming languages
and to enhance their programming skills. The
approach is more formal than in a beginning
course and emphasizes both the general features
of languages and sound problem-solving
methods. PREREQ: CSC 512.

MASTER'S PROGRAM IN COMPUTER
SCIENCE

Symbol: CSC

CSC 520 Foundations of Computer Science

(3) This course offers an advanced treatment of

many of the theoretical areas underlying other
computer science subjects.
CSC 525 Operating Systems (3) This course
covers the basic features of operating systems.
Examples will be drawn from UNIX and other
operating systems. This course includes an inten-
sive study of the UNIX operating system by way
of the UNIX kernel commands and utiUties.
CSC 530 Data Structures (3) This course
builds on rudimentary understanding of linked
structures and develops complex data structures
such as trees, hash tables, graphs, etc. It also
introduces the basics of asymptotic analysis of
running time and space in order to provide the
justification for various data structures.
CSC 535 Networks and Data Communications
(3) This course provides in-depth studies of
various aspects of modem telecommunication
systems such as network design, network
implementation, serial port communications,
and user interfaces.

CSC 540 Programming Languages (3) This
course introduces the theoretical and practical
foundations of programming languages from the
point of view of design and implementation.
CSC 545 Database System Concepts (3) This
course emphasizes recent technological advances
in database management systems. The course
centers around data models and languages for
those data models. Special attention is paid to rela-
tional and object-oriented data models and systems
which implement these. PREREQ; CSC 520.
CSC 555 Software Engineering (3) This
course emphasizes important topics in software
engineering from an object-oriented point of view
(as opposed to the older functional, or structural
analysis approach).

CSC 560 Analysis of Algorithms (3) This
course introduces the methods to analyze the
efficiency of computer algorithms in terms of
their use of both space and time. Algorithmic
design techniques, such as divide and conquer,
greedy methods, and dynamic programming are
illustrated throughout the course. The theory of
NP-completeness and tractibility is introduced.
PREREQ: CSC 520

CSC 565 Compiler Design (3) An in-depth
study of the principles and design aspects of
programming language translation. Students vrill
design and implement a compiler using standard
UNIX-based compiler tools for a small but repre-
sentative language. PREREQ: CSC 520.
CSC 570 Computer Architecture (3) This
course will study the methodology for design of
components and interfaces in a uniprocessor
computer. Various architectures/machme lan-
guages are compared, and one is studied in depth.
CSC 573 Graphics and User Interfaces (3)
This course covers the basic aspects of generating
and transforming computer graphical images.
PREREQ: Linear algebra background.
CSC 573 Artificial Intelligence (3) Artificial
Intelligence (Al) aims to reproduce or simulate the
intelligent capacities of human beings such as form-
ing plans of action and conversing in English. This
course will combine theoretical, practical, and pro-
gramming aspects of Al. Common Lisp will be used
for programming projects, PREREQ: CSC 520.
CSC 581 Topics in Computer Science (3)
This course will allow instructors to teach a 500-
level (not research-oriented) course in a
computer science topic not specified in the
current course list. Different topics will be taught
as different sections of this course. PREREQ: To
be determined by topic.
CSC 600 Advanced Seminar (3) This is a
research-oriented course which will involve an
investigation into an advanced and specialized
topic determined according to faculty and student
interest. PREREQ: Completion of 18 graduate
credits includmg the core courses.
CSC 610 Thesis 1 (3) The student may work
in one of three directions: thesis, mdividual
project, or team project. (See "Thesis Options"
above.) PREREQ: The agreement of the faculty
member to act as an adviser.
CSC 620 Thesis II (3) A continuation of
Thesis 1. (See "Thesis Options" above.) PREREQ:
The permission of the thesis adviser, and approval
of the thesis proposal by the Computer Science
Graduate Committee,

Counselor, Secondary, and Professional Education

207 Recitation Hall
West Chester University
West Chester, PA 19383
610-436-2958

Dr. Kahn, Chairperson

Dr. Hynes, Assistant Chairperson

Dr. Gadaleto and Dr. Socoski, Coordinators of Graduate Studies

PROFESSORS

Angelo F. Gadaleto, Ph.D., University of Virginia
Charles W. Good, Ed.D., Temple University
Yi-Ming Hsu, Ed.D., University of Georgia
Wallace J. Kahn, Ph.D., (Jnivcrsity of Maryland
Shirley A. Walters, Ed.D., Temple University

Counselor, Secondary, and Professional Education

ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS

Deborah S. Brown, Ph.D., University of Delaware

John Holingjak.Jr., M.Ed., Temple University

John L. Hynes, State University of New York at Albany

Carol M. Napierkowski, Ph.D., University of Connecticut

Richard D. Parsons, Ph.D., Temple University

Jay Silverman, Ph.D., New York University

ASSISTANT PROFESSORS

David L. Bolton, Ph.D., Florida State University

Kimberlee S. Brown, Universif>' of Pennsylvania

Cynthia Haggard, Ed.D., Indiana University
Stephanie L. Hinson, Ed.D., University of Virginia
Robert S. Kurzinsky, Ed.D., Nova University'
Patrick M. Socoski, Ph.D., University of Pittsburgh
Lesley A. Welsh, Ph.D., University of Connecticut

Programs of Study

The Department of Counselor, Secondary, and Professional
Education offers a variety of graduate programs leading to
professional certification, as well as the Master of Education
and Master of Science degrees.

Counselor Education

Counselor education offers two degree programs. The first is
a degree-certification program that leads to the Master of
Education and the Educational Specialist 1 Certificate for
elementary school counselors or secondar)' school counselors.

The second leads to the Master of Science degree for persons
interested in counseling in community agency and higher
education settings. Master of Science candidates have the
option of taking additional course work which will qualify
them for certification as elementary' school counselors or sec-
ondary school counselors.

A handbook describing both programs in detail is available
from the department's graduate office.

Admission Requirements

An applicant is expected to have an undergraduate degree from an
accredited college or university. In addition, he or she must meet an
undergraduate grade point average (GPA) entr)' requirement of 2.8
on a scale of 4.0.

Applicants who do not have the required undergraduate GPA of 2.8
may receive provisional status and permission to take the courses
required to complete Competency Area 1, where they can demonstrate
academic ability by maintaining a GPA of 3.0 or better.

Degree Requirements

Upon meeting admission criteria, students are accepted for
Competency Area 1. During this phase, they are evaluated for
academic achievement (must maintain a minimum GPA of 3.0 in all
graduate course work) and interpersonal relationship skills. Upon
successful completion of Competency Area I and departmental
recommendations (i.e., formal approval for degree candidacy),
students become degree candidates for the remainder of the program,
which encompasses advanced work and field experiences. Upon
completion of the prescribed work and the adviser's recommendation,
candidates must take a comprehensive examination. The degree
being pursued will be granted only when the student has met the
standards of the Department of Counselor, Secondar)', and
Professional Education. Students desiring the degree without
certification may take six credits of electives under adv'isement in
lieu of the practicum requirements.

Certification

In order to obtain the Educational Specialist I Certificate, the student
must successfully complete the required practicum in an approved
secondar)' or elementary' school. This course provides an opportunity
for the student, under West Chester University faculty supervision,
to work closely with a professional counselor in a public school. The
certificate is issued on the basis of the program approval status of the
counselor education program at the University as granted by the
Pennsylvania Department of Education.

MASTER OF EDUCATION: ELEMENTARY SCHOOL
COUNSELING OPTION (42 semester hours)
Dr. Kahn, Program Coordinator
Competency Area I: EDC 503, 567, 571,

EDF 502'
Competency Area II: EDC 520, 540, 556,

572, 574, 576, 585, EDF 589
Competency Area III: EDC 590, 593

1 2 semester hours

24 semester hours
6 semester hours

Complementary' course work may be required by adviser

MASTER OF EDUCATION: SECONDARY SCHOOL
COUNSELING OPTION (42 semester hours)
Dr. Parsons, Program Coordinator
Competency Area I: EDC 503, 567, 571,

EDF 502
Competency Area II: EDC 520, 540, 556,

573, 575, 576, 585, EDF 589
Competency Area III: EDC 591, 593

12 semester hours

24 semester hours
6 semester hours

Complementary course work may be required by adviser

MASTER OF SCIENCE: HIGHER EDUCATION/POST
SECONDARY COUNSELING OPTION (39 semester hours)
Dr. Gadaleto, Program Coordinator

Competency Area I: EDC 531, 567, 571,

EDF 502 12 semester hours

Competency Area II. EDC 530. 540, 556,

578, 579 15 semester hours

Competency Area III: EDC 592, 593 6 semester hours

Complementary course work approved by adviser 6 semester hours

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
COUNSELOR EDUCATION

Sy-mbol: EDC

503 Introduction to Guidance Services (3)
Historical development, philosophical foundations,
and determinants of guidance services in contem-
porary elementan' and secondars' education.
Special services, testing, group and individual
counseling, and other elements. Guidance as a pro-
fession, ethics, current developments, and trends.

520 Counseling for Human Differences (3)

Examination of differences manifested by
individuals. The purpose of the examination is to
prepare counselors for designing counseling
strategies appropriate to the uniqueness of the
client.

530 The College Student The course vn\l
include an overview of the student services profes-
sion. Theories of smdent development and their
appUcation to student services vvill be examined.

Issues of contemporary students will be explored.
531 Introduction to Counseling in Higher
Education (3) Introduction to the type of coun-
seling services that are provided in higher educa-
tion and to the settings in which these take place.
540 Assessment Methods in Guidance (3)
Emphasis is on the test and nontest assessment of
intelligence, achievement, special abilities, and
aptitudes, including concepts such as reliability,
validity, and standardization.

Counselor, Secondary, and Professional Education

543 Psychometric Interpretation (3) A survey
course involving the use of psychometrics as the
vehicle for the diagnosis of learning problems.
Test interpretation and reporting are emphasized,
556 Career Development Theories and Prac-
tices (3) Theories and techniques relating to career
development in children, adolescents, and adults.
Career development programming within the
context of a systems approach is stressed.

567 Group Dynamics (3) This course in group
processes focuses on the identification of the
implicit and explicit role functions of the group
member and the group leader. The recognition and
awareness of one's behavior with multiple feed-
back sources is of primary concern. The major
objective of this course is to initiate, develop, and
master relationships in a group setting.

568 The Professional Counselor in the Elemen-
tary School (3) Role, responsibiUties, and practices
of the contemporary elementary school counselor.
Development of the guidance program; relationship
to curricula; position of the counselor with respect
to administration, parents, children, and teachers.

569 The Professional Counselor in the Second-
ary School (2) Role, responsibilities, and practice
of the contemporary secondary school counselor.
Referral resources, parental conference techniques,
relationship with administration and staff, curricula,
and administrative aspects of the guidance program.

571 Theories of Counseling (3) The basic theo-
ries of counseling, with emphasis on historical and
philosophical origins. Historical antecedents of each
theory, and evaluation of the potential of each theo-
ry as a viable approach for counselors.

572 Counseling Techniques in Elementary School
(3) Practical application of basic theories and tech-
niques of individual counseling with children in ele-
mentary school settings. The pre-practicum course
includes actual counseling experience with children.

573 Counseling Techniques in Secondary
School (3) Practical application of the basic the-
ories and techniques of individual counseling
with adolescents in secondary school settings.
This prepracticum course includes actual counsel-
ing experience with adolescents.

574 Group Procedures in the Elementary School
(3) Emphasis is on mastering the basic theories
and techniques appropriate to group procedures in
the elementary school. Exposure to planning,
implementing, and evaluating group activities.

575 Group Procedures in the Secondary School
(3) Mastery of theories and techniques basic to
planning and implementing group activities in the
secondary school. Evaluation of group activities
also is stressed.

576 Consultation and Coordination in Guidance
and Coiuiseling (3) This prepracticum course focus-
es on models, mechanisms, and strategies of employ-
ing consultation and coordination in remedial and pre-
ventive interventions in educational settings. Systems
analysis and program development and evaluation will
be addressed relative to consultation and coordination.
378 Counseling Techniques with Adults (3)
Practical application of basic theories and tech-
niques of individual counseling wdth adults. The
prepracticum course includes actual counseling
with adults.

579 Group Procedures with Adults (3)
Techniques for planning and implementing group
procedures applicable to adults. Topics include
group counseling, group guidance, multiple coun-
seling, problem solving and decision making, task
group facilitation, conflict mediation, group process
and outcome evaluation, and the legal/ethical
implications of group work. Each student is
required to conduct a group counseling experience.
385 Contemporary Issues and Trends in
Guidance (3) Contemporary issues and current

trends in school guidance. The student evaluates
basic positions and integrates them into the
prospective role of a school counselor.

590 Practicum in Elementary Guidance (3)
Supervised practice in an approved elementary
school. In addition to work under the direction of
a professional counselor in the school setting, the
student meets on campus with the practicum
supervisor for intensive seminar activities.
PREREQ; EDC 572, 574, 576. EDC 540 and EDC
556 must be taken before or concurrendy.
Permission of adviser.

591 Practicum in Secondary Guidance (3)
Supervised practice in an approved secondar>'
school. The student works under the direction of
a professional counselor in the school setting
and meets on campus with the practicum supervi-
sor for intensive seminar activities. PREREQ:
EDC 573, EDC 575, and EDC 576. EDC 540 and
EDC 556 must be taken before or concurrently.
Permission of adviser.

592 Practicum in Higher Education Guidance
(3) Supervised counseling experiences within the
higher education system or another approved
setting. A related on-campus seminar is included.
PREREQ: EDC 578, EDC 579. EDC 540 and
EDC 556 must be taken before or concurrendy.
Permission of adviser.

593 Advanced Practicum (3) Intensive super-
vised counseling experience in an approved setting.
The practicum consists of on- and off-campus
experiences. PREREQ: EDC 590 or 591 or 592.

598 Workshop in Counselor Education (3)

599 Independent Study (1-3) Independent
research and study under the direction of a faculty
member. PREREQ: Permission of department
chairperson and instructor.

Secondary Education and Professional Studies

The Secondary Education and Professional Studies program is

responsible for the professional courses offered for certification on

the secondary level and in the Master of Education degree programs

having academic concentrations. The department also offers other

professional course work required in all M.Ed, programs, and some

courses designed for educators and others who wish to develop new

insights and to strengthen professional skills.

In addition, the department offers a Master of Education in secondary

education.

MASTER OF EDUCATION

The Master of Education program has concentrations in chemistry,

French, German, history, Latin, and Spanish, offered cooperatively

by the School of Education and the College of Arts and Sciences. The

academic requirements for each concentration are found under the.

respective department.

With this degree, students can strengthen their knowledge in the

major subject area, as well as their professional knowledge and

competence.

Students earning degrees in this program must be advised both by

the department of the subject field and by the Department of

Counselor, Secondary, and Professional Education. Students are

responsible for arranging conferences with both departments to plan

their programs.

Degree Requirements

(36 semester hours)

1. Professional Education Requirements*

A. EDF 510 Educational Foundations (3)

12 semester hours

B. A minimum of one course from each of the following groups:

Group 1

EDF 516 Resource Allocation in the Schools (3)

EDF 520 Comparative Education (3)

EDF 580 History of American Education (3)

EDF 581 Philosophy of Education (3)

EDF 589 Sociological Foundations of Education (3)

Group 2

EDF 503 The Emerging Curriculum (3)
EDF 507 Values Clarification in Human Relations (3)
EDF 509 Contemporary Teaching Trends (3)
EDP 531 Principles of Educational Testing (3)
EDP 550 Advanced Educational Psychology (3)
EDP 557 Essentials of Learning (3)
EDP 560 Behavior Modification (3)
EDP 569 Adolescent Development and Learning (3)
EDS 524 Supervision of Student Teaching (3)
EDU 502 Human Relations in the School and
Community (3)

Group 3

EDC 567 Group Dynamics (3)

EDF 504 Middle School Workshop (3)

EDF 505 Individually Prescribed Instruction (3)

EDF 506 Design and Use of Individualized Learning

Packages (3)
EDF 570 The Community/Junior College (3)
EDF 590 School Law (3)
EDS 502 Secondary School Curriculum (3)
EDU 501 Curricular Adaptations for the Disadvantaged (3)

*Chosen in conference with the secondary education and academic advisers
according to the students' needs.

Counselor, Secondary, and Professional Education

II. Concentration Requirements 21-23 semester hours

A. Methods and Materials of Research (1-3)

B. Academic Subject (18-20)

(See respective academic department for details)
in. Electives (Professional or Academic)* 1-3 semester hours

Comprehensive Examinations

The student must perform satisfactorily on the final comprehensive
examination covering the subject matter concentration and the
professional education requirements.

MASTER OF EDUCATION IN SECONDARY EDUCATION

Dr. Patrick M. Socoski, Program Coordinator

This program, another option within the Master of Education shown
immediately above, is designed primarily to strengthen the profes-
sional knowledge, skills, and understanding of the graduate student
and of teachers in service, and to make their preparation more
relevant to a variety of educational situations. It also provides the
professional background for dealing effectively with problems
encountered in secondary schools. Its 15 semester-hour elective area
allows students to strengthen their knowledge in the subject.

Admission Requirements

In addition to meeting admission requirements of the University,
the student must;

1. Be approved by the Department of Counselor, Secondary, and
Professional Education for graduate work.

2. Attain an acceptable score on the Graduate Record Examination
or the Miller Analogies Test. It is strongly recommended that the
applicant have a valid teaching certificate. Applicants whose
certification is not in secondary education may, at the department
chairperson's discretion, be required to take course work beyond
the minimum semester-hour requirements for the degree.

Upon admission, students will be assigned advisers who will help
them to outline the appropriate program. All work for the program
must be approved by the adviser and the departmental graduate
committee.

Requirements for Admission to Degree Candidacy

During the precandidacy period, the student must:
1. Attain full status, if admission status to the program was
provisional.

2. Complete these required courses: EDF 500 and 510, and ED? 550.

3. Achieve a minimum overall grade point average (GPA) of 3.0 and
a minimum GPA of 3.0 in the required courses in the area of con-
centration.

4. Show e\idence of academic, personal, and professional qualities
that satisf)' the adviser and the departmental graduate committee.

9 semester hours

Degree Requirements

(36 semester hours)
I. Required Courses

EDF 500 and 510, EDP 550
II. Area of Concentration Requirements 12 semester hours

A minimum of 12 semester hours must be selected from the

following:

EDF 503, 504, 505, 506, 507, 509, 515, 516, 520, 570, 580,

581, 589, 590; EDP 531, 557, 560, 569; EDS 502, 524, 599;

EDU 501, 502
III. Electives 1 5 semester hours

The electives may be from courses listed above, or from courses in
the student's teaching field. They also may be a combination of both.

Comprehensive Examination

Students must perform satisfactorily on a written comprehensive
examination, which is given at least once in each semester and in the
summer session.
To be eligible, students must have:

1. Taken the required courses: EDF 500 and 510, and EDP 550.

2. Completed 28 semester hours of work, including the nine semester
hours of required courses and 12 semester hours from the area of
concentration.

3. Attained a minimum overall average of 3.0 and a minimum average
of 3.0 in the required courses and the courses in the area of
concentration.

4. Received their advisers' recommendations and the approval of the
departmental graduate committee.

Students who fail the comprehensive examination are allowed a
second attempt. A second failure terminates candidacy.

*Chosen in conference with the secondary education and academic advisers
according to the students' needs.

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
FOUNDATIONS

Symbol: EDF

500 Methods and Materials of Research in
Education (3) Historical, descriptive, and experi-
mental methods of research. Methods for
locating, evaluating, interpreting, and reporting
research data. Each student prepares a research
prospectus.

501 Methods and Materials of Research for
Elementary Education (3) Historical, descriptive,
and experimental methods of research. Methods
for locating, evaluating, interpreting, and reporting
research data. Introduction to graduate study

for elementary' majors.

302 Methods and Materials of Research for
Counselor Education (3) Designed to enable the
counselor to read experimental, quasi-experi-
mental, descriptive, and correlational research
reported in the professional journals. Both uni-
variate and multivariate designs are emphasized.

503 The Emerging Curriculum (3) Curriculum
trends in the 1980s and 1990s, focusing on
various reform efforts and including issues of race,
gender, class, and ethnicity.

504 Middle School Workshop (3) Philosophy,

administration, curriculum, staff, and facilities
necessary for the most efficient educational
experience in the intermediate levels of school.

505 Individually Prescribed Instruction (3)

Individually prescnbed instructional techmques
as applied in the classroom and intensive learning
centers. Techniques of academic diagnosis,
prescription production, and electronic learning.
Students will have an opportunity to work
directly with hardware and software components
of an intensive learning center. (May be arranged
as a workshop.)

506 Design and Use of Individualized Learning
Packages (3) A review of commercially available
indi\idualized learning activity packages that
permit students to progress through a learning
continuum at their own pace. Students will be
required to design and construct individualized
learning packages in their teaching areas.

507 Values Clarification in Human Relations

(3) Knowiedge of the theories of the values clari-
fication processes as defined by Simon and others.
Skills in application of the values clarification
processes in personal decisions, in the classroom,
and in society. (May be arranged as a workshop
or as modularized independent study.)

509 Contemporary Teaching Trends (3) Team
teaching, programmed instruction, and various
media of communication in the elementary and
secondary schools are evaluated. Effective adapta-
tion to newer practices is emphasized.

510 Educational Foundations (3) History of
education, integrated with educational philosophy
and thought; the long evolution of education
theory and issues.

515 Federal and State Role in Education (3)
The past, current, and future role of the federal
and state governments in education in the United
States. Emphasis on applications to the Common-
wealth of Pennsylvania. Impact of federal
legislation since 1958.

516 Resource Allocation in the Schools (3)
The relationship between the Amencan economy
and the efficient allocation of resources within
school systems will be examined. Designed for
teachers, administrators, school board members,
and parents.

520 Comparative Education (3) Major problems
of education in a number of other countries are
related to similar problems in the United States.
Contrasting purposes and philosophies, and
differences in organization and administration are
analyzed.

Counselor, Secondarv, and Professional Education

570 The Community/Junior College (3) An
analysis of the programs, problems, and students
of a two-year college. Emphasis on the develop-
ment, special philosophies, and current issues
relating to the community or junior college.
Designed for students preparing to be teachers
and/or administrators in these colleges.

580 History of American Education (3) Nature
and direction of American education, studied
through individual and group research.

581 Philosophy of Education (3) Selected
philosophies and their influence on educational
principles and practices in a democratic social
order.

589 Sociological Foundations of Education (3)
Study of the socio-cultural influences on the
structure of American educational institutions.

590 School Law (3) Legal structure for educa-
tional organization on state, intermediate, and
local levels. Legal status of the board of
education; legal responsibilities of the teacher;
legal responsibilities of the board of education to
the student.

598 Workshop in Secondary Education (3)

599 Workshop in Professional Education (3)

EDUCATIONAL PSYCHOLOGY

S>TTibol: EDP

531 Principles of Educational Testing (3)

Designed to develop in teachers the skills
important in the three areas of educational testing:
teacher-made tests (objective and essay); comput-
erized programs for grading and reporting results,
and for improving the test quality through item-
analysis procedure; and the evaluation of the
psychometric characteristics of standardized tests.
550 Advanced Educational Psychology (3)
Processes by which skills, understanding, con-
cepts, and ideals are acquired; teaching practices
in relation to basic research concerning learning;
similarities and differences in theories of learning.
557 Essentials of Learning (3) Study of the
applications of learning theory to classroom
teaching, with emphasis on those principles
derived from classical and operant conditioning.
Retention and transfer of learning also considered.
560 Behavior Modification (3) Study of princi-
ples of classical and operant conditioning as they
relate to the modification of student behavior in
residential and educational settings. Emphasis on
such areas as classroom disciphne, student

values, and student study habits.
569 Adolescent Development and Learning
(3) Mental, physical, emotional, and social
development and behavior of the adolescent with
emphasis on various types of learning. Case
studies are used.

598 Workshop in Educational Psychology (3)

SECONDARY EDUCATION
Symbol: EDS

502 Secondary School Curriculum (3) Current
practices and trends in reorganizing the second-
ary school curriculum in the major academic areas.
The various integrating techniques. Curriculum
development.

524 Supervision of Student Teaching (3)
Designed for teachers who cooperate, or expect
to cooperate, in West Chester University's student
teaching program. Basic principles, practices,
materials, and resources for an effective student
teaching program. PREREQ: Certification for
teaching.

590 Independent Study (1-3) Enrollment by
permission only; number of credits determined by
department.

599 Workshop in Secondary Education (3)

Educational Research

Dr. Hsu, Program Coordinator

The School of Education offers a degree program leading to the
Master of Science in educational research. The degree is designed
primarily for those desiring research positions in local school
districts, but it is also appropriate for research positions in colleges
and universities, communit}' colleges, governmental agencies,
regional educational laboratories, and industry.

MASTER OF SCIENCE IN EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

Admission Requirements

To be admitted to the program, the applicant must have;

1. A minimum overall GPA of 2.5 in undergraduate studies and 2.75
in the major field.

2. Satisfactory performance on the Graduate Record Examination
Aptitude Test.

3. Personal interview with the coordinator of the program.
Any candidate admitted to graduate study, but not to the degree
program in educational research, may take RES courses with the
permission of the coordinator. There is no guarantee that courses
taken by a nondegree student may later satisfy degree requirements for
the M.S. in educational research.

Degree Requirements

1. Satisfactory completion of the curriculum outlined below.

2. An overall GPA of 3.0 in graduate courses taken in the degree
program.

3. Satisfactory' performance on the comprehensive examination.

4. Completion of a research report or master's thesis, approved by
the coordinator.

Requirements for Admission to Degree Candidacy

Upon completion of 12 semester hours, which must include PSY
501 (Introductory Statistics for the Behavorial Sciences) and EDF 500
(Methods and Materials of Research in Education), candidates will
be advanced to degree candidacy, provided they have maintained a
minimum GPA of 3.0 and passed a qualifying examination.

The Internship

After mastery of the core courses (EDF 500, PSY 501 and 502, and
RES 520), students will serve an internship with an outside agency, or

in the Office of Institutional Research conducting educational
research. During this period, students will use the skills they have
developed to design and conduct a research project under the joint
supervision of University and/or host institutional personnel.

The Comprehensive Examination

To be eligible for the comprehensive examination, the candidate

must:

1. Have completed at least 28 semester hours and all core courses
prior to the semester in which the examination is taken.

2. Have maintained an overall GPA of at least 3.0.
Candidates must indicate by letter their intention to take the
examination. The coordinator should receive this letter within the
first 10 days of the semester in which the candidate wants to take
the examination.

Candidates who fail the comprehensive examination are permitted
one re-examination after an interval of at least one semester but not
more than two years.

Curriculum

(36-39 semester hours)

CSC 550 Computers in Education (3)

EDC 540 Assessment Methods in Guidance (3)

EDF 500 Methods and Materials of Educational Research (3)

EDF 510 Educational Foundations (3)

EDP_5iL Principles of Educational Testing (3)

EDP 550 Advanced. Educational Psycholog>' (3)

PSY 501 Introductory Statistics for the Behavorial Sciences (3)

Advanced Statistics for the Behavorial Sciences (3)

Research Design (3)

Independent Study in Educational Research (1-3)

Internship Program in Educational Research (3)

PSY 502
RES 520
RES 590
RES 592
Optional:
RES 610
RES 650

Thesis (3) or

Research Report (3) plus three-credit elective

Elective courses:

CSC 515 Introduction to Computer Programming (3)
PSY 526 Program Evaluation (3)
Others to be determined by program coordinator.

Criminal Justice

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH

Symbol: RES

520 Research Design (3) Principles for efTicient
design of experiments and other t>pes of
observational programs. Sampling techniques,
methods of analysis, threats to valid inference.
PREREQ: PSY 501.

590 Independent Study in Educational Re-
search (1-3) Research project, reports, readings
in educational research. PREREQ: Coordinator's
approval.

592 Internship Program in Educational Re-
search (3) Opportunity for students to design,
conduct, and analyze a study and to prepare a
report of the research. The internship is served in

local educational agencies, county offices, federal
project centers, the Pennsylvania Department
of Education, or other research environments. The
intern is supervised by both host and University
personnel.

610 Thesis (3)

650 Research Repon (3)

Environmental Education

Mr. Holingjak, Coordinator

Graduate students interested in developing a concentration
in the area of envaronmental education may elect from the
following courses.

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
ENVIRONMENTAL EDUCATION

S>'mbol: EDO

505 Conservation Education Curriculum

(K-12) (3) Conser\'ation education as it exists in
the present school curriculum and ways to
integrate conservation into elementary and second-
ary school disciplines. Characteristics, interrela-
tionships, and uses of our natural resources;
problems and policies of industrial management
in conseri'ation as they relate to the school
curriculum.

510 Methods in Conservation Education (3)

Basic concepts and practices of consen'ation and
outdoor education and their role in the school
program.

511 Environmental Education Workshop (3)
A field-centered learning experience. Designed to
integrate the wide range of backgrounds and
interests among the participants. Based on West
Chester campus and/or the campuses of other
universities

515 History of Conservation (3) Development
of the conservation movement in the U.S. with

emphasis on the progressive adaptation of
conservation to our changing social and economic
order.

520 Organization and Administration of
Outdoor Education (3) Basic concepts of outdoor
education: the role of outdoor education in the
school program; the initiation and administration
of outdoor education.

525 Independent Studies in Environmental
Education (3) Special research projects, reports,
and readings in conservation and outdoor
education. PREREQ: Permission of coordinator.
598 Workshop in Environmental Education (3)

Urban Education

Dr. Hynes, Coordinator

Graduate students interested in developing a concentration
in the area of urban education may elect from the
following courses.

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
URBAN EDUCATION

Symbol: EDU

501 Curricular Adaptations for the Disadvan-
taged (3) Curricular innovations that attempt to
aid the culturally disadvantaged in developing

skills necessar)- for maximum personal adjustment
to society. Survey of urban problems and their
relationships to inner-city schools.

502 Human Relations in the School and
Community (3) Intensive study of the inner-city
communit)' and its close relationship with the

school society. Analysis of prejudice and its
implication in community and school power
structures.

590 Independent Study (1-3)

599 Workshop in Urban Education (3)

Criminal Justice

200 Ruby J ones Hall
West Chester University
West Chester, PA 19383
610-436-2647

Dr. Greenberg, Chairperson

Dr. Metz, Coordinator of Graduate Studies

PROFESSOR

Jana L. Nesderode, J.D., Widener Universit_y

ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS

Saul H. Greenberg, J. D., University of Baltimore
Harold W. Metz, Ed.D., West Virginia University

ASSISTANT PROFESSORS

Mary P. Brewster, Ph.D., Rutgers University
Reginald Nealy, M.H.S., Lincoln University

Program of Study

West Chester University offers a Master of Science degree in
criminal justice which is:.

• multidisciplinary and flexible (provides thesis and nonthesis
options),

• staffed by experienced professionals,

• career oriented, and

• the basis for pursuit of further graduate study.

Criminal Justice

Admission Requirements

All students must meet the general requirements for admission to a gradu-
ate degree program at West Chester University. Applications are processed
by the Office of Graduate Studies. Upon receipt of all necessary creden-
tials, Graduate Studies will forward the materials to the Department of
Criminal Justice for further consideration and approval. The department
places special emphasis on the "Academic and Professional Goals
Statement" found within the application, and requires that all applicants
take the MAT Examination. Letters of reference are not necessary.

Degree Requirements

Prior to receiving the Master of Science degree in criminal justice, all
candidates must:

1. file an apphcation for admission to candidacy for the degree (must
be filed in the Office of Graduate Studies and Sponsored Research
after completion of 12 - 15 graduate credits),

2. complete a minimum of 36 semester hours of course work with a
minimum cumulative GPA of 3.0 (based on a 4.0 system), and

3. pass a comprehensive examination.
Curriculum

1. Courses for Research Report Track (Nonthesis) (36 credits)

A. Required (6 credits)

CRJ 508 Research, Design, and Analysis

CRJ 600 Proseminar

B. Choose any four of the following (12 credits)
CRJ 500 Evolutionar)' and Comparative Justice
CRJ 503 Criminal Behavior and the Law

CRJ 505 Nature of Crime and Delinquency
CRJ 507 Justice and Professional Ethics
CRJ 509 Criminal Jurisprudence

C. Electives (18 credits)
Selected under advisement

2. Courses for Thesis Track

A. Required (9 credits)

CRJ 508 Research, Design, and Analysis
CRJ 610 Thesis

B. Choose any four of the following (12 credits)
CRJ 500 Evolutionary and Comparative Justice
CRJ 503 Criminal Behavior and the Law

CRJ 505 Nature of Crime and Delinquency
CRJ 507 Justice and Professional Ethics
CRJ 509 Criininal Jurisprudence

C. Electives (15 credits)
Selected under advisement

(36 credits)

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
CRIMINAL JUSTICE

Symbol: CRJ

500 Evolutionary and Comparative Justice (3) This
course is intended to aid the graduate student in
understanding the evolutionary influences on the
American criminal justice system. Comparisons with
simpler, more peacehil societies will be used to analyze
the advancement of law and justice.

503 Criminal Behavior and the Law (3) This course is
designed to help the student understand behavior by com-
paring criminal with normal behavior. A survey course, it
reviews types of abnormal behavior and mental disorders,
methods of diagnosis, and treatment and resolution of
internal personal conflicts. Also included is an under-
standing of criminal behavior as it apphes to abnormality.

504 Resolution of Internal Personal Conflicts (3) This
course assists students in developing personal effective-
ness in group situations. Emphasis will be on the develop-
ment of competence in group leadership, ability to trans-
late the group experience into positive decisions about
self and environment, and the ability to recognize changes
that have affected one's life. The knowledge gained from
this course will help the student in relating to other per-
sons in their personal, social, and vocational life.

505 Nature of Crime and Delinquency (3) This
course is a survey of the historical and contemporary
attempts to explain the phenomena of cnme and crimi-
nal behavior from the perspectives of sociology, psy-
chology, economics, biology, and law. Emphasis will
be placed on contemporary theories and the analysis of
evidence supportive of various theoretical positions.

506 Criminal Justice Management (3) This course is
intended to aid in the instruction of graduate students
who are potential candidates for administrative posi-
tions. It brings together the most appropriate concepts
from the various approaches and problems to manage-
ment, e.g., staffing, decision making, motivation, lead-
ership, communications, and control.

507 Justice and Professional Ethics (3) This course
is designed to identify and examine ethical issues
among practitioners and students in the criminal jus-
tice field. Such issues include the discretionary power
of arrest, the use of deadly force, the decision to prose-
cute, participation in plea bargaining, representation of
the guilty, and the imposition of punishment.

508 Research Design and Analysis (3) This course is
intended to introduce the graduate student to the
process of social research. It discusses research con-
cepts such as problem identification, data collection,
data analysis, hy-pothesis testing, and the development
of conclusions and recommendations.

509 Criminal Jurisprudence (3) This course exam-
ines the complex concepts and principles of cnminal
law and procedure. The foundations of these disci-
plines will be initially reviewed, followed by a more
comprehensive and incisive analysis and investigation
of the difficult issues which have evolved through deci-
sions of the United States Supreme Court. Supreme
Couri jurisprudence is examined and contrasted with
the jurisprudence of the Pennsylvania courts.

510 Operational and Strategic Planning (3) This
course will examine the types of plans which are long
term, wide ranging, and critical to the organization's
success The study of missions, goals, and outcomes
will be emphasized.

520 Major Case Management (3) This course intro-
duces some of the investigative and administrative
techniques used in major crimes. Focus will be placed
on early recognition of crime dimensions and the pre-
cise appUcations and control of available personnel,
equipment, and resources

522 Occupational Crime (3) This course analyzes
the usually nonviolent criminal conduct variously
described as white-collar crime, official corruption, sys-
tematic crime, corporate crime, or violations of trust
that are characterized by calculation, deceit, and per-
sonal enrichment in one's job or profession. The influ-
ence of organized crime also is explored.
524 Juvenile Law (3) This course will bring together
the leading cases that have reached the Supreme Court,
as well as other important federal and state court deci-
sions relating to the juvenile justice process.
526 Policing in America (3) This course is designed
to examine current policing strategies and political
issues that have developed as a result of those strate-
gies. It also will explore the future of policing in
America and will present several interdisciplinary
approaches to new theoretical perspectives.
530 Interviewing and Counseling Techniques in
Criminal Justice (3) In this course, techniques of coun-
seling applicable to law enforcement and corrections
officers are explored. Areas of study mclude the initial
interview, interrogation, handUng the informer, manip-
ulative behavior of offenders, report writing, and the
exit interview. Role playing and sociodrama are used.
535 Assessment Methods in Criminal Justice (3)
This course will develop one's ability to understand,
recognize, describe, and interpret psychometric mea-
sures associated with juvenile and adult offenders. The
student will develop an understanding of the use of
tests in the criminal justice field.
♦555 Topical Seminar in Criminal Justice (3) This
course will provide an intensive examination of a
selected area of study in the field of criminal justice.

Topics vvill be announced at the time of offering. This
course may be taken more than once when different
topics are presented.

560 Applied Legal Studies (3) This course presumes
a sophisticated working knowledge of criminal law and
procedure (successful completion of CRJ 509). The
course will examine selected factual accounts of crimi-
nal law and process. Through critical examination and
analysis of these cases, the student will be able to
understand the practical realities of the criminal justice
system, and to compare theory and philosophy with
practice.

566 Contemporary Issues in Corrections (3) This
course is designed to analyze contemporary issues in
the area of corrections. Such issues will include fiat-
time sentencing, private corrections, diversion, prison
industries, inmate unions, and the elimination of
parole.

570 Women, Elderly, and Crime (3) This course is
intended to introduce graduate students to the specific
problems and conditions associated with female and
elderly crime and victimization. The course will focus
on the criminology, the law, and the response of the
criminal justice system to the uniqueness of women
and the elderly.

582 Controversial Criminal Jurisprudence (3) This
course presumes a sophisticated working knowledge of
criminal law and procedure (successful completion of
CRJ 509) In provides an in-depth analysis of the
Supreme Court's historical and contemporary approach
to the most controversial issues of criminal law and
procedure The perspectives and arguments will be
examined through the study and analysis of U.S.
Supreme Court cases.

590 Practicum (1-6) A field experience (internship)
program for preservice students only.

599 Independent Studies in Criminal Justice (1-3)
This course will entail research projects, reports, and
readings in criminal justice. Approval of the depart-
ment chairperson is required.

600 Proseminar (3) Those students taking die non-
thesis track will be expected to participate in a prosem-
inar. The end result of this seminar will be a completed
research paper evaluated on the basis of selection of
topic and quality of research. PREREQ: CRJ 508.

610 Thesis (6) Bound and shelved in the library, the
thesis represents the student's ability to plan, organize,
and direct a research effort designed to discover, devel-
op, or verif)' knowledge. Only for those students taking
the thesis track.
999 Transfer Credits (1-6)

♦ This course may be taken again for credit.

English

Earth Science — See Geology and Astronomy

Economics — See Business

Elementary Education — See Childhood Studies and Reading

English

541/531 Main Hall
West Chester University
West Chester, PA 19383
610-436-2745 / 436-2822

Mr. Peich, Chairperson

Dr. Sabol, Coordinator of Graduate Studies

PROFESSORS

Michael W. Brooks, Ph.D., University of Toronto

Joseph Browne, Ph.D., University of Pennsylvania

John L. Gaunt, Ph.D., University of Maryland

Paul D. Green, Ph.D., Harvard L/niversitj

John P. Kent, Ph.D., L/niversity of Illinois

Elizabeth Larsen, Ph.D., University of Wisconsin-Milwaukee

Dwight L. McCawley, Ph.D., University o//!linois

Lynette McGrath, Ph.D., University of Illinois

Kostas Myrsiades, Ph.D., Indiana University

C.James Trotman, Ed.D., Columbia University

Robert H. Weiss, Ph.D., Temple University

ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS

Christopher Buckley, M.F.A., University of California-Irvine

T. Obinkaram Echewa, Ph.D., Syracuse University

William D. Fordyce, Ph.D., Harvard University

Alan W. France, Ph.D., Texas Christian University

Claude Hunsberger, Ph.D., University of Wisconsin-Madison

John T. Kelly, Ph.D., University of Oklahoma

Avis G. McDonald, Ph.D., Macquarie University

Garrett Molholt, Ph.D., University o/ Wisconsin-Madison

Michael A. Peich, M.A., University of Pennsylvania

William G. Prater, Ph.D., Ohio University

Geetha Ramanathan, Ph.D., University of Illinois

C. Ruth Sabol, Ph.D., Unive?sity o/ Wisconsin-Madison

Judith Scheffler, Ph.D., University of Pennsylvania

Carol Shloss, Ph.D., Brandeis University

Luanne Smith, M.F.A., Pennsylvania State University

John W. Ward, Ph.D., University of Delaware

ASSISTANT PROFESSORS

Robert P. Fletcher, Ph.D., University of California, Los Angeles
Dennis Godfrey, Ph.D., University of Michigan
Jane E. Jeffrey, Ph.D., University of Iowa
Deidre A. Johnson, Ph.D., University of Minnesota
Paul L. Maltby, Ph.D., Sussex University
John T. Newcomb, Ph.D., Duke University
Patricia A. Pflieger, Ph.D., University of Minnesota
Christopher J. Teutsch, Ph.D., University of Wisconsin-
Milwaukee
Cheryl L. Wanko, Ph.D., Pennsylvania State University

Program of Study

The Department of English offers the Master of Arts in
English. The Master of Arts permits the student to attain a
number of goals. It furthers scholarship and learning in liter-

ature, language, and writing, providing the student with
experience in critical reading and writing skills; the M.A.
may be a preface to doctoral study or provide a foundation
for teaching in high schools, community, or junior colleges.
The Department of English also participates in an interdisci-
plinary program leading to the Master of Arts in Teaching
English as a Second Language. (See Teaching English as a
Second Language.)

In addition, the Department of English welcomes students
who wish to take courses for professional growth and pro-
vides assistance and advice to post-baccalaureate students
wishing to acquire secondary teaching certification in
English.

Admission Requirements

The apphcant to the M.A. program in English must (1) meet the
general requirements for admission to degree study at West Chester
University (see appropriate pages at the beginning of the Graduate
Catalog); (2) submit a 5-6 page writing sample discussing a piece of
literature (not creative works, news releases, or journalistic
reports); (3) submit results of the General Aptitude Test of the
Graduate Record Exam; (4) satisfy other departmental admission
requirements established in consultation with the graduate coordi-
nator; (5) take additional graduate and/or undergraduate courses
when considered necessar)'. Normally, applicants who do not have a
strong undergraduate record in English literature may be expected
to take additional courses for full admission into the M.A. program
in English.

The applicant seeking secondary' English certification only must
apply through the Office of Graduate Studies to the Department of
Counselor, Secondary, and Professional Education and must have
the transcripts evaluated by both the School of Education and the
Department of English. The general requirements for admission
include items (1) and (2) listed under "Admission Requirements for
Degree Students" found at the beginning of the Graduate Catalog.

MASTER OF ARTS IN ENGLISH

(33 semester hours)

Required 9 semester hours

ENG 500 and ENG 501 (or equivalent methods and theory courses
as required for different concentration options listed under Option
II) to be taken before the completion of 12 semester hours of gradu-
ate credit.

ENG 620 M.A. Essay (about 40 pages) to be completed at the end of
course work under the direction of an ad\'iser selected in consultation
with the graduate coordinator. An oral defense of this essay also will
be required.

Course Selection Options 24 semester hours

In addition to the three required courses specified above, all stu-
dents will take eight courses selected in consultation with the graduate
coordinator according to one of the following options;

OPTION I

1. any medieval British course

3.

4.
5.
6.

any 16th/17th-century British course

any Restoration/1 8th-century British course

any 19th-century British course

any 20th-century British course

any pre-20th-centur)' American course

English

7. any 20th-century American course

8. a free elective chosen in an area relevant to the topic of the M.A.
Essay

Option I is recommended for students who do not have a strong
undergraduate record in English. Option I is also suggested for stu-
dents planning to pursue the Ph.D. in hterature.

OPTION II

1) four courses chosen from four of the areas listed above; students
whose concentration area is composition and rhetoric will take three
courses chosen from three of the areas listed above and one English
language course. The composition and rhetoric concentration, how-
ever, is not currently available.

2) four courses chosen in a concentration area, such as creative
writing; comparative literature; medieval; Renaissance; 18th-century,
19th-century, 20th-century British and/or American; women's litera-
ture; African-American and ethnic literature; linguistics, etc. In some
concentrations, the methods and theory courses will be specific to
the concentration. Concentrations may be proposed by students, but
they should be chosen early in the student's program and must be
approved by the graduate coordinator. Please be aware that concen-
trations may be available only if student enrollment in courses nec-
essary to the concentrations is sufficient. The M.A. essay should be
written in the area of the concentration.

One course in the concentration may be a compatible course from
another department. For more information concerning graduate
work in English, including course listings for possible concentra-
tions and precise specifications for the M.A. essay, see the Handbook
for Graduate English Studies and the Guidelines /or Completing the
M.A. Essay and the Oral Discussion available from the English gradu-
ate coordinator.

SECONDARY ENGLISH CERTIFICATION OPTION

Post-baccalaureate students seeking certification in secondary
English must meet the equivalencies of an undergraduate secondary
education major in English. Generally, the following courses are
required by the Department of English for certification. (See the
Department of Counselor, Secondary, and Professional Education
for its requirements.) The Department of English normally accepts
equivalent courses from colleges or universities accredited in the
United States or their equivalent from schools in other countries.

Contact the English graduate coordinator for an evaluation of tran-
scripts from other accredited schools.

Required

Two Writing Courses

1. ENG 120 Effective Writing I (or the equivalent)

2. ENG 121 Effective Writing II (or the equivalent)

Three Linguistics Courses

3. ENG 230 Introduction to Linguistics (or ENG 330, LIN 501,

LIN/LAN 503, or LIN 512)

4. ENG 331 Structure of Modem English (or ENG 575, LIN 504,

505)

5. ENG 335 History of the English Language (or ENG 339, 577,

579)
One Methods Course

6. ENG 390 Teaching English in the Secondary School (PREREQ: EDM

300, EDP 351, EDS 306, and ENG 230, 331, and 335)

Nine Advanced Literature Courses ("Advanced" means courses
determined to be upperlevel undergraduate or graduate courses. At
West Chester the courses that qualify are numbered in the 300s,
400s, 500s, or 600s.)

7. a literary theory course

8. a medieval British course

9. a 16th/17th-century British course

10. a Restoration/1 8th-century British course

11. a 19th-century British course

12. a 20th-century British course

13. a pre-20th-century American course

14. a 20th-century American course

15. Another advanced course

For more information concerning secondary English certification for
post-baccalaureate students, contact the Department of English
graduate coordinator.

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
ENGLISH

Symbol: ENG

GENERAL TOPICS AND THEORY

500 Introduction to the Profession (3) An

introduction to the methods and materials of
research used by scholars of English and
American literature. An introduction to current
issues and debates in the profession and to the
history of the profession.

501 Literary Theory (3) Study of various meth-
ods of literary theory and analysis; the application of
these methods to specific works of literature.

502 History of Criticism (3) A historical study
of literary criticism and aesthetic theory from
Plato and Aristotle to the present.

503 Feminist Literary Criticism (3) A study
of the development of feminist criticism and
different schools of feminist literary theory.
Application of femmist theory to specific texts.

507 Literature Seminar (3) Variable topics
announced each time the course is offered.

ENGLISH LITERATURE

517 Beowulf (3) An analysis of the full poem
in Old English. Emphasis on the artistic, linguistic,
and historic values. PREREQ: ENG 584 or
equivalent.

518 Chaucer (3) A study of the Can(crbury
Tales and Troitus and Criseydc.

519 1 6th-Century Poetry and Prose (3) A survey
of the major poetry and prose written in England
during the Tudor period from Skellon to
Shakespeare.

520 Spenser and Milton (3) The major works
of Spenser and Milton studied in relation to the
intellectual climate of the Renaissance. Emphasis
on The Faerie Queene and Paradise Lost.

521 Major Renaissance Writers (3) An in- depth
study of major figures in the Renaissance Intellectual
background and literary influences. Variable topics.

522 English Drama to 1642 (3) A survey of
English drama (exclusive of Shakespeare) from
its medieval beginnings to the closing of the
theatres in 1642.

523 Shakespeare's Sisters (3) Poetry, prose,
and drama by Renaissance women writers. In-
cludes Elizabeth I, Mary Vv'roth, Elizabeth Cary,
Amelia Lanier, Katherine Philips, Bathsua Makin,
and others. Topics addressed include women's
education, attacks on and defenses of womankind,
love poetry by men and women, heroic women,
and "a woman's place."

525 Shakespeare's Tragedies and Histories (3)
Histories and tragedies read with analysis of
dramatic and poetic effects.

526 Shakespeare's Comedies and Poems (3)
The comedies analyzed. The poems read in
relation to Shakespeare's developing dramatic and
poetic power.

527 17th-Cenlury Poetry and Prose (3) An

English

in-depth study of the major poets and prose
writers from Donne to Milton.

529 18th-century Poetry and Prose (3) A
study of the hterature of the era, with emphasis
on the cultural context, aesthetic theory, and
the evolution of poetic techniques.

530 Restoration and 18th-Century Drama
(3) Critical histor)- of the British drama from
the re-opening of the theatres to Sheridan.
Major playwrights and study of theatre history.

531 18th-century British Novel (3) A study
of the rise of the novel and its development in
the 18th century. Defoe, Richardson, Fielding,
Smollett, and Sterne.

533 Romantic Poetry and Prose (3) The
poetry and prose of the early 19th century with
emphasis on the five major poets (Wordsworth,
Coleridge, ByTon, Shelley, and Keats) and three
major essayists (Lamb. Hazlitt, and De
Quincey).

534 Victorian Poetry (3) A study of
Tennyson, Browning, Arnold, Hopkins,
Swinburne, and Hardy.

535 Culture and Society in the 19th Century
(3) A study of Victorian literature against its
social and mtellectual background.

536 19th-century British Novel (3) The
British novel from Scott to Hardy.

537 20th-century British Novel (3) A study
of the British novel from 1914 to the present.
Among the novelists to be studied are Conrad,
Ford, Forster, Lawrence. Woolf, Waugh, Green,
Murdoch, Spark, and Golding.

538 20th Century British Poetry (3) A
comprehensive study of the major British poets
from 1890 to the present: Dowson, Housman,
Hardy, Owen, Yeats, Eliot, Thomas, Lawrence,
and Auden.

539 Major 20th-century Irish Writers (3) A
comprehensive study of significant Irish writers
of the 20lh century: Yeats, Joyce, O'Casey.
Synge, O'Connor, O'Faolain, Beckett, and Shaw.

540 Joyce and Beckett (3) Detailed critical
analysis of Joyce's Dubhners, A Portrait of the
Artist as a Young Man, i^ics, and Ulysses;
Beckett's drama and novels.

541 20th-century Drama (3) Principal
British and American playwrights from Shaw to
Pinter and Albee.

♦ 544 Seminar in English Literature (3)
Topic announced when offered.

♦ 545 Medieval Women's Culture (3) This
course studies wTitings by medieval women and
their contribution to the development of
medieval culture.

AMERICAN LITERATURE

♦ 547 American Literary Movements (3)
Major movements in the development of
American literature. Influence of leading writers
on literary concepts, trends, and critical dicta.
Topics announced when offered.

548 Hawthorne and Melville (3) A study of
their works and representative literary criticism.

549 Twain and James (3) A study of their
works and representative literary criticism.

551 Hemingway and Faulkner (3) The
works of Hemingway and Faulkner and the lit-
erary relationship of these works.

557 Major 20th-century American Poets (3)
A close study of several major, modern American
poets.

558 20lh-Century American Writers (3)
Major writers and literary movements from
1900 to the present. Topics announced when
offered

560 Urbanism and the American Imagination
(3) A study of the impact of urbanism on
American literature and art.

562 Modem African-American Literature (3)
An intensive study in themes and trends in
modem African-American literature.

563 African-American Women Writers in
America (3) Writmgs from the Colonial period
to the present. A survey of the forms of expres-
sion used by these writers and the themes of
gender, race, and class that challenge and rede-
fine the image of women in an American and
African-American context.

♦ 564 Seminar in American Literature (3)
Vanable topics announced when offered.

COMPARATIVE LITERATURE

♦ 565 Comparative Literature Seminar (3)

Studies in international, literary, and/or cultural
relations; the characteristics and relationships of
literary themes, types, and genres. Topics
announced when offered.
566 Comparative Literature: The Greek
Myths (3) The role of Greek myths and their
treatment in Western literature.
568 20lh-Century Women Poets (3) The
study of a significant number of modern women
poets from Amy Lowell to Diane Wakoski.
Discussion of commentary by women poets
about the experience of writing poetry.
Although the emphasis is on English and
American poets, representatives from other cul-
tures will be included.

571 Colonialism and the 20th-century Novel
(3) An examination of the relationship of the
colonialist theme and modernist techniques in
the novel.

LANGUAGE

575 Structure of Modem English (3) A
detailed analysis of the modem descriptive
approach to the study of English grammar and
how it compares with the traditional approach.

576 English as a Second Language (3)
Implications of the nature of language in teach-
ing English to speakers of other languages.
Methods and materials for teaching English as a
second language. PREREQ: LIN 501 or permis-
sion of the instructor.

577 History of the English Language (3)
Review of the major influences on the develop-
ment of the English language. PREREQ: LIN
501 or LIN 503.

578 Modem English (3) A study of the
development of the English language from 1450

to the present (exclusive of American English).

579 Studies in American English (3)
Historical processes in the development of
American and British English. Regional and
social dialects of American English. Usage and
sociolinguistics.

580 English Language Workshop (1-4)
Workshop to survey recent developments and
newer concepts in English linguistics for teach-
ers. Variable structure and credit by arrange-
ment with individual school districts.

584 Old English Language and Literature
(3) An introductor)' study of the language
through a reading of selected religious and sec-
ular poetry and prose.

585 Middle English Language and Literature
(3) An introductory study of the language
(1150- 1450) through a reading of selected texts
(exclusive of Chaucer).

♦ 589 Language Seminar (3) Studies in
English language and hnguistics. Topics
announced when offered. PREREQ: LIN 501 or
the equivalent.

♦ 590 Independent Study (1-3) Research
projects, reports, and specialized readings. PRE-
REQ: Approval of instmctor and coordinator of
English graduate studies.

TEACHING SKILLS

591 Modem Techniques for the Teaching of
English (3) Techniques of teaching language
arts, composition, and literature in the sec-
ondary school. Practice in planning and design-
ing units and courses of study. Exploration into
the latest research in teaching English.

592 Literature for the Elementary School (3)
The content and approach of the literature
program in the elementary school.

593 Literature for the Secondary School (3)
An examination of the literary interests of the
secondary school student. A discussion of the
works of major writers who appeal to the
teenage student.

COMPOSITION AND RHETORIC

Please note that the Compostion and Rhetoric
concentration is not currently available.
♦ 508 Writing Seminar (3) Experience in
nonfiction prose writing; discussion and devel-
opment of major projects.

594 Directed Studies in Composition and
Rhetoric (3) Offers students systematic guid-
ance and instruction in a specially formulated
project involving scholarly or empirical research
in composition.

595 Teaching Composition (3) A survey of
developments and research in composition.
Focus on the writing process, grading and eval-
uation, case approaches to writing assignments,
wTiting across the curriculum, and remedial and
developmental writing.

♦ This course may be taken again for credit.

English

396 Composition and Rhetoric (3) Suney of

rhetoric and composition theon.'. Frequent

practice in writing.

600 Tutoring Composition (3) Theory and

practice of teaching basic writing in the tutoring

emdronment.

CREATIVE WRITING

504 Methods and Materials of Publishing

(3) This course is designed to famiharize grad-
uate students with the history of the book and
to provide them with the opportunity to gain
practical experience in book production.

♦ 509 Writing Seminar in the Novel 1 (3) A
course in the writing and preparing of book-
length manuscripts (novels, novellas, and "non-
fictional" novels) with the intention of submis-
sion for publication. Also includes coverage of
fictional aspects and techniques used in WTiting
memoirs, biography, and current history.

♦ 510 Writing Seminar in the Novel II (3) A
continuation of ENG 509.

♦ 601 Creative Writing Seminar (3) A spe-
cialized writing seminar. Topics announced
when offered. Longer prose works, short story,
fantasy/ science fiction, narrative verse,
lyric/meditative verse, etc. A portfolio is required
at the end of the course.

♦ 602 Creative Writing: Directed Studies (3)
A course of individual study for students who
have completed two workshops in a single genre.
Concentrated work in a special poetry or prose
topic.

♦ 605 Poetry Workshop 1 (3) Experience in
wnting various types of poetry: traditional
forms, narrative, lyric/meditative, etc. Readings
in traditional and contemporary poetry and
poetics. A final portfolio required.

♦ 606 Poetry Workshop II (3) Extended
work in poetic forms with additional emphasis
on contemporary poetry in translation. A criti-
cal paper on contemporary poetry and poetics
and a completed portfolio are required.

♦ 608 Short Story Workshop 1 (3)
Techniques of composing the short story with
emphasis on its elements of form: point of \iew,
diction, characterization, and dialogue.
Readings in traditional and contemporary criti-
cism and short stories. Completed portfolio of
revised works is required.

♦ 609 Short Story Workshop U (3)
Extended work in the short story form with
opportunities for exploring more experimental
forms of short fiction. Additional readings in
short fiction and criticism. A critical paper on a
contemporary short story writer is required.

M.A. ESSAY

♦ 620 M.A. Essay (3) Required final extend-
ed paper (about 40 pages) written under the
direction of an adviser. Further details available
in the Graduate English Studies Handbook. Oral
defense required.

SPECIAL PROGRAM

PENNSYLVANIA WRITING PROJECT

Symbol: PWP

The courses described below are intended to be
taken primarily by teaching professionals who
are seeking to enhance their writing instruction
capabilities while earning graduate credit.
Only one PWP course (with the approval of the
English graduate coordinator) will apply to the
West Chester University master's degree in
English and only if students are in the composi-
tion and rhetoric concentration. Students inter-
ested in applying PWP courses toward the M.Ed,
in elementary education, or the M.Ed, in sec-
ondar>' education must consult with their advis-
er or the graduate coordinator of their program
to secure prior approval.

♦ 501 The Writing Process (1) A practical
introduction to the writing process approach to
teaching wTiting. Permission of instructor re-
quired.

♦ 502 Strategies for Teaching Writing (2-3)
This basic course is designed to familiarize
teachers of writing with successful practices and
related research and theorv' in the field. Permis-
sion of instructor required.

503 Strategies for Teaching Writing 11 (3)
Practical and research-based skills of prewriting,
writing conferences, revision, editing, and
evaluation. PREREQ: PWP 502 or PWP 510
and permission of instructor required.

♦ 504 Holistic Assessment of Writing (1)
Theory and practice of rapid and reliable assess-
ment of large numbers of writing samples as
used in schools and colleges. Permission of
instructor required.

♦ 505 Writing in the Content Areas (1)
Participants will explore ways of motivating
students to write about academic areas, design
effective assignments, and use writing process
methods to improve learning in all subjects.
Topics include learning-centered writing, evalu-
ation, and classroom management of writing.
Permission of instructor required.

♦ 506 Computers and Writing (Beginning)
(1) Microcomputer applications at all stages of
the writing process. Basic awareness, demon-
strations, and hands-on experience will be
emphasized. Permission of instructor required.

♦ 507 Computer and Writing (Intermediate

I) (2) An introduction to computer programs
useful at all stages of the writing process and to
ways that teachers can use, develop, and evalu-
ate computer-assisted instruction (CAl) in writ-
ing. Permission of instructor required.

♦ 508 Computers and Writing (Intermediate

II) (3) A practical and theoretical overview of
the field, with demonstrations of computer
courseware and hands-on experience in prewrit-
ing and planning, word processing, revising,
editing, skill-building, evaluation, and class-
room management. Permission of instructor
required.

♦ 509 Computers and Writing (Advanced)

(4) Covers pertinent points of composition
training. Stages in the composing process are
related to software packages and
computer-assisted teaching techniques.
Theoretical and practical questions will prepare
teachers of writing to incorporate useful com-
puter assistance into their classrooms and to
offer demonstrations to other teachers.
Permission of instructor required.

510 Writing, Reading, and Talking Across
the Curriculum (3) Rationale and strategies
for critical language experiences in all subjects.
Supports PCRP2 state curriculum framework.
Permission of instructor required.

511 Writing Assessment (3) Large-scale and
classroom writing assessment; implications for
writing instruction. Permission of instructor
required.

512 Teacher-Research Seminar (3)

Individual research projects for classroom stud-
ies of students as writers. Permission of instruc-
tor required.

♦ 513 PCRP2 Seminar on Writing and
Thinking Across the Curriculum (3) Critical
exploration of Pennsylvania state curriculum
framework for language and learning. PREREQ:
PWP 510 and permission of instructor required.

513 Workshop in Administering Writing
Programs (1) Creating and maintaining suc-
cessful writing and language arts programs.
Permission of instructor required.

♦ 517 Workshop in Writing Assessment (1)

Different assessment models and their relation
to instruction, with information from the
Pennsylvania Writing Assessment. Permission
of the instructor required.

♦ 320 Teaching Literature (3) Focus on
instructional practices that reflect current theo-
ries and approaches to classroom use of litera-
ture, K-12. Permission of instructor required.

♦ 521 Seminar in Teaching Literature (3)

Intensive study to develop advanced skills in
teaching literature. Permission of instructor
required.

♦ 597 Seminar for Master Teachers (6)

Participants develop advanced skills in the
teaching of writing, receive training as in-ser-
vice "teacher/consultants," and develop relation-
ships with other writing teachers who seek to
improve their teaching and writing. Permission
of instructor required.

♦ 599 Workshop in English (1-6) Topic
varies. Each workshop will focus on specific
issues and problems in the teaching of writing
and will introduce appropriate instructional
materials and techniques. Permission of instruc-
tor required.

♦ This course may be taken again for credit.

Foreign Languages

Foreign Languages

109 Main Hall

West Chester University

West Chester, PA 19383

610-436-2700

Mr. Gougher, Chairperson

Dr. Patton and Dr. Williams, Assistant Chairpersons and
Coordinators of Graduate Studies

FRENCH

ASSOCIATE PROFESSOR

Rebecca Pauly, D.M.L. Middlebury College

ASSISTANT PROFESSORS

Anne-Marie Moscaielli, Ph.D., Bryn Mawr College

Michel H. Sage, Ph.D., University of California at Berkeley

GERMAN

ASSOCIATE PROFESSOR

Ronald L. Gougher, M.A., Lehigh University'

ASSISTANT PROFESSORS

Stephen G. Gilmour, Ph.D., University o/ Minnesota

Margarete Landwehr, Ph.D., Harvard University

LATIN

ASSOCIATE PROFESSOR

Erminio Braidotti, Ph.D., University of Pennsylvania

INSTRUCTOR

John P. Rosso, M.A., University of Pennsylvania

SPANISH

PROFESSORS

Stacey Schlau, Ph.D., City University of New York
Jerome M. Williams, Ph.D., Yale University

ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS

Erminio Braidotti, Ph.D., University of Pennsylvania
Jorge Escorcia, M.A., Boston University
Constance Garcia-Barrio, Ph.D., University of Pennsylvania
Andrea Varricchio, Ph.D., Temple University

ASSISTANT PROFESSORS

Celia Esplugas, Ph.D., University of Toledo
Paul Seaver, Ph.D., University of Maryland

Programs of Study

The Department of Foreign Languages offers two degree
programs, one leading to the Master of Education in French,
German, Latin, or Spanish, and the other to the Master of
Arts in French or Spanish.

The department also cooperates in offering an interdisci-
plinar)' program leading to the Master of Arts in Teaching
English as a Second Language. (See Teaching English as a
Second Language.)

MASTER OF EDUCATION IN FRENCH,
GERMAN, LATIN, OR SPANISH

(34 semester hours)

The M.Ed, program requires Methods and Materials of Research in
Second Language Education (LAN 500), Techniques of Second
Language Teaching (LAN 503), and 18 semester hours in the area
of concentration. In Spanish, the concentration may be designed to
the student's particular interest and needs. In French and German
it must include one course each from Groups A, B, C, and D. In Latin
the 18-hour concentration is developed from Groups A and B, under
advisement. Majors in any of the languages also may elect from
"Courses Common to All Languages" (see below) for the concentration.

The Department of Foreign Languages has approved the following
undergraduate courses for graduate credit when scheduled with the
approval of the students adviser and/or department chairperson:
GER 401-412, inclusive; LAT 401-406 and 410-412, inclusive;
RUS 401-403 and 410-412, inclusive; in French and Spanish, any
two courses at the 400 level. No more than six credits of 400-level
courses may be used to satisfy degree requirements.

At least 12 semester hours of course work in education are required. (See
pages 47-48.) Currently, the courses required for state secondary certifica-
tion in foreign languages include EDF 589, EDP 550, EDM 501 or 502,
EDP 531, EDS 599. All M.Ed, students should consult with an adviser in
the Department of Counselor, Secondar)', and Professional Education.

FRENCH

GERMAN

Group A

FRE 510, 511,512,

and

513

Group A

GER 513 and 514

Group B

FRE 501, 514, and

515

Group B
GER 515

Group C

FRE 516 and 520

Group C

GER 516, 517, 518, and 520

Group D

FRE 520 and 521

Group D
♦ GER 519

LATIN

Group A

LAT 503, 511,512,

and 514

Group B

LAT 515, 521 through 531,

and 535 and 536

MASTER OF ARTS IN FRENCH OR SPANISH

(30 semester hours)

The M.A. programs in French or Spanish provide for either a thesis
or nonthesis option. Both require 21 semester hours. In French the
21 semester hours must be selected from Groups A, B, C, and D above.
The thesis program includes LAN 610 (six hours) and an additional
elective (three hours) in the area of concentration. The nonthesis
option includes nine hours of electives in the area of concentration.

In Spanish the M.A. program requires SPA 510 (three semester hours)
and LAN 610 (three semester hours), plus 24 semester hours evenly
distributed between Peninsular and Latin American literatures. The
nonthesis option includes SPA 510 (three semester hours), 21 semester
hours from Peninsular and Latin-American literatures, plus six semes-
ter hours of electives in the area of concentration (if one is chosen).

The Department of Foreign Languages has approved the following
undergraduate courses for graduate credit when scheduled with the

♦ This course may be taken again for credit.

Foreign Languages

electives for both options also may be from courses common to all
languages. (See above.) LAN 500 (or LAN 550) are strongly
recommended. The Department of Foreign Languages also has
approved any two 400-level undergraduate courses for graduate
credit, when scheduled with the approval of the student's adviser,
graduate coordinator, and/or department chairperson.

The candidate for the M.A. must pass a reading examination in a
second foreign language or must have taken and passed at least one
graduate-level course in a second foreign language.

Comprehensive examinations are required for both the Master of
Arts and the Master of Education.

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
COURSES COMMON TO ALL
LANGUAGES

Symbol: LAN

500 Methods and Materials of Research in
Second Language Education (3) Techniques of
research in foreign language education, including
sources, design, interpretation, evaluation, and
reporting of data.

502 Second Languages in the Elementary
School (3) Problems in teaching second languages
in the elementary school. Curriculum design,
bilingual education, classroom techniques, articu-
lation, materials, and testing. Preferably, LIN 501
or equivalent should precede LAN 502.

503 Techniques of Second Language Teaching
(3) Advanced course in recent theoretical bases,
methods for teaching beginning and advanced
levels, curriculum design, and evaluation.
PREREQ: LIN 501 or equivalent.

504 Use of Media in Language Teaching (3)
Role of media in language instruction including
the tape recorder, language laboratory, television,
and the computer.

505 Introduction to Bilingual/Bicultural
Education (3) Introduction to history, philosophy,
current status, and future directions of biUngual/
bicultural education. Survey of materials, tests,
techniques, instructional processes, and instruc-
tional patterns. Overview of testing, placement,
and pupil evaluation

511 Roman Civilization (3) Roman civilization

and its influences on Europe.

550 Seminar in Methods and Materials of

Research in Language and Literature (3) The

principal tools of research in the field of foreign

language and literature. Methods of conducting

and reporting research, emphasizing correctness

of form and mechanics of scholarly writing.

560 Directed Studies (3) To provide an

opportunity for students to pursue areas of study

not regularly provided by the department. Focus

of course to be announced when offered.

580 Seminar in Second Language Education

(1-4) Specialized workshop seminar devoted to a

particular area of foreign language education.

585 Institute in Second Language Education

(4-8) In-depth study of a particular area of foreign

language education.

590 Independent Study (1-3)

600 Research Report (1-2)

610 Thesis (6)

See also Linguistics (LIN)

FRENCH

Symbol: FRE

501 Commercial French (3) A study of French
economic and business systems, with extensive
practice in business correspondence.

510 French Theater (3) Principal French
dramatists analyzed against the social, political,
literary, and critical backgrounds of their age.

511 Modernism in French Literature (3) Close

consideration of some prime innovative texts of
fiction, poetry, film, and polemic as manifestations
of the spirit and aesthetic of modernism.

512 French Narrative (3) A study of prose
texts, their ethos, and their narrative techniques,
from the epics and conies of the Middle Ages to
the experimental works of the late 20th
century.

513 French Poetics (3) An intensive survey of
French poetry, its theory and practice, using
models drawTi from the whole tradition, from
Villon to Bonnefoy.

514 Contemporary France (3) A study of France
since 1945, with emphasis on current events and
social changes.

515 French Civilization (3) A study of France
since 1789, with emphasis on social, political,
economic, and educational institutions.

516 Writing Literary Criticism: Theory and
Practice (3) Study of various fields of literary
theory, including structuralism, semiotics, Marxism,
narratology, psychoanalytic criticism, and decon-
struction. Techniques of textual interpretation.

♦ 520-521-522 Topics in French Literature
and Language (3) Course topics courses will vary
by semester and instructor, and may include titles
such as genre studies, film study, women
writers, francophone writers, the study of literary
periods or movements, and structural and
applied linguistics.

523 Translation Techniques (3) A theoretical
and practical study of modes of lexical and
syntactic transposition, from LI to neutral zone to
L2. Extensive practical exercise in diverse types
of translation.

GERMAN

Symbol: GER

513 Phonetics and Advanced Oral Practice (3)

The sounds, forms, and structure of modern
standard German, using recorded materials and
selected texts.

514 Advanced Grammar and Stylistics (3)
Stylistic qualities of modem German, analyzed in
selected texts. Oral and vmtten drill.

515 German Civilization (3) Social structure of
Germany: evolution of its institutions; German
achievements in the arts.

516 The Novelle (3) The German short story
from Goethe to the present, including the German
Feuilleton and the post-World War 11 writers.

517 German Lyric Poetry (3) Major representa-
tive poets of the I9th and 20th centunes.

518 Contemporary German Literature (3)
Post- World War II literature, including poetry and
prose, along with appropriate literary criticism.

♦ 519 Seminar (3) Small-group study of
relevant topics in German literature and philology.
520 Age of Goethe (3) Works of Goethe,
Schiller, and other contemporaries. Critical works
dealing with the life of Goethe, Schiller, and others.

LATIN

Symbol: LAT

503 Techniques of the Teaching of Latin (3)

Survey and analysis of texts and other materials

for teaching Latin. Recent methods for elementary
and secondary levels. Curriculum for the
secondary level.

511 Comparative Grammar and Syntax of
Greek and Latin (3) The relation of Greek to Latin
within the Indo-European family of languages.
Survey of the external histories of Greek and Latin.
Greek and Latin phonology and morphology with
references to principles of syntax.

512 History of the Latin Language (3)
Development of the Latin language from the
earliest inscriptions to the ninth century A.D.,
with some consideration of the prehistoric
language and people in Rome.

514 Advanced Latin Prose Composition and
Translation (3) Intensive review of Latin syntax,
with translation of EngUsh passages into Latin
and vice versa.

515 Seminar in Greek and Roman Civilization
(3) A study of literary texts and archaeological
documents illustrative of the Greek mind and/or
Roman genius.

521 Cicero's Philosophical Essays (3) Studies
in the Somnium Scipionis, Tusculan Disputations,
De Natura Dcorum and De Officiis with reference to
Cicero's political theory and practice.

522 Virgil: Eclogues and Georgics (3) Studies
in the themes and methods of Virgil's Eclogues
and Georgics.

524 Comedies of Plautus (3) Origins of "comedy
of matters": study of Plautian comedy and its
influence on later writers of comedy.

526 Greek and Latin Epic (3) The Greek epic
from Homer to ApoUonius of Rhodes, and the
Latin epic from Naevious to Virgil. Readings
from the classical epics.

527 Roman Historiographers (3) Selections
from Sallust, Caesar, Livy, Tacitus, and Sueto-
nius. Origin, development, and influence of
Roman historiography.

528 Roman Satire (3) History of Roman satire
and the development of Lucilian satire. A
comparative study of the satires of Horace, Per-
sius, and Juvenal.

529 The Latin Novel (3) Emergence and
development of the Latin novel. Readings in Petro-
nius' Cena Trimalchionis, Seneca's Apocolocynto-
sis, the Pompeian Inscriptions, and Apuleius'
Metamoi'phoses.

530 Medieval Latin Literature (3) Latin poetry
and prose from the fourth to the 1 7th centuries,
with emphasis on the acquisition of a good reading
knowledge of medieval Latin in different periods
and styles.

531 Latin Epigraphy (3) Latin inscriptions
from the earliest period to the eighth century
A.D. A study of the development of the Latin
language.

535 Seminar in Interpretation of Latin Litera-
ture (3) Study of various modern approaches to
Latin literature. Analysis of selected passages or
themes from selected authors.

♦ This course may be taken again for credit.

Geography and Planning

536 Literary Criticism in Antiquity (3) Study
of selected authors or works with reference to both
ancient and modem (e.g., Horace and Quintilian)
criticism and interpretation.

SPANISH

Symbol: SPA

510 Applied Spanish Linguistics (3) A study
of Spanish morphology, phonolog)', and syntax
(sound, word, sentence formation). The structure
of the language will be studied from a theoretical
and practical perspective.

512 Advanced Spanish Grammar and Stylistics
(3) An informal, rapid review of Spanish
grammar, with emphasis on problems fundamental
to the American classroom. Exercises include
idiomatic expression, various levels of style, and
translation.

514 The Hispanic World (3) Major philosophi-
cal and artistic contributions of the Hispanic
world to Western civilization. The social and
economic institutions of the Hispanic world.
520 Medieval and Renaissance Literature (3)
Analysis of major Spanish texts and authors from
1100-1500, including Mio Cid, la Cdestina. Al-
fonso X, Manrique, Don Juan Manuel, Berceo,
Encina, and Juan Ruiz.

530 Spanish "Comedia" of the Golden Age (3)
Survey of the comedia before Lope de Vega; the
contributions of Lope de Vega; Tirso de MoUna
and Ruiz de Alarcdn; the Baroque theatre of
Calderon de la Barca.

532 Spanish Literature of the Golden Age (3)
Novel and poetr)-. Spanish literature of the 16th
and 17th centuries: mysticism, poetry, novel.

533 Cervantes (3) Life and works of Miguel Cer-
vantes Saavedra: .Vovelas ejemplares, Ocho come-
dias y otro entremeses. La Numancia, La Galatea, all
of which lead to the study of the meaning,
philosophy, and influence of Don Quixote.

535 19th-century Spanish Literature (3) An
analysis of the major movements of the century,
including Romanticism, "Costurabrismo," Real-
ism, and Naturalism.

536 The Generation of 1898 (3) The revitalizing
forces which took hold in the late 19th century,
and a study of the works of Unamuno, .■Vzorin, Me-
nendez Pidal, Pio Baroja, Valle Inclan, Benavente,
Martinez Sierra, and Ruben Dario.

537 20th-century Spanish Literature (3)
Introduction to representative works of 20th-
century Spanish literature. Authors studied in-
clude Arrabal, Cela, Delibes, Lorca, Goytisolo,
Matute. Sender, and others.

541 Colonial Latin .American Literature (3) A
study of colonial Latin .American literature within
the context of conquest and colonization, with
emphasis on religious, historical, and literary
aspects of the New World as seen through primary
authors and readings.

542 Modem Latin American Literature (3)
Spanish-American literature, thought, and culture
as revealed in outstanding works representative
of major authors and movements from the

Independence to 1950 (including Romanticism,
Modernism, Regionalism, and avani garde).

543 Contemporary Latin American Literature
(3) A study of major authors and literary
movements in contemporary Latin America,
including magical realism, theatre of the absurd,
and poetic movements

544 Latin American Theatre (3) A study of
theatre as a reflection of social realities and of
dramatic movements and techniques in Latin
America. The cultural history of the Latin
American stage also will be examined.

545 The Latin American Novel (3) The
development of the novel in Latin America. The
colonial period, the period of independence, the
romantic period; realism, modernism, criollismo,
and naturalism

546 The Black in Spanish-American Literature
(3) The characterization of blacks in Spanish-
American literature, and the political and social
context of their portrayal.

547 Hispanic Women Writers (3) An examina-
tion of representative women authors and their
prose. poetr>', and theatre from the 17th century
to the present in Spain and Spanish America.
549 Masterpieces and Movements in Spanish
Literature (3) A seminar on the development of
Spanish thought and artistic expression through
selected masterpieces of literature and art.

♦ 556 Seminar 1 (3)

♦ 557 Seminar II (3)

♦ This course may be taken again for credit.

Geography and Planning

207 Ruby Jones Hall
West Chester University
West Chester, PA 19383
610-436-2746

Dr. Rengert, Chairperson and Coordinator of Graduate Studies
Mr. Bielski, Coordinator oj Urban and Regional Planning in
U.S.A.

PROFESSORS

Arlene C. Rengert, Ph.D., University of Pennsylvania
John C. Tachovsk)-, Ph.D., University of Cincinnati
Wesley W. Thomas, Ph.D., L/niversif>' of Cincinnati

ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS

F. Robert Bielski, M.A., L'niversify 0/ Illinois, A.I.C.P.,

American Planning Association
Charles W. Grassel, M.S., University of Pennsylvania

ASSISTANT PROFESSORS

George W. Fasic, M.S., Columbia University, A.l.C.P.

(Director, Chester County Planning)
James P. Lewandowski, Ph.D., Ohio State University
Joan Welch, Ph.D., Boston University

Programs of Study

The Department of Geography and Planning offers two masters

degrees: 1) the Master of Arts in geography and 2) the Master of
Science in Administration, with a concentration in urban and regional
planning. The latter is an interdisciplinary degree described under
Master of Science in Administration.

The Master of Arts in geography is designed to develop skills and
expertise useful in solving society's problems in areas such as land
planning and management, conservation of resources, demographic
change, and location of commerce and industry. It also prepares stu-
dents for entrance into Ph.D. programs in geography, and in social
studies education.

9 semester hours

(up to) 6 semester hours

MASTER OF ARTS IN GEOGRAPHY

(33 semester hours)

1. Required Courses

GEO 503, 505, and 509

2. Thesis
GEO 610

3. Elective Courses 18 semester hours
Selected under advisement from geography, geology, mathematics,
statistics, computer science, environmental health, or other
appropriate disciplines.

4. Oral examination in defense of thesis (required)

MASTER OF SCIENCE IN ADMINISTRATION
Concentration in Urban and Regional Planning
(36 semester hours)

1. Administration Core (required) 18 semester hours
ADM 501, 502, 503, 504, 505, 506, or 507

2. Urban and Regional Planning Core (required) 6 semester hours
ADM 500 Methods and Materials of Research (3)

GEO 325 Urban and Regional Planning: Theory and Practice (3)

3. Urban and Regional Planning Electives 12 semester hours
(selected under advisement), including

ADM 600, 612

GEO 502, 505, 506, 507, 509, 521, 524, 526, 527, 530, 534, 590,

610, and 615

PSC 542 and 544

Geology and Astronomy

Each student in this concentration will develop with the graduate
coordinator a tailored contract of courses meeting the needs of
the student. The individualized contract will address the
background and career goals of the student.

Comprehensive examination (written) in concentration is required.
The examination will be based on a selected bibliography of key
works in the concentration. The bibhography will be provided at
the time the student is admitted to the program.

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
GEOGRAPHY

Symbol: GEO

♦ 502 Topical Seminar (3) Special topics in
geography of planning not offered under existing,
regularly offered courses.

503 Seminar in Modem Geography (3) A survey
of modem geographic research, with historical
perspective. Attention is given to research meth-
odology, and to the breadth of subfields and
perspectives in the discipline.

505 Map Design (3) Methods and techniques
of map design. Presentation of statistical data in
map form. PREREQ; Consent of instmctor.

506 Seminar in Physical Geography (3) This
course examines aspects of the physical environ-
ment that must be considered when planning any
site for urban, industrial, or suburban activity.

507 Maps and Aerial Photographs (3) Designed
to improve map and photo interpretation skills.
Emphasis on increased understanding of U.S.G.S.
quadrangles, and special-purpose statistical maps.
509 Quantitative Methods (3) Fundamental
statistics, methods, and techniques applied to
geographic research and decision making, such as
urban and regional planning.

521 Suburbanization and Land Development
(3) Component systems and functional operations
of urban/suburban communities, including
ecological and demographic aspects. Emphasis
on organization, development, change, and
problems of communities.

524 Population Processes (3) Characteristics
and distribution of world populations are studied.
The dynamic processes of population change
(mortality, fertility, and migration) are examined.

525 Urban and Regional Planning (3)
Application of community-planning theories and
methods to designated urban and regional systems.

526 Metropolitan Systems and Problems (3)

Urbanization processes and problems; urban
systems in the expanding metropolitan and
regional setting; present and proposed efforts to
solve urban problems.

527 Planning Law and Organization (3) An
insight into the role of federal, state, and local
governments in instituting, executing, and
judicially reviewing laws and regulations pertain-
ing to land uses. Emphasis on the legal organiza-
tion of the planning process, particularly at the
local level. Major land-use court cases are
presented and reviewed.

530 Demographic Analysis (3) A course to
develop skills m basic demographic research,
emphasizing the uses and limitations of data
sources, and the understanding and interpretation
of specific analytic methods for population
analysis.

534 Geographic Information Systems (3) The
common principles and concepts of Geographic
Information Systems; examination of the theory
and tools of spatial data analysis through specific
applications.

540 Geography of the United States and
Canada (3) A regional study of the United States
and Canada, emphasizing its physical geography,
settlement, agriculture, demography, and indus-
trial activity.

544 Geography of Latin America (3) Regional
geography of Latin America: its physical base,
settlement, agriculture, demography, and manufac-
turing are considered.

545 Geography of Europe (excluding the
U.S.S.R.) (3) Regional study of Europe. Influences
of environmental factors, such as climate, land-
forms, and soils on the economic, social, and
political condition of European nations.

546 Geography of the (Former) Soviet Union
(3) Study of the physical, territorial, and

demographic attributes of the former U.S.S.R.; an
analysis of the problems and prospects of the
Commonweahh of Independent States.

♦ 572 Seminar in Resource Management (3)
Applied research problem solving for resource
management and environmental issues designed
for an individual student or team-study basis.
585 Geography Field Methods (3) An advanced
field course that includes urban and land-use
studies. Use of field methods, mapping, and data
collection for geographical reports.

590 Independent Studies in Geography (3)
Research projects, reports, and readings in geogra-
phy. PREREQ: Approval of discipline graduate
coordinator.

♦ 610 Thesis (3-6) A thesis is developed on
a research problem for which the student
formulates a theory, proposition or hypothesis, and
investigates available information on the subject.
615 Internship (3-6) On-the-job experience in
the application of theory, execution of substantive
research, and provision of service with profes-
sional agencies at selected off-campus locations.
In addition to the above GEO courses, the fol-
lowing ADM courses are offered, especially in
connection with the Master of Science in
Administration.

500 Methods and Materials of Research (3)
Logic of scientific methodology, research design
constmction. Stress on hypothesis development
and testing, data collection, measurement prob-
lems, theory application.

♦ 600 Research Report (3)
610 Thesis (3)

612 Internship (3-6) Intensive field placement
in organizations under faculty guidance/supervi-
sion. Precontracted learning objectives.

♦ This course may be taken again for credit, up
to a maximum of six credits.

Geology and Astronomy

470 Schmucker Science Center
West Chester University
West Chester, PA 19383
610-436-2727

Dr. Wiswall, Chairperson

Dr. Pritchard, Coordinator of Graduate Studies

PROFESSORS

Sandra F. Pritchard, Ph.D., L'niversi(_y of Oregon
George Reed, Ed.D., University of Pennsylvania
John Stolar, Ed.D., Pennsylvania State University

ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS

Richard M. Busch, Ph.D., liniversit}' of Pittsburgh
John E. Ehleiter, D.Ed., Pennsylvania State University
Hubert E. Harber, M.A.T., Brown University
Allen H. Johnson, Ph.D., Case Western Reserve University

Arthur R. Smith, Ed.D., University of Pennsylvania
C. Gil Wiswall, Ph.D., University of Montana

ASSISTANT PROFESSORS

Melinda Darby Dyar, Ph.D., Massachusetts Institute of

Technology
Elizabeth LeeAnn Srogi, Ph.D., University of Pennsylvania

Programs of Study

The Department of Geology and Astronomy, in cooperation
vdth the Department of Chemistry, offers a program leading to
the Master of Arts degree in physical science. (See physical
science program.)

For the benefit of in-service teachers and other employed
persons. West Chester schedules most of its graduate classes
during late afternoons and evenings. Most of the students are
part time; that is, they take less than nine credits per semester.
The department also offers certification in earth and space
science and general science.

Geology and Astronomy

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
GEOLOGY AND ASTRONOMY

Symbol: ESS, except as noted

It is assumed that for all geologv' courses, ESS
101 is a prerequisite, and for all astronomy courses,
ESS 111 is a prerequisite. In addition, any course
may be taken with permission of the instructor.

502 Mineralogy- (3) Properties, identification,
occurrence, and crj'stallography of the more
important minerals. Fundamentals of mineral
composition and structure.

504 Historical Geology (3) Geologic history of
the earth and the evidence for this histor>',
including discussion of the formation of the earth,
atmosphere, oceans, and the historical evolution
of land, air, and sea and the life that inhabits these
environments. Examination of fossils and geo-
logic maps. PREREQ: BIO 110, CHE 104, and
CRL 104.

505 Petrology (3) Origin, classification, and
identification of rocks. Hand specimen examina-
tion. PREREQ: ESS 502.

506 Quaternary Geology (3) An investigation
of the most recent geologic period, including the
records of climate change, geomorphology,
glacial history, stratigraphy, sea level changes, and
fauna! evolution, that have accompanied the
continental glaciations of the last two million
years. Includes spring break field trip.

507 Geology of the Solar System (3) The
geolog)', origin, and properties of planets, comets,
asteroids, moons, and meteorites; planeur>'
exploration. PREREQ: One introductory course
in astronomy and one in geology.

508 Field Geology (1-3) Practical experience
in techniques and tools of the field geologist. PRE-
REQ: An introductory geolog)' course.

510 Intermediate Mineralogy (3) How the
petrographic microscope, x-ray diffraction, and
the electron microscope are used to identify
minerals. PREREQ: ESS 502.
513 Principles of Geochemistry' (3) Migration
and distribution of the chemical elements within
the earth; chemistr)' of the lithosphere, hydro-
sphere, and biosphere; chemical changes through-
out earth history; the geochemical cycle.

520 Structural Geology (3) An introduction to
structural analysis: a study of the deforma-
tional features of the earths crust and the forces
responsible for producing them. PREREQ: ESS
505, or permission of instructor.

521 Geometries (3) Application of computa-
tional and statistical methods to geological prob-
lems. Geologic sampling, data comparisons in
emironmenlal, petrologic, paleontologic, and
geochemical problems.

523 General Geologic Field Studies of South-east-
em Peimsylvania (3) Occurrence, relationships,
and geologic history of the rocks, minerals, and soils
of this area, studied at representative locations.
525 Tectonics (3) Kinematics and consequences
of plate motion, origin of orogenic belts, and
identification and analysis of modem counterparts:
accretionary wedge, magmatic core, and thrust
systems. Lab work involves vector analysis of plate
motion and palinspastic reconstmctions of thrust
systems. PREREQ: ESS 305 and 420.
ESL 527 Electron Microscopy I (3) A one-
semester lecture/laboratory course in theory
operation and applications of electron beam
technology in scientific research. Course sched-
uled on student-demand basis.
ESL 529 Electron Microscopy II (3) A one-
semester lecture/laboratory course in advanced

theories operation and applications of electron
microscopy in scientific research. Emphasis on
individual projects. PREREQ: ESL 527. Course
scheduled on student-demand basis.

530 Principles of Oceanography (3) Geology
of the ocean floor, water movements, chemical
characteristics of sea water, and vertical and
horizontal distribution of plants and animals. Brief
history of oceanography.

531 Introduction to Paleontology (3)
Identification, paleobiology, and importance of
fossils; paleoecology; and evolution.

532 Advanced Oceanography (3) An advanced
course in oceanography covering resources,
oceanographic literature, animal-sediment rela-
tionships, field techniques, estuaries, salt marshes,
sea level changes, and pollution. PREREQ: ESS
330 or 530.

535 Introduction to Remote Sensing (3) An
introduction to the science and technology of
remote sensing and the applications of remote
sensing data lo geology, oceanography, meteorol-
ogy and the environment. Includes a discussion
of the history and principles of remote sensing;
fundamentals of electromagnetic radiation;
theory and types of active and passive remote
sensing systems; fundamentals of image interpre-
tation; digital analysis of LANDSAT and AVHRR
data; operation of en\ironmental satellites; and
future imaging systems.

536 Environmental Geology (3) The application
of geological information to human problems
encountered in the physical en\ironment, such

as flooding, earthquakes, volcanic activity,
hydrology, and land use.

539 Hydrology (3) The factors that control the
distribution, occurrence, and recoverability of
groundwater; techniques for locating and estimat-
ing recoverable water; groundwater pollution and
waste water disposal PREREQ: CHE 104, CRL
104, and MAT 162.

542 Geophysics (3) Methods and techniques of
physics applied to interpreting the internal
structure and composition of the earth. PREREQ:
MAT 162, PHY 180, or PHY 140.

543 Geomorphology I (3) Lectures will present
the constructional and degradational processes that
have shaped present landforms and are
constandy modifying those landforms. Laborato-
ries will focus on the interpretation of topo-graphic
maps and the use of remote sensing materials.

544 Geomorphology II (3) A continuation of
the study of earth surface processes. Laboratories
will focus on the interpretation of topographic
maps and the use of remote sensing materials.
PREREQ: ESS 543.

545 Regional Geomorphology of North America
(3) Lectures will direct the student through a
systematic analysis of the surface configurations
and landform regions of North America; the
processes at work on these configurations in the
past and at the present; and man's relationships
to these features and processes. Laboratories will
emphasize these features, processes, and relation-
ships through the use of topographic maps and
remote sensing materials. Field projects will be
included. PREREQ: ESS 543 and 544.

546 Geology of Petroleum (3) The characteris-
tics of geologic origin and occurrence, migration,
and accumulation of petroleum. Includes a study
of reservoir fluids, traps, and dynamics and an
investigation of exploration methods.

550 Sedimentology and Stratigraphy (3)
The nature and origin of stratified deposits; the
temporal-spatial relationships among stratified

deposits, and other geologic and biologic phenome-
na; and the reconstruction of paleoenvironments.

553 Nautical Astronomy (Celestial Navigation)
(3) A study of the technical skills of celestial
navigation, covering topics such as celestial
coordinates, principles of time, and the naviga-
tional triangle, lines of position, and star
identification. PREREQ: Any algebra

and trigonometry course.

554 Archeoastronomy (3) A study of the
ancient astronomical skills, including those of
the Babylonians, Egyptians, Greeks. Chinese, Maya,
Incas, Aztecs, and the North American Indians.
PREREQ: Any descriptive astronomy course.

555 Intermediate Astronomy (3) An analytical
and qualitative analysis of selected astronomical
topics: orbits, stellar properties, telescopes,
photometry, solar surface details, nebulae, galax-
ies, and stellar evolution. Two-hour lecture and
two-hour lab, including independent observatory
work. PREREQ: Any descriptive astronomy
course and algebra/trigonometry.

562 History of Astronomy (3) The development
of astronomical theories from Greek times to
the 20th century. PREREQ: Any descriptive
astronomy course.

570 Meteorology I (3) Composition and
properties of the atmosphere and principles that
influence weather conditions.

571 Meteorology II (3) Continuation of the
study of the principles governing the earth's
atmosphere and how these principles determine
weather conditions.

575 Introduction to the Planetarium (3)
Principles and use of the planetarium in teaching.
Specific projects are assigned PREREQ: Any
general astronomy course.
580 Special Problems (1-3) Study of special
topics and current developments in the earth and
space sciences. PREREQ: Permission of
instructor.

582 Astronomy in England (3) The develop-
ment of astronomical theories and equipment in
England from prehistoric times until 20th
century. PREREQ: An introductory course in
astronomy and permission of instractor. Offered
only in summer.

♦ 591 Independent Study (1-3) An investiga-
tion by the student. PREREQ: Permission of
department.

594 Geology of the NW National Parks (4)
This course includes a field tnp to the national
parks in South Dakota, Wyoming, Montana, Idaho,
northern Utah, and Colorado. The purpose of the
course is to look at the geologic features of the
national parks in these states and to develop an
appreciation of the geology and geologic history of
the region PREREQ: Permission of instructor.

♦ 600 Thesis Research I (3) A theory is
developed on a research problem for which the
student produces a thesis. PREREQ: Permission of
adviser.

♦ 601 Thesis Research II (3) A theory is
developed on a research problem for which the
student produces a thesis. PREREQ: Permission of
adviser.

♦ 602 Directed Research I (3) A theory is
developed on a research problem for which the
student produces a graduate paper. PREREQ:
Permission of adviser.

♦ This course may be taken again for credit.

Health

♦ 603 Directed Research II (3) A theory is
developed on a research problem for which the
student produces a graduate paper. PREREQ:
Permission of ad\'iser.

650 Institute in Planetarium Education

(1-3) A course that proN'ides the noNice and
inexperienced planetarium teacher with fundamen-
tal concepts that can be taught in the planetarium;
intensive study of effective planetarium teaching
methods; supervised training and practice in the
operation; use and maintenance of the planetar-
ium. PREREQ: Permission of instructor. (Offered
only in summer.)

SCIENCE EDUCATION

S)Tnbol: SCE

500 Modem Trends in Science Education (3)

Introduction to current research in science
education; a critical resiew of the hterature.

501 Modem Trends in Teaching Earth and
Space Science (3) Recent materials and techmques
in secondar)- school earth and space science.
510 Workshop in Secondary School Curricula
(3) Study of one of the commonly used science
programs for secondarv' schools. The selected
program is announced in advance.

595 Elementary School Science Instruction

(3) A course to improve the science content
backgrounds of elementary school teachers and
administrators.

SCIENCE OFFERINGS DESIGNED FOR
ELEMENTARY SCHOOL TEACHERS

PHY 571 Physics for the Elementary Teacher (3)

♦ This course may be taken again for credit.

Health

207 South Campus
West Chester University
West Chester, PA 19383
610-436-2931

Dr. Patterson, Coordinator of Graduate Studies

PROFESSORS

John D. Lemcke, Ed.D., Temple University
Roger W. Mustahsh, Ph.D., finiversitjy of Minnesota
Robert P. Nye, Ed.D., Temple University
Maura J. Sheehan, Sc.D., University of Pittsburgh
Franklin Young, Ph.D., l/niversify of Florida

ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS

Bethann Cinelli, D.Ed., Pennsylvania State L/niversity
Jeffrey E. Harris, D.H.Sc., Loma Linda L/niversity
Gopal Sankaran, M.D., Dr. PH., University of California at
Berkeley

ASSISTANT PROFESSORS

Rebecca Brey, Ph.D., L/niversify of Florida
Lynn Carson, Ph.D., Temple University
Tammy James, Ph.D., Kent State University
Sheila Patterson, Ph.D., Southern Illinois University
Charles V. Shorten, Ph.D., Clemson University

ADJUNCT INSTRUCTOR

John P. Maher, M.D., State University of New York

Programs of Study

The Department of Health offers degree programs leading to
the Master of Education in health. Master of Science in health,
and a concentration in health services administration within
the Master of Science in Administration.

The Master of Education enriches academic preparation for
teaching in elementar)' and secondary schools. A concentration
in school health is offered.

The Master of Science is designed primarily to meet the
individual needs of the graduate student who wishes to pursue
graduate work as an aid to upgrading a career in government,
health care, industr)', research, or a related health profession.
Concentrations in environmental health, public health, and
school health are offered. The M.S. is recommended for per-
sons planning doctoral study.

The health services administration concentration in the
Master of Science in Administration program meets the needs
of those persons interested in entering the field of health
administration, and of those persons presently in health
administration interested in upgrading their careers.

Communication With the Department

All inquiries and other communications regarding the graduate
program in health should be addressed: Graduate Coordinator,
Department of Health. School of Health Sciences, West Chester
Universit)-, West Chester, PA 19383. Students also may call for
information at 610-436-2931.

MASTER OF SCIENCE PROGRAM
Admission Requirements

Applicants must meet the basic requirements of the Universit)', given
under Admission, and must present either a baccalaureate degree
attained in their anticipated major area of health or equivalent
preparation in a related field. They also must present the results of the
aptitude section of the Graduate Record Examination and two letters
of recommendation. Students who do not have adequate academic
and professional preparation in the desired program of study will be
required to take foundation courses.

Requirements for Admission to Degree Candidacy

Within the 15 semester hours of precandidacy, majors in health
must complete departmental and concentration core courses with a
minimum grade point average for these and all other courses during
precandidacy of 3.0.

Requirements for the M.S.

1. Satisfactory completion of the M.S. curriculum shown below with
a minimum overall grade point average (GPA) of 3.0.

2. Satisfactory performance on the written and/or oral comprehensive
examinations.

3. Oral defense of the thesis.

Health

Registration Policy for Thesis Credits

Thesis credits for the M.S. are earned in ENV 615 and HEA 615.
Satisfactory completion of the departmental comprehensive examina-
tions is required before registration for ENV/HEA 615 is permitted.
The student can enroll in ENV/HEA 615 only once.

CURRICULUM

(30-36 semester hours)

1. Degree Core 6 semester hours
HEA 520 Scientific Basis for Health I (3)

HEA 526 Scientific Basis for Health II (3)

2. Concentration Core 9 semester hours
Students must select one of the concentrations below:

A. SCHOOL HEALTH

HEA 620 School Health Programs (3)

HEA 622 Curriculum and Instruction for Health Education

(3)

HEA 632 Advanced Theories of Health Behavior (3)

B. PUBLIC HEALTH
HEA 500 Diseases (3)

HEA 531 The Community' as a Basis for Health (3)
HEA 632 Advanced Theories of Health Behavior (3)

C. ENVIRONMENTAL HEALTH

ENV 530 General Environmental Health (3)
ENV 540 Seminar in Environmental Health (3)
ENV 551 Environmental Toxicology (3)

3. Concentration Electives 18 semester hours
Selected under advisement

4. Additional Degree Requirements 3 semester hours
ENV/HEA 615 Thesis

MASTER OF EDUCATION IN SCHOOL HEALTH
Admission Requirements

In addition to meeting the basic requirements of the University,
given under Admission, applicants must present a baccalaureate
degree attained in the field of health, or equivalent preparation in a
related field and two letters of recommendation.

Requirements for Admission to Degree Candidacy

Within the 15 semester hours of precandidacy, the student must
complete departmental and concentration core courses with a mini-
mum grade point average (GPA) of 3.0. Students who do not have
adequate professional and/or academic preparation for the desired
program of study will be required to take foundation courses.

Requirements for the M.Ed.

1. Satisfactory completion of the M.Ed, curriculum shown below,
with a minimum overall GPA of 3.0 in the concentration.

2. Satisfactory performance on the written and/or oral comprehensive
examination.

3. Successful completion of the research project.

Registration Policy for Research Credits

Research credits for the M.Ed, are earned in HEA 601. These credits
must be preceded by successful completion of the degree core,
concentration core, and concentration electives taken under advise-
ment. Satisfactory completion of the departmental comprehensive
examinations is required before registration for HEA 601 is permit-
ted. The student can enroll in HEA 601 only once.

CURRICULUM

(39 semester hours)

1. Degree Core

HEA 520 Scientific Basis for Health I (3)
HEA 526 Scientific Basis for Health II (3)

6 semester hours

2. Concentration Core 9 semester hours
SCHOOL HEALTH

HEA 620 School Health Programs (3)

HEA 622 Curriculum and Instruction for Health Education (3)

HEA 632 Advanced Theories of Health Behavior (3)

3. Concentration Electives 21 semester hours
Selected under advisement

School Health Electives (12)
Education/Counseling Electives (9)

4. Additional Degree Requirements 3 semester hours
HEA 601 Research/Report Writing in Health Education (3)

CONCENTRATION IN HEALTH SERVICES ADMINISTRATION-
MASTER OF SCIENCE IN ADMINISTRATION

Admission Requirements

Applicants must meet the basic requirements of the University, given
under Admission, and must present either a baccalaureate degree
attained in their anticipated major area of health or equivalent
preparation in a related field. They must also present the results of the
aptitude section of the Graduate Record Examination (GRE) or the
Graduate Management Admissions Test (GMAT), submit a one-page
statement of career objectives, arrange for two letters of recommen-
dation, and have an interview with the degree admissions committee.
The department's faculty contact for the MSA program is Dr.
Sankaran, 610-436-2300. Students who do not have adequate acade-
mic and/or professional preparation for the desired program of study
will be required to take foundation courses.

Requirements for Admission to Degree Candidacy

Within the 15 semester hours of precandidacy, majors in the health
services administration concentration must complete three of the
administration core courses and two of the health services
administration core with a minimum GPA of 3.0.

Requirements for the M.S. in Administration

1. Satisfactory completion of the M.S. curriculum shown below viath
a minimum overall GPA of 3.0.

2. Satisfactory performance on the written and/or oral comprehensive
examinations in HEA 520, 526, 630, and 631.

3. Complete each of the six administrative core courses with a grade
of at least "B."

CURRICULUM

(36 semester hours)

1. Administration Core 18 semester hours
ADM 501 Administration Theory and Environment (3)

ADM 502 Computers for Managers (3)
ADM 503 Accounting for Administration (3)
ADM 504 Communication for Administrators (3)
ADM 505 Organizing Human Resources (3)
ADM 506 Budgeting and Fiscal Management (3) or
ADM 507 Liability for Managers (3)

2. Health Department Core 6 semester hours
HEA 520 Scientific Basis for Health I (3)

HEA 526 Scientific Basis for Health 11 (3)

3. Health Concentration Core 6 semester hours
A. HEALTH SERVICES ADMINISTRATION

HEA 630 Health Care Administration (3)
HEA 631 Health Services Law (3)

4. Concentration Electives 6 semester hours
Selected under advisement for Health Services Administration

Health

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
HEALTH

Symbol: ENV

524 Industrial Hygiene (3) A study of the recog-
nition, evaluation, and control of health hazards in
the work environment. PREREQ; ENV 530, permis-
sion of instructor.

530 General Environmental Health (3)
Methods of promoting health by controlling envi-
ronmental factors relating to air, water, wastes,
housing, radiation, and industrial hygiene.

532 Hospital Environment (3) A comprehensive
assessment of the environmental health aspects of
hospitals, including microbiologic considerations,
environmental hygiene, safety, general sanitation,
and administration.

533 Water Quality and Health (3) An exam-
ination of the physical, chemical, and biological
characteristics of natural waters and their signifi-
cance for human health; methods of water
treatment and distribution also will be considered.

534 Watershed Dynamics (3) A detailed exami-
nation of watersheds, with emphasis on spatial and
temporal variability of water pollution parameters.
Methods of assessing pollution of water resources
will be presented.

536 Hazardous Waste Management (3) An
assessment of the sources, characteristics, and
human health effects of hazardous wastes, with
emphasis on the design and implementation of con-
trol practices. PREREQ: ENV 530.

537 Water Pollution Control (3) The principles
and practice of pollution control of municipal and
industrial wastewaters. Emphasis on wastewater
characterization, monitoring, and treatment facility
operations.

538 Ground Water Contamination (3) Provides
a qualitative and quantitative examination of the
fate, transport, and remediation of contaminants in
ground water.

540 Seminar in Environmental Health (3)
Directed reading, discussions, and oral presentation
on contemporary issues in environmental health.
PREREQ: ENV 530.

545 Risk Assessment (3) Provides a quahtative
and quantitative examination of hazard, toxicity, and
exposure assessment to establish human health and
ecological risk from enxironmental contamination.

546 Environmental Assessment (3) An examina-
tion of methodologies necessary to conduct compre-
hensive environmental assessments. Monitoring
strategies, field sampling techniques, and data quali-
ty assurance will be presented. Particular emphasis
will be given to the applications of geographic infor-
mation systems (CIS) to environmental assessments.

547 Environmental Regulations (3) Provides a
fundamental overview of major environmental law
principles. Focuses on a wide range of air, waste,
water, transportation, and occupational regulations.
551 Environmental Toxicology (3) A multi-
faceted investigation of the health problems caused
by various toxins and hazards found in the general
environment and the workplace. The human body's
reactions to environmental toxins; how suspected
environmental toxins are experimentally investigat-
ed and the specific health effects of criucal environ-
mental toxins will be emphasized. PREREQ:

ENV 530, permission of the instructor.
553 Occupational Safety (3) A study of the prac-
tices to reduce safety risks in the work environment
through recognition, evaluation, and control of
safety hazards. PREREQ: ENV 530, permission of
instructor.

581 Special Topics (1-3) An in-depth study of
selected, current topics relevant to the develop-
ment of environmental health professionals.
Specific topics will be noted in the master schedule.
PREREQ: ENV 530, permission of insuoictor.
615 Thesis (3) A course for the Master of Science
candidate. Students will select a topic, review the
literature, prepare and conduct a research proposal,
and write the thesis document. The student will
defend the proposal and thesis document before a
thesis committee.

Symbol: HEA

500 Diseases (3) Provides a contemporary view of
disease and prevention, and a more precise under-
standing of disease processes. Body systems are
re\'iewed, and the etiology, pathophysiology, symp-
toms, diagnostic techniques, and treatment methods
used in selected diseases are studied. Illnesses most
frequendy found in our society are explored.
503 Human Nutrition (3) Selected topics in
human nutrition will be extensively examined, such
as fiber and health, vitamins and minerals
in health and disease, methods of weight control,
anorexia nervosa, and bulimia. Emphasis is placed
on methods of evaluating nutrition-related litera-
ture and claims, and interpretation of data and sci-
entific studies relevant to nutrition.
506 Current Issues in Death and Dying (3) The
course is intended to provide accurate information
on a variety of topics related to death. Students will
examine theories and concepts related to controver-
sial issues of death and dying.

510 Adolescent Medicine Issues (3) This course
is designed for the health professional working with
adolescents. Topics will include eating disorders,
sports medicine issues, risk behaviors, and other
common concerns among adolescents.

511 Stress Management Techniques and Pro-
gram Development (3) The first half of the course
is devoted to examining basic stress concepts, the
psychophysiology of stress, common stressors and
their effect, and the relationship between stress and
disease. The second half consists of a comprehen-
sive review of stress management techniques that
deal with cognitive restructuring, relaxation, and
relationship building. Considerable emphasis is
placed on personal application and group interac-
tion in the classes.

512 AIDS and Public Health (3) Epidemiology of
HlV/AlDS; namral history of HIV infection, psy-
chosocial, economic, educational, ethical, legal, and
health care issues related to HIV/AIDS will be
addressed. Impact on social groups (minorities,
women, and adolescents) will be discussed. Heath
promotion and disease prevention strategies will be
highlighted.

515 Professional Ethics and the Health
Professions (3) This course focuses on professional
ethical issues relevant to health in various settings.
Students will examine ethical principles and theories
underlying ethical dilemmas. Major areas of empha-
sis include ethical decision making, principles and
theories, codes of ethics, protection of human sub-
jects, and etfiical concerns in graduate education.
520 ScienUfic Basis for Health I (3) An
overview of the epidemiological model of disease
causation. Various epidemiological study designs
and their applications will be presented.
522 Gerontology (3) Information on past and
present trends concerning services to the elderly.
Discussions on contemporary gerontological prob-
lems and factors affecting the treatment of the
elderly. This broad-based, introductory course is for
those interested in die aging population.

525 Elementary School Healtji Education (3)
Trends in elementary school health: curricular
approaches and emphasis, teaching strategies, moti-
vational techniques, resources, materials, issues,
problems, and evaluations PREREQ: Background
in elementary education.

526 Scientific Basis for Health II (3) An
overview of scientific methods, research designs,
samphng, and survey techniques pertinent to

the study of health issues will be presented. Choice
and use of epidemiological and statistical software to
analyze health data sets will be emphasized.

527 Sexual Issues in Modem Society I (3) Meet
with professionals in vanous settings to discuss cur-
rent sexual concerns, potential problems, and how
to incorporate and handle these within the school
curriculum. Sexual topics to include harassment,
abuse, ethics, and reUgion. Course assumes basic
knowledge of human sexuality.

528 Sexual Issues in Modem Society II (3)
Emphasis is on experiential learning through such
activities as visiting sites and speaking with health
professionals. Included will be the Birthing Center,

Women's Clinic, Planned Parenthood, and the Rape
Crisis Center. Course assumes basic knowledge of
human sexuality.

531 The Community as a Basis for Health (3)
An analysis of the community with its diverse pof)-
ulation and its response to critical and current
health problems. Emphasis will be placed on the
need for balance between individual and communi-
ty needs, rights, and responsibilities.
533 Evaluation of Health Programs (3) Emphasis
will focus on the procedures essential to the evalua-
tion of health programs in a variety of settings
(community, medical, school, worksite). Major
areas include: conducting needs assessments, quali-
ty assurance measures, data collection methods,
and preparation of final reports. Includes both the-
oretical and practical experience.
581 Special Topics (3) In-depth study of select-
ed health topics current to the interests and needs of
professionals serving in various health and
health-related areas. Topics for each workshop will
be announced prior to the first day of each semester.
601 Research/Report Writing in Health
Education (3) The M.Ed, candidate selects a
school health issue or a critical topic for review of
the literature and produces a scholarly manuscript
for publication in a professional journal. PREREQ:
Permission of instructor.
609 Independent Study and Special Projects
(1-3) Research projects, seminar papers, reports
of special conferences, and reading in health.
PREREQ: Administrative approval.
611 Field Placement (3) A project for students
in health concentrations. All core course work
should be completed before beginning the project.
Permission of graduate coordinator required.
615 Thesis (3) A course for the M.S. candidate.
Smdents will select a topic, re\iew the literature, pre-
pare a research proposal, and conduct and write the
thesis. The student will defend the proposal and the-
sis document before a thesis committee. PREREQ:
Successful completion of comprehensive exains.
620 School Health Programs (3) This course
provides the theoretical underpinnings of the pro-
fession, professional responsibilities, and program-
matic and critical issues in comprehensive school
health programs.

622 Curriculum and Instruction (3) This course
will address the foundation, philosophy, and prac-
tice of comprehensive school health education.
Major focus in on the development, implementa-
tion, and evaluation of K-12 comprehensive school
health education.

623 Substance Use Prevention (3) Designed for
future and present school and public health edu-
cators, this course includes content and program
planning skills for community and school: tobac-
co, alcohol, and other drug prevention curricu-
lum and programs.

630 Health Care Administration (3)
Administrative and management techniques
acquired in the administrative core are applied to
the problems involved in health administration/
management. Topics will include federal, state, and
local health agencies; health care centers;
organization principles; personnel factors; public
relations; and fiscal management.

631 Health Services Law (3) An analysis of the
basic legal concepts and major legal issues that
are important to and directly affect the health
services administrator. Topics include legal
frameworks of health organizations and health
practitioners, administrative policy, contracts,
consent, patient's rights, legal death, insurance,
liability, and research.

632 Advanced Theories of Health Behavior (3)
An advanced course on current theories in health
behavior and the application of these theories to
management methods in the health care field.
Topics include trends in health behavior, health
concerns, analysis of the decision-making process,
and factors affecting health behavior.

UNDERGRADUATE COURSES FOR
GRADUATE CREDIT

The Department of Health has approved the
following undergraduate courses for graduate

History

credit when scheduled with the approval of the

student's adviser and department chairperson.

No more than six credits of 400-level course

work may be used to satisfy graduate degree

requirements.

ENV 459 Industrial Health Engineering (3)

Students will learn the various environmental

health control strategies and the theoretical bases
for these strategies. Students also will improve
their quantitative skills by solving problems con-
cerning the control of environmental health and
safety hazards. Cost effectiveness, as well as tech-
nical effectiveness, will be discussed.
ENV 460 Industrial Hygiene Techniques (3)
Evaluation techniques for monitoring the industn-

al environment will be learned in a laboratory set-
ting and in the held These techniques will
include monitoring of air quality, air flow, noise,
heat stress, and radiation. Evaluation of personal
protective equipment, pulmonary function testing,
and audiometric testing also will be investigated.
PREREQ: ENV 350, 452, or permission of
instructor.

History

506 Main Hall

West Chester University

West Chester, PA 19383

610-436-2201

Mr. Doyle, Chairperson

Dr. Boes, Coordinator of Graduate Studies

PROFESSORS

H.James Burgwyn, Ph.D., University of Pittsburgh
Anne O. Dzamba, Ph.D., University of Delaware
Claude R. Foster, Ph.D., University of Pennsylvania
Thomas J. Heston, Ph.D., Case Western Reserve University
Patricia C.Johnson, Ph.D., University of Rochester
Donn C. Riley, Ph.D., St. Louis University
Irene G. Shur, Ed.D., University of Pennsylvania
Norbert C. Soldon, Ph.D., University of Delaware
Jane B. Swan, Ph.D., University of Pennsylvania
John J. Turner, Jr., Ph.D., Columbia University
Richard J. Webster, Ph.D., University o/ Pennsylvania
Robert J. Young, Ph.D., University o/ Pennsylvania

ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS

Lawrence R. Davidson, Ph.D., University of Alberta
Raymond A. Doyle, M.S., West Chester University
W. Bennett Peters, Ph.D., University of California, Santa
Barbara

ASSISTANT PROFESSORS

Maria Boes, Ph.D., City University of New York
Charles Hardy, III, Ph.D., Temple University
William Hewitt, Ph.D., University of Wyoming
James Jones, M.A., University of Delaware
Jon Zimmerman, Ph.D., Johns Hopkins University

Programs of Study

The Department of History offers two degrees: the Master of
Arts in history and, in cooperation wdth the School of
Education, the Master of Education in social science with a
concentration in history.

The Master of Arts degree in history provides a sound
foundation for more effective teaching on the secondary level,
for study leading to the doctorate, and for persons employed
in industry and government. Study for the degree also
enriches students' general cultural background and helps them
to evaluate current events in light of the past.
The M.A. in history may be earned by completing either a
thesis or nonthesis program. The candidate in the thesis
program must pass a reading-proficiency test in an appropriate
foreign language. The candidate, with the department chair-
person's or graduate coordinator's permission, may substitute a
demonstrated competency in statistics or a similar field.
Students in the Master of Arts program in history (thesis or
nonthesis option) are advised by the Department of History.
The Master of Education in history is designed to provide in-

service teachers with additional professional education

courses and an opportunity to enlarge their understanding of

the historical past. It also is designed for the holders of the

bachelor's degree who wish to earn state teacher certification

while working toward a master's. Students in this program

are advised by the Department of History.

In both programs, admission to full-degree candidacy requires

a grade point average (GPA) of 3.0.

Applicants who do not meet the above criteria may be admitted

on a provisional basis. Students so admitted should apply

for full-degree candidacy upon completion of 12 to 18 hours

of applicable course work with at least a 3.0 GPA.

In both programs, candidates must pass written comprehensive

examinations at or near the conclusion of their course work.

The comprehensives are administered once each semester.

Those candidates wishing to take the comprehensives in a

given semester should contact the graduate coordinator during

the first three weeks of the semester.

MASTER OF ARTS IN HISTORY

(30 semester hours)

Thesis Option

American History (6)

European History (6)

Non- Western World History (6)

Seminar (in American, European, or Non-Western) (3)

HIS 500 Methods and Materials of Research in History (3)

(May be waived with permission of chairperson or graduate

coordinator)
HIS 691 Thesis (3-6)
History Elective (1-3)
Nonthesis Option
American History (6)
European History (6)
Non-Western World History (6)
Seminar (in American, European, or Non-Western) (3)
HIS 500 Methods and Materials of Research in History (3)

(May be waived with permission of chairperson or graduate

coordinator)
History Electives (6-9)

MASTER OF EDUCATION IN SOCIAL SCIENCE
Concentration: History

(36 semester hours)

1. Professional education requirements

(See pages 47-48.) 12 semester hours

2. History courses (under advisement) 15-18 semester hours

3. HIS 500 Methods and Materials of Research

in History 3 semester hours

4. HIS 650, 651, or 652 3 semester hours

5. Electives (professional education or

academic) 1-3 semester hours

The Department of History has approved the following undergradu-
ate courses for graduate credit when scheduled with the approval of
the student's adviser and/or the department's chairperson: HIS 406,
411, 412, 415, 420, 421, 422, 423, 425, 426, 427, 435, 447, 451,
455, 462, and 474. No more than six credits of 400-level course
work may be used to satisfy graduate degree requirements.

History

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
HISTORY

See also Social Science (SSC)
Symbol: HIS

500 Methods and Materials of Research in
History (3) Basic techniques and procedures in
research; major types of research and methods for
locating, evaluating, and interpreting evidence.
The student develops a tentative oudine, bibliog-
raphy, and summary of an investigative proce-
dure. Required of all degree-program students.

501 Studies in the History and Culture of South
Asia (3) The Indian subcontinent's dominant
poUtical, cultural, and economic institutions.
Features which contribute to an understanding of
modem India and Pakistan.

505 Studies in the History and Culture of East
Asia (3) The traditional basis for modern
Chinese, Japanese, and Korean societies. The
interaction between European and Asian cultures
and resulting changes in East Asia.

509 Contemporary History of the Middle East

(3) Recent history of major Middle Eastern
societies; Iran and the oil situation; Israel and the
Palestinian question; conflicting cultures.

511 Studies in the History and Culture of
Emerging Africa (3) Emergence of modem African
nationalism against the background of traditional
African society and the legacy of European
colonialism.

512 Independent Black Africa (3) The post-
war experience of Sub-Saharan Africa, viewed in
the light of the end of European colonial
administration and the growth of an independent
African society.

515 The Cultural and Intellectual History of
Latin America (3) Pre-Columbian art and thought,
scholasticism, mercantilism, the Great Debate,
Baroque architecture. Enlightenment, conser-
vatism, liberalism. Romanticism, Modemism, Posi-
tivism, Jose Enrique Rodo, Aprismo, Mexican
muralists, novel of social protest, existentialism,
and music. Lineaments of the Latin-American
mind.

516 Modem Mexico (3) Mexico during the
19th and 20th centuries; stress on the dramatic
transformation of Mexico from backwardness to
modernity in the short period of a century and
a half

530 Problems in Medieval Civilization (3)

Rise and fall of the Byzantine Empire, conquests
of the Arabs and Turks, the crusades for the
recovery of the Holy Land; the religious orders
and the universal aspirations of the Papacy.

531 The Renaissance (3) Political, social, and
cultural transitions in Italy and Northern Europe,
1350-1550.

532 The Reformation (3) Major and minor
Protestant leaders and their movements; effects
on the evolving nation-states; the Church of
Rome's response; Wars of Religion and Treaty of
Westphalia; the Scientific Revolution.

533 Dynastic Europe: 1648-1789 (3) The
absolute dynastic monarchy as best exemplified
by France, Pmssia, and Russia; the middle class
challenge as typified by the English experience;
the Enlightenment and the New Science; capital-
ism; colonialism; and wars of empire.

535 Nationalism and Democracy: 1815-1914

(3) Aftermath and effect of the French Revolution-
ary era; events brought on by the growth of
nationalism and democracy; development of the
industrial revolution. Roots of the First World War.

536 Europe Since 1914 (3) Twentieth-centur)'
Europe, with emphasis on causes of World War I:
Europe between World War I and World War

II; problems of contemporary Europe.

540 The Evolution of Modem Russia (3) A

cultural approach to the historical development
of Russia from the foundation of Kiev to the
Revolution of 1917. Emphasis is on Russia's
political and aesthetic uniqueness.

542 Women and Children in Early Modem
Europe (3) Focuses on the private and public life
of women and children of diverse social status
in various European countries. Special attention
is given to changing social, religious, economic,
and cultural attitudes and how they affected the
lives of women and children.

545 Holocaust (3) The study of steps leading
to the Holocaust (1933-1945), the Holocaust itself,
and the aftermath. The rise of Nazism is included.

550 Colonial America: 1607-1763 (3)
Development of the 13 colonies of Anglo-
America from their setdement to mid- 18th
century. Emphasis on a conceptual analysis of
specific events and problems.

551 Revolutionary America: 1763-1789 (3)

American development from the mid-lBth
centur)' to the framing of the Constitution, with
emphasis on the causes of the American
Revolution and the evolution of American institu-
tions and ideas throughout the period.

553 The Rise of the New Nation: 1789-1850

(3) A historiographical approach involving inter-
pretations of the foundations and develop-
ment of the Federalist Party, emergence of Jeffer-
sonian Democracy, evolution of Jacksonian
Democracy, and events of the Middle Period
leading to the decade of controversy.

554 Civil War and Reconstmction: 1850-1877
(3) The War and its aftermath as the great
watershed of United States national history.
Emphasis on the conflicting interpretations of the
causes, nature, and effects of the Civil War.

555 Emergence of Modem America: 1876-
1923 (3) Rise of industry, labor, immigration, and
new cultural patterns; emergence of new political
alignments, rise of imperialism, development of
hberalism and reform; America's stmggle for
neutrality and her participation in World War I.

556 America Since 1919 (3) The impact of
urbanization and industralization on society,
politics, and economics; the problems of wars —
declared and undeclared — and the various
policies for peace.

557 Problems in American Constitutional
Development (3) Selected problems in the
development of American constitutional govern-
ment. The progressive adaptation of the law to a
changing social and economic order. Conflicts
such as nationalism versus states' rights, and
vested rights versus police power.

558 Recent American Diplomatic History

(3) American foreign policy in Europe, Asia, Latin

America, and the Middle East from 1945 to the
present. Objectives sought by the United States
and the political, mihtary, economic, and social
policies pursued; origins of the Cold War.

559 American Urban History (3) Research
methods and approaches for studying the history
of cities in America. Emphasis on quantitative
analysis, including studies of urban population,
social mobility, and voting patterns.

561 The Indian in America's Past (3) The

dispossession of the American Indian: land seizures,
wars and treaties, cultural contact; customs,
mores, economic, and religious life of the Indian;
assimilation and preservation of Indian culture.

563 Biography (3) Considers the role of the
individual and the writing of biography as a
problem in historical thinking and research.

601 Directed Readings in American History

(3) A critical examination of significant works on
selected topics in the field. PREREQ: Permission
of graduate coordinator.

602 Directed Readings in European History

(3) A critical examination of significant works on
selected topics in the field. PREREQ: Permission
of graduate coordinator.

603 Directed Readings in World and Regional
History (3) A critical examination of significant
works on selected topics in the field. PREREQ:
Permission of graduate coordinator.

650 Seminar in American History (3) Selected
problems in American history. Subject announced
in advance of each semester. PREREQ: HIS 500.

651 Seminar in European History (3) Selected
problems in European history. Subject announced
in advance of each semester. PREREQ: HIS 500.

652 Seminar in History of the Non-Western
World (3) Selected problems in non-Western
world history. Subject announced in advance of
each semester. PREREQ: HIS 500.

660 Field Studies in History (3-6) A fully
supervised learning experience, usually a tour,
designed to expose students to the culture, artifacts,
and research facilities of a given country or area.

690 Independent Studies in History (1-3)
Research projects, reports, and readings in
history. PREREQ: Approval of department chair-
person.

691 Thesis (3-6)

SOCIAL SCIENCE

Symbol: SSC

502 Methods and Materials for Teaching Social
Studies (3) Current practices and procedures;
organization and planning; the use of classroom,
library, and curriculum materials; testing, measure-
ments, and evaluation; bibhographical sources
for both teachers and students.

580 Ethnic Cultures Institute (3) An interdisci-
plinary offering, the institute considers the
contributions of ethnic groups to the culture of
the United States. Designed primarily for teachers,
community action personnel, and students who
wish to increase knowledge and skills for
developing meaningful intergroup relationships
and improving classroom instraction. Educators
and community leaders take part.

Instructional Media

Instructional Media

Room 302E Recitation Hall
West Chester University
West Chester, PA 19383
610-436-2233

Dr. Spiecker, Chairperson

Ms. Rumfield, Coordinator of Graduate Studies

PROFESSOR

Joseph M. Spiecker, Ed.D., Nova University

ASSISTANT PROFESSORS

Robert Momeyer, M.Ed., Lehigh University
Russell E. Reis, M.Ed., West Chester L/niversity
Michael Ruffini, M.S., West Chester University
Nancy J. Rumfield, M.S., West Chester University

Programs of Study

Students may apply for degree candidacy and work toward
an M.S. or M.Ed, in instructional media, or they may complete
the Instructional Technology Specialist Certification Program.

Admission Requirements

All candidates must meet the general requirements for admission to a
degree program at West Chester University, listed under Admission.

Admission to Degree Candidacy

Before completing 15 semester hours, students must meet the
following requirements for degree candidacy:

1. A 3.0 grade point average (GPA) in EDM course work and a 3.0
in all graduate course work.

2. Successful performance on the Miller Analogies Test or Graduate
Record Exam.

3. Satisfactory' performance on a qualifying examination in instruc-
tional media after completion of 12 semester hours.

Degree Requirements

1. Successful completion of all course work.

2. A 3.0 GPA in courses in educational media and a 3.0 in all
graduate course work.

3. Satisfactory performance on the comprehensive examination.

MASTER OF SCIENCE

(35-39 semester hours)

This program is designed for the many fields outside education,
where highly skilled personnel are needed in the growing areas of
training and instructional media.

CURRICULUM

a) Required Courses 26-30 semester hours

EDM 502 Selection and Effective Utilization of Instructional
Media (3)

EDM 503 Developing Mediated Individualized Program (3)

EDM 505 Theory of Movie Production (3)

EDM 523 Design and Production of Visual Materials (3)

EDM 525 Basic Photography (3)

EDM 533 Basic TV Production (3)

EDM 560 Organization and Administration of Media
Programs (3)

EDM 563 Field Study of Media Programs (3)

EDM 591 Seminar in Research in Communications (2-6)

b) Concentration Area 9 semester hours

(Six credits in one of the following, totalling nine credits in area
of concentration)

Photography
EDM 513 Production of Multimedia Programs (3)
EDM 525 Basic Photography (3)
EDM 526 Intermediate Photography (3)
EDM 528 Advanced Still Photography (3)

Instructional Design

EDM 503 Developing Mediated Individualized Programs (3)
EDM 524 Advanced Production of Visuals Materials (3)
EDM 529 Production of 8-mm Movies (3)
EDM 552 Computer AppUcations in Education (3)

Television

EDM 531 Cinematography II (3)

EDM 533 Basic TV Production I (3)

EDM 534 Instructional Television Production II (3)

EDM 535 Instructional Television Production III (3)

Research in Communication

EDF 500 Methods and Materials of Research (3)
EDM 591 Seminar in Research in Communication (3-6)
EDM 595 Independent Studies in Instructional Media (1-3)
RES 520 Research Design (3)
RES 650 Research Report (3)

MASTER OF EDUCATION

(33 semester hours)

This degree is offered to candidates who possess an Instructional Level
I or Instructional Level II certificate. It prepares them for positions
as instructional media coordinators in elementary and secondary
schools, and for instructional and administrative positions in colleges.

CURRICULUM

a) Required Courses (outside department) 6 semester hours

EDF 500 Methods and Materials of Research in Education (3)
EDM 505 Theory of Movie Production (3)
EDF 510 Educational Foundations (3)

b) Required EDM Courses 15 semester hours

EDM 502 Selection and Effective Utilization of Instructional

Media (3)
EDM 503 Developing Mediated Individualized Programs (3)
EDM 523 Design and Production of Visual Materials (3)
EDM 560 Organization and Administration of Media Programs (3)
EDM 590 Internship in Instructional Media (2-6)

c) Electives 12 semester hours

(Chosen under advisement)
EDM 501 Orientation to Instructional Media (3-6)
EDM 505 Theory of Movie Production (3)
EDM 508 Instructional Materials in the Elementary School

Curriculum (3)
EDM 513 Production of Multimedia Programs (3)
EDM 524 Advanced Production of Visual Materials (3)
EDM 525 Basic Photography (3)
EDM 526 Intermediate Photography (3)
EDM 528 Advanced Still Photography (3)
EDM 531 Cinematography II (3)
EDM 533 Basic Television Production I (3)
EDM 534 Instructional Television Production II (3)
EDM 535 Instructional Television Production III (3)
EDM 563 Field Study in Media Programs (3)
EDM 565 Seminar in Mass Media (2)
EDM 591 Seminar in Research in Communications (2-6)

Kinesiology

CERTIFICATION PROGRAM

Instructional Technology Specialist

Courses required for certification in the Instructional Technology

Specialist Certification Program include EDM 502, 503, 523, 560, and

590. Courses also may be required in photography, film, or TV,
depending on the student's entry level into the certification program.
To receive the certificate, students must successfully complete 24
credits and a proBciency exam.

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
INSTRUCTIONAL MEDIA

Symbol; EDM

501 Orientation to Instructional Media

(3-6) Survey of modern instructional media with
opportunities for laboratory activities.

502 Selection and Effective Utilization of
Instructional Media (3) Evaluates diverse t>'pes
of instructional media and explores means of
integrating and using media in instructional and
training programs.

503 Developing Mediated, Individualized
Programs (3) A workshop stressing the devel-
opment of individualized, mediated instructional
packages using the systems approach. PREREQ:
EDM 501 or 502.

505 Theory of Movie Production (3) History
and development of the motion picture; produc-
tion techniques, the impact of 35-mm and 16-mm
film, and the comparison of him production to
television production.

508 Instructional Materials in the Elementary
School Curriculum (3) Practice in techniques
of using and evaluating communications media
in the classroom.

513 Production of Multimedia Programs (3)
Lectures, discussions, demonstrations, and lab
sessions. Each student will prepare a multimedia
presentation. PREREQ: EDM 525.

523 Design and Production of Visual Materials

(3) Students explore the areas of design as they relate
to the production of visual insuuctional materials.

524 Advanced Production of Visual Materials
(3) Advanced design and production of visual
materials through various techniques, including
computer technolog)'. PREREQ: EDM 523.

525 Basic Photography (3) A basic laboratory
course in taking and processing still pictures and
images.

526 Intermediate Photography (3) A workshop
course for those who have had a basic photogra-
phy course or previous photographic experience.
PREREQ: EDM 525.

528 Advanced Still Photography (3) Lecture
and laboratory experiences in large format, and
electronic visual production. PREREQ: EDM 525.
531 Cinematography II (3) Film and \ideo
post production techniques are explored. Impor-
tance of research as well as management and
administration factors of hlm/video post produc-
tion will be studied. PREREQ: EDM 533 or 505.

533 Basic TV Production I (3) Theory/prepro-
duction techniques will be covered. PREREQ:
EDM 505.

534 Instructional Television Production II (3)
Planning, writing, producing, and evaluating
television productions. PREREQ: EDM 533.

535 Instructional Television Production III (3)
Advanced TVAideo productions will be required.
PREREQ: EDM 534.

552 Computer Applications in Education (3)

Development of specialized instructional and
management applications of hardware and soft-
ware, including the use of desktop publishing.
560 Organization and Administration of Media
Programs (3) The study of the philosophy,
principles, and policies that are needed to
manage/administrate an effective media services
program. PREREQ: 12 graduate credits in
instructional media.

563 Field Study of Media Programs (3) A
scheduled group or individualized tour, foreign
or domestic, in which students investigate
notable installations or projects in instructional
media.

565 Seminar in Mass Media (2) E.xplores
current problems in the use of instructional media.
PREREQ: 12 graduate credits in instructional
media.

590 Internship in Instructional Media (2-6)
Practicum in supenising and implementing
instructional services. PREREQ: 18 credits in
instructional media.

591 Seminar in Research in Communications
(2-6) Basic elements of communication theory,
applied to instructional media. Research m
instructional media is analyzed.

595 Independent Studies in Instructional

Media (1-3)

598 Workshop in Instructional Media (3-6)

Kinesiology (formerly Physical
Education)*

Health and Physical Education Center
West Chester University
West Chester, PA 19383
610-436-2260

Dr. Lank, Chairperson

Dr. Smith, Coordinator of Graduate Studies

PROFESSORS

Monita M. Lank, Ph.D.
Richard B. Yoder, M.A.

L'niversif>' of Iowa
Villanova University

ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS

Frances Cleland, P. ED., Indiana University
Karen M. Koehler, Ed.D., University of North

Carolina — Greensboro
Monica P. Lepore, Ed.D., New York University
Susan W. Lubking, Ed.D., Temple Universit>'
Paul K. Smith, Ph.D., SouthetTi Illinois University
John Williams, Ph.D., Universit>' of London

ASSISTANT PROFESSORS

Frank F. Fry, D.P.E., Springfield College
John Helion, Ed.D., Columbia University
W. Craig Stevens, Ph.D., Temple University
M. Kent Todd, Ph.D., University of North Carolina-
Greensboro
Karin Volkwein, Ph.D., Universit>' of Tennessee

ADJUNCT

C. Daniel Moser, Ph.D., Tanple University'
Tony J. Verde, Ph.D., University of Toronto

Program of Study

The Department of Kinesiology offers programs leading to a
Master of Science degree in physical education with concentra-
tions in general physical education, and exercise and sport
physiology. A Master of Science in Administration degree with a
concentration in sport and athletic administration also is
offered. The Master of Science degree in physical education,
general physical education concentration (research project
track), enriches academic preparation for teaching in the public
schools or for obtaining employment in the various professions
related to physical education. The Master of Science degree in
physical education, exercise and sport physiology concentration
(research report track), enriches academic preparation for
working in adult fitness, cardiac rehabilitation, and other clini-
cal programs. Both Master of Science degrees in physical educa-
tion (thesis track) are designed primarily to meet the individual
needs of graduate students who want to pursue graduate work
beyond the masters degree or a career in research. It also may
prepare personnel for staff positions in education, government,
and industry.

The sport and athletic administration concentration in the Master
of Science in Administration program is designed to provide acade-
mic preparation for those persons interested in entering the field of
sport and athletic administration, and to assist in upgrading the
credentials of those persons presently in the fields of sport and
athletic administration.

'Change is effective July 1, 1995.

Kinesiolog)'

Certification in driver education and safe living also is offered
by the Department of Kinesiology, as a summer program.

The Professor Russell Sturzebecker Scholarship

The Graduate Division in the School of Health Sciences in the
Department of Kinesiology administers the Professor Russell
Sturzebecker Scholarship. Through the generosity of Mr. John F.
Unruh, a $100 award is made each semester to a "worthy and needy"
graduate student in health and physical education. The award is
donated by Mr. Unruh in honor of Professor Sturzebecker.
The recipient must be working full time in the field of health and
physical education and must be a part-time student at West Chester
University working towards a master's degree in his or her
professional field.

Graduate students who meet the above criteria are invited to submit
a letter of application for the scholarship along with a resume of
their professional and academic status. These documents should be
submitted to the chairperson of the Department of Kinesiology' on or
before December 1 5 for the first semester award and on or before
March 15 for the second semester.

The Graduate Scholarship

The Graduate Division of the Department of Kinesiology administers
a graduate scholarship. The amount of money awarded may vary
somewhat from year to year depending on the funds available, but it
is anticipated that the award will be approximately S300 each year.
Selection criteria include scholarship, citizenship and character,
leadership, need, and ability in, and/or contribution to, specific areas
of health or physical education.

Application forms are available from the Department of Kinesiology,
Room 106, South Campus.

Communication With the Department

All inquiries and other communications regarding the graduate
program in physical education should be addressed to the coordinator
of graduate studies and sent to the department address above.

Comprehensive Examination

The comprehensive examination for graduate students in physical
education is administered twice a year, in March and October. Each
examination consists of an elective course portion, given for two
hours on a Tuesday, and the required course portion, given for two
hours on the following Thursday.

Students who want to take the examination must have been admitted
to degree candidacy and should have completed all required course
work or be currently enrolled and have completed the majorit>' of
their elective requirements. A letter of intent to take the comprehen-
sive examination should be filed with the coordinator of graduate
studies. Letters of intent should be filed by February 15 for the
March examination or September 15 for the October examination,
respectively.

Upon receipt of the letter of intent and with the approval of the
coordinator, students will be sent a letter explaining the details,
time, and place of the examination.

MASTER OF SCIENCE PROGRAM
Concentration in General Physical Education
Admission Requirements

Applicants must meet the basic requirements of the University, given
under Admission, and must present either a baccalaureate degree
earned in their anticipated major area of health or health and physical
education, or equivalent preparation in a related field.

Thesis Track

1. Bachelor's degree: physical education or related field

2. GPA: 2.75 or higher on a 4.0 scale

3. GRE: 1000 (combined verbal and math) or higher recommended

4. Undergraduate prerequisites:

A. Human Anatomy

B. Human Physiology

C. Kinesiology

D. Exercise Physiology

5. Approval of application by the Department Graduate Committee

Research Report Track

1. Bachelor's degree: physical education or related field

2. GPA: 2.50 or higher on a 4.00 scale

3. GRE: 900 (combined verbal and math) or higher recommended

4. Undergraduate prerequisites:

A. Human Anatomy

B. Human Physiology

C. Kinesiology

D. Exercise Physiology

5. Approval of application by the Department Graduate Committee

Admission to M.S. Degree Candidacy

During the 12 to 15 hours of precandidacy, students must complete
any three of the departmental core courses with a minimum GPA for
these and all other courses of 3.0.

Students must apply for candidacy within one semester after com-
pleting 12-15 hours of precandidacy.

Requirements for the M.S. Degree

1. Satisfactory completion of the M.S. curriculum with a minimum
GPA of 3.0

2. Satisfactory performance on written and/or oral comprehensive
examination

3. Successful completion of the thesis or research project

4. Oral defense of the thesis (for thesis track only)

Curriculum

(33-34 semester hours)

1. Degree Core 21 semester hours
KIN 572 Advanced Motor Learning (3)

KIN 580 Sociological and Psychological Aspects of Sport and

Physical Education (3)
KIN 585 Biomechanics (3)
KIN 600 Research Methods in Health, Physical Education, and

Recreation (3)
KIN 601 Statistical Design for Research and Evaluation in

Physical Education (3)
KIN 602 Advanced Philosophy of Sport and

Physical Education (3)
KIN 681 Advanced Exercise Physiology (3)

2. Additional Degree Requirements -

Thesis Track 12 semester hours

KIN 608 Thesis Seminar (3)

KIN 610 Thesis (3)

Electives selected under advisement (6)

Additional Degree Requirements -

Research Report Track 13 semester hours

KIN 606 Research Report Seminar 1 (2)

KIN 607 Research Report Seminar 11 (2)

Electives selected under advisement (9)
The thesis proposal must be formally approved during Thesis Seminar
(KIN 608) before die student may register for Thesis (KIN 610).

MASTER OF SCIENCE PROGRAM
Concentration in Exercise and Sport Physiology
Admission Requirements

Applicants must meet the basic requirements of the University, given
under Admission, in addition to the following requirements.

Thesis Track

1. Bachelor's degree: physical education or related field

2. GPA: 2.75 or higher on a 4.0 scale

3. GRE: 1000 (combined verbal and math) or higher recommended.

Kinesiology

4. Undergraduate prerequisites:

A. Human Anatomy

B. Human Physiology

C. Kinesiology

D. Exercise Physiology

E. Fitness Assessment/Exercise Prescription or Electrocardio-
graphy and Stress Testing

5. Approval of application by the Department Graduate Committee

Research Report Track

1. Bachelor's degree: physical education or related field

2. GPA; 2.50 or higher on a 4.00 scale

3. GRE: 900 (combined verbal and math) or higher recommended

4. Undergraduate prerequisites:

A. Human Anatomy

B. Human Physiology

C. Kinesiology

D. Exercise Physiology

E. Fitness Assessment/Exercise Prescription or Electrocardio-
graphy and Stress Testing

5. Approval of application by the Department Graduate Committee

Requirements for Admission to Degree Candidacy

During the 12 to 15 hours of precandidacy, students must complete
any three of the departmental core courses with a minimum GPA
for these and all other courses of 3.0.

Students must apply for candidacy within one semester after com-
pleting 12-15 hours of precandidacy.

Requirements for the M.S. Degree

1. Satisfactory completion of the M.S. curriculum with a GPA of 3.0

2. Satisfactory performance on written and/or oral comprehensive
examination

3. Successful completion of the thesis or research project

4. Oral defense of the thesis (for thesis track only)

Curriculum

(33-40 semester hours)

Required courses

1. Degree Core 16-18 semester hours
KIN 572 Advanced Motor Learning (3)

KIN 585 Biomechanics (3)

KIN 600 Research Methods in Health, Physical Education,

and Recreation (3)
KIN 601 Statistical Design for Research and Evaluation in

Physical Education (3)
KIN 606* Research Project Seminar I (2) PREREQ: KIN 600
KIN 607* Research Project Seminar II (2) PREREQ: KIN 600

and KIN 606
KIN 608** Thesis Seminar (3) PREREQ: KIN 600
KIN 610** Thesis (3) PREREQ: KIN 600 and KIN 608

*Research report track only
**Thesis track only

2. Concentration Core 9 semester hours
KIN 681 Advanced Exercise Physiolog)' (3)

KIN 687* Apphed Muscular Physiology (3) PREREQ: KIN 681
KIN 688* Applied Cardiovascular Physiology (3) PREREQ:

KIN 681
*Open only to exercise physiology concentration majors.

3. Electives 6-9 semester hours
An additional nine credit hours are required for the research
report track.

An additional six credit hours are required for the thesis track.

4. Internship 6 semester hours
Internship experience may be required of students in the Research
Report Track who did not have comparable experience as an under-
graduate and/or has no work experience in their chosen field of study.
KIN 611 Intern Study (3)

KIN 612 Intern Study (3)

MASTER OF SCIENCE IN ADMINISTRATION
Concentration in Sport and Athletic Administration
Admission Requirements

Applicants must submit official undergraduate transcripts denoting:
receipt of bachelor's degree and majors from all undergraduate
institutions attended; scores from the Miller Analogies Test, Graduate
Record Examination or Graduate Management Admissions Test; an
essay with a clear focus on career plans; and two letters of reference
from professional supervisors that address the applicant's administra-
tive potential. All application materials are to be submitted to the
Office of Graduate Studies and labeled: "Attention, M.S.A. Application
of (student's name)." After the Office of Graduate Studies has
received these materials, the M.S.A. director will schedule an
admissions interview with the applicant.

Admission to M.S. Degree Candidacy

During the 15 semester hours of precandidacy, majors in the sport
and athletic administration concentration must complete three of the
administrative core courses, and two of the sport and athletic admin-
istration core courses with a minimum GPA for these courses of 3.0.

Requirements for the M.S. Degree

1. Satisfactory completion of the M.S. in administration curriculum
shown below with a minimum overall GPA of 3.0.

2. Satisfactory performance on the written and/or oral
comprehensive examination.

Curriculum

(34-39 semester hours)

1. Administrative Core 18 semester hours
ADM 501 Administrative Theory and Environment (3)

ADM 502 Computers for Managers (3)
ADM 503 Accounting and Budgeting (3)
ADM 504 Communication for Administrators (3)
ADM 505 Organizing Human Resources (3)
ADM 507 LiabiHty for Managers (3)

2. Sport and Athletic Administration Core

A. Option #1 - Research Scholarship (16/19 credits)

KIN 513 Theories and Principles of Sport Management (3)
KIN 514 Problems and Issues in Sport Management (3)
KIN 600 Research Methods in Health, Physical

Education, and Recreation (3)
KIN 601 Statistical Design for Research and Evaluation

in Physical Education (3)
KIN 606 Research Project Seminar I (topics defined by

student's career goals) (2)
KIN 607 Research Project Seminar II (2)
KIN 611 Intern Study 1 (under advisement) (3)
The research project consists of a two-semester sequence (KIN 606
and 607) which must be preceded by successful completion of KIN
606 (Research Methods in Health, Physical Education, and
Recreation).

B. Option #2 - Applied Management Scholarship (21 credits)

(1) Must take all 18 credits

KIN 513 Theories and Principles of Sport

Management (3)
KIN 514 Problems and Issues in Sport Management (3)
KIN 600 Research Methods in Health, Physical

Education, and Recreation (3)
KIN 601 Statistical Design for Research and Evaluation

in Physical Education (3)
KIN 611 Intern Study 1 (3)
KIN 612 Intern Study II (3)

(2) Must select three credits

KIN 580 Sociological and Psychological Aspects of Sport

and Physical Education (3)
KIN 602 Advanced Philosophy of Sport and

Physical Education (3)

Kinesiology

CERTIFICATION PROGRAM IN DRIVER EDUCATION
AND SAFE LIVING

(Highway Safety and General Safety Education)

Richard B. Yoder, Coordinator

A teacher's certificate may be extended to include education for safe

li\'ing (highway safety and general safety education) by completing

12 semester hours of course work in the Department of Kinesiology.

Courses are scheduled during summer months only.

Contact the coordinator for further information.

Curriculum (12 semester hours)

KIN 561 Seminar in Driver Education

KIN 660 History and Philosophy of Safety Education and Principles

of Accident Prevention
KIN 661 Contemporar)' Practices and Program Evaluation in Safety

Education
KIN 662 Problems in Traffic and Driver Education

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

KINESIOLOGY

Symbol: KIN unless otherwise indicated

500 Contemporary Problems in Physical Edu-
cation, Recreation, and Athletics (3) Problems
in teaching health, physical education, and
recreation; in-seriice aspects; factors and variables
that influence solutions of these problems.

513 Theories and Principles of Sport Manage-
ment (3) This course is designed to pro\ide an
overview of the management responsibilit)' of the
sport administrator, including planning, organiz-
ing, staffing, directing, and controlling the sport
enterprise. Emphasis will be placed on personnel,
financial concerns, facility management, and
public relations.

514 Problems and Issues in Sport Manage-
ment (3) This course is designed to provide an
overview of contemporary problems and issues in
sport management, including an analysis of sport
trends with a review of sport-governing agencies
and organizations and their affect on athletic
department programs.

550 Elementary Physical Education Workshop

(3) Orientation for the teaching of elementar)-
physical education. Pnnciples and practices;
appropriate activities for various grade levels.

551 Elementary Physical Education Recreation
Music Workshop (2) Leading and teaching
rhythmic activities and singing in elementary
physical education and recreation. Fundamental
level. Instruction programmed music textbook;
piano and guitar chords. Creating and teaching
recreational and singing games.

552 Learning on the Move (3) Movement
education and perceptual motor theorj'. Activities
for helping children achieve their maximum
development.

561 Seminar in the Four-Phase Program of
Driver Education (3) In-service experience for
driver education teachers in the classroom. Behind
the wheel (BTW), mulncar method, and simulation.

572 Advanced Motor Learning (3) An investiga-
tion of the theories, research, and practical
apphcations of the processes and conditions
involved in the teaching and learning of physical
skills.

580 Sociological and Psychological Aspects of
Sport and Physical Education (3) Social,
psychological, and cultural factors influencing
sport and physical education. Discussion of
pertinent issues and research applications.

581 Adapted Physical Education (3)

Techniques for a program of adapted physical
education in the public school. Application of
activities to benefit the child with a temporary- or
permanent disability.

585 Biomechanics (3) A review of, or introduc-
tion to, the basic principles of biomechanics and
the application of those principles to research
and teaching.

600 Research Methods in Health, Physical
Education, and Recreation (3) Techniques of
research applied to the field of health, physical
education, and recreation.

601 Statistical Design for Research and
Evaluation in Physical Education (3) The practi-
cal and theoretical application of the basic
concepts of elementarv- statistics as they relate to
evaluative procedures, research, and teaching

in physical education.

602 Advanced Philosophy of Sport and
Physical Education (3) Major philosophical
theories of sport Discussion of various conceptual,
movement/aesthetic, and social-poUtical issues.

603 Professional Literature Seminar (3)
Provides students with the skills necessary to
review and critically analyze the professional
literature and current findings in physical
education; useful for the student planning to
conduct research.

604 Administration and Supervisorv- Practices
for Health, Physical Education, Recreation, and
Athletics (3) Nature of the positions of directors
or supervisors of physical education, recreation,
and athletics. Job specifications; operational
principles and procedures.

605 Curriculum in Physical Education (3)

Trends in health and physical education curricula
at the elementary, secondary, and college levels.
Surveys, reports, and analyses of curriculum
practices.

606 Research Project Seminar 1 (2) A course
for master's candidates who select the report
option. Students select a problem for the research
report, review literature, develop procedures,
and collect data. They are expected to complete
the first three chapters of their research reports
during Seminar I. PREREQ: KIN 600.

607 Research Project Seminar U (2) Master's
candidates register for this course after completing
Seminar I. In this course, students complete
chapters four and five of the research report.
PREREQ: KIN 606.

608 Thesis Seminar (3) A course for the student
who selects the thesis option. The candidate
selects a topic, reviews the literature, develops pro-
cedures, and prepares a proposal acceptable to
the thesis committee. They then register for KIN
610. PREREQ: KIN 600.

609 Independent Study and Special Projects

(1-3) Students select independent study projects
and develop proposals. These projects may be
in support of students' research or related to their

vocations. The proposals must be accepted and
approved by the coordinator of graduate studies
in the semester prior to registration for independent
study.

610 Thesis (3) Students must register for the
thesis after completion of KIN 608. One additional
enrollment in KIN 610 may be allowed with the
approval of the graduate coordinator.
PREREQ: KIN 608.

611-612 Intern Study (3) (3) For the MSA.
student in athletic administration who needs or
desires practical experience in administering
athletic programs. (The student may elect 3-6
credits of internship e.\perience.)

650 The Child and Physical Education (3)

Contributions of physical education to a child's
physical, social, emotional, and intellectual
growth and to developmental needs and interests.
The influences of vanous activities on growth
and development.

660 History and Philosophy of Safety Educa-
tion and Principles of Accident Prevention (3)
The safety movement m the United States and
other countries. The place of safety education in
modem living; philosophies of safety-education
leaders; accident causation and prevention (their
research imphcations). Background for administer-
ing school, civil defense, and emergency safety
programs.

661 Contemporary Practices and Program
Evaluation in Safety Education (3) Current
practices, evaluation of programs, and research of
current literature in safety education. Techniques
for selecting, constructing, and using instruments
for evaluating safety'-education programs.
Problem-solving projects.

662 Problems in Traffic and Driver Education
(3) Contemporary curriculum and current
practices in driver and traffic education, enforce-
ment of traffic laws and regulations, and
engineering problems. Problem-solving projects.

680 Scientific Principles of Coaching (3) Recent
trends in theories and techniques of teaching
sports. Mechanical principles of efficient move-
ment. Research related to competitive perfor-
mance. Specialists serve as guest panelists.

681 Advanced Exercise Physiology (3) Clinical

and laboratory use of exercise in evaluating,
maintaining, and modifving human physiological
processes: growth development, metabolism, and
weight control; and cardiovascular and respiratory
functions in health and disease; and neuromus-
cular integration and performance. Stress physiol-
ogy, and training and conditioning.

685 Women's Exercise and Sports (3) The

physiological, psychological, and sociological
effects of exercise and sport on women.

Leadership for Women

686 Organization and Management of Adult
Fitness Programs: Clinic/Seminar (3) An in-
depth analysis and practical experience in
organizing and managing adult fitness programs.

687 Applied Muscular Physiology (3) This
course is designed to provide an in-depth
understanding of the structure and function of
skeletal muscle and its responses and adaptations
to exercise.

688 Applied Cardiovascular Physiology (3)

This course is designed to provide an in-depth

understanding of the mechanisms underlying
cardiovascular function and the effects of acute
and chronic exercise on these mechanisms.

689 Clinical Exercise Physiology (3) This
course is designed to provide students with an
understanding of the role of the exercise
professional in clinical settings. Emphasis is given
to the interaction between exercise and the more
prevalent diseases and conditions of altered
health status (e.g., cardiovascular disease, respira-
tory disease, diabetes, obesity, osteopathic
disease, pregnancy, back pain, and others).

690 Exercise and the Older Adult (3) A course
designed to prepare professionals to assess fitness
levels of persons over the age of 50 and
scientifically design exercise and fitness programs
to meet the specific needs of the older participant.

SERVICE COURSES

The following courses are open to students in all
curricula, with no prerequisite in health or
physical education required:
KIN 550, 551, 552, 561, 580, 581, 585, 605, 650,
660, 661,662, 680, and 682.

Leadership for Women

207 Ruby Jones Hall
West Chester Uxiiversity
West Chester, PA 19383
610-436-2746 or 610-436-2464

Dr. Rengert, Program Concentration Adviser

Dr. Milne, Director, Master oj Science in Administration

Dr. Schlau, Director, Women's Studies

WOMEN'S STUDIES GROUP

PROFESSORS

Diane O. Casagrande, Ph.D. (Communication Studies)

Mary E. Crawford, Ph.D. (Psychology)

Anne Dzamba, Ph.D. (History)

Patricia C. Johnson, Ph.D. (History)

Mary Keetz, Ph.D. (Education)

Elizabeth Larsen, Ph.D. (English)

Lynette F. McGrath, Ph.D. (English)

Tahany Naggar, Ph.D. (Economics)

Carol Radich, Ph.D. (Education)

Arlene Rengert, Ph.D. (Geography)

Stacey Schlau, Ph.D. (Foreign Languages)

Jane Swan, Ph.D. (History)

C.James Trotman, Ed.D. (English)

Richard J. Webster, Ph.D. (History)

ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS

Emma Lee Brown, M.S.L.S. (Library)

Deborah Mahlstedt, Ph.D. (Psychology)

Mary McCuUough, Ph.D. (Communication Studies)

ASSISTANT PROFESSORS

Helen Berger, Ph.D. (Sociology)

Maria R. Boes, Ph.D. (History)

Mary Anne Bums-Duffy, M.S.L.S. (Library)

Celia Esplugas, Ph.D. (Foreign Languages)

Andrea Fishman, Ph.D. (English)

Robin Garrett, M.S.N. (Nursing)

Elizabeth A. Giangiulio, M.Ed. (Career Development)

Saundra Hall, M.A. (Theatre)

Jane Jeffrey, Ph.D. (English)

Margarete Landewehr, Ph.D. (Foreign Languages)

Patricia Patrick, M.A. (Education)

Ruth Porritt, Ph.D. (Philosophy)

Geetha Ramanathan, Ph.D. (English)

Frauke Schnell, Ph.D. (Political Science)

Carol Shloss, Ph.D. (English)

Mary Stieber, Ph.D. (Art)

Karin Volkwein, Ph.D. (Physical Education)

Leadership for Women is a concentration within the Master
of Science in Administration program. It addresses organiza-
tional power, which sometimes is inequitable for men and
women of equal training and talent. It recognizes that women
who seek to advance to leadership positions often become
change agents within the organization, and sometimes within
their families and community as well.

This concentration consists of four required and two elective
courses. The required courses involve reading and study of
feminist perspectives on initiating, responding to, and
managing change. They examine theories and practices that
clarify values. They contain models and strategies for resolving
the conflicts and logistical dilemmas vital to a successful
administrative career that differs from conventional sex role
ascription of status and power.

Students in other M.S. A. concentrations also may take these
required courses.

PSY 465/565 Psychology of Women (3)
WOS 530 Women in Leadership: Critical Issues (3)
WOS 531 Management of Leadership: Laboratory Course (3)
WOS 533 The Woman Executive: Research Seminar (3)
The student, with the approval of the adviser, chooses two
electives appropriate to specific career interests. Examples
include:

ADM 612 Internship (3-6)
ECO 503 Economic Role of Women (3)
ENG 508 Writing Seminar (3)
GEO 530 Demographic Analysis (3)
PSC 515 Women in Politics (3)
PSC 552 Civil Liberties and Civil Rights (3)

♦ WOS 539 Independent Study (3)

Comprehensive examination in concentration is required.
Students in the degree program also take six required courses in the
Administration Core:

ADM 501 Administrative Theory and Environment (3)

ADM 502 Computers for Managers (3)

ADM 503 Accounting/Budgeting (3)

ADM 504 Communication for Administrators (3)

ADM 505 Organizing Human Resources (3), and either

ADM 506 Budgetary Process (3), or

ADM 507 Liability for Managers (3)

♦ This course may be taken again for credit.

Linguistics

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
WOMEN'S STUDIES

Symbol; WOS

530 Women in Leadership: Critical Issues (3)

Survey of the hterature that defines and discusses
critical issues for the woman leader. Some issues cen-
ter around hfestyle choices and conflicts (loneliness,
family pressure) and others around organizational
barriers and alternative means to overcome them.

531 Management of Leadership: Laboratory
Course (3) The study and practice of alternative
leadership modes. The course uses workshop
techniques to teach speech, small-group dynamics,
and other communication skills, and problem-
solving strategies.

533 Woman Executive: Research Seminar (3)

A seminar that requires each student to complete
an original project on the goals, problems.

choices, or successes of women in middle- or
upper-level management positions. The use of
case studies, surveys, oral history, and other
research techniques will be explored. An appro-
pnate internship may be substituted for this
course.

539 Independent Study (3) A project to be
developed independently by the student working
with a specific instructor.

Linguistics

550 Main Hall

West Chester University

West Chester, PA 19383

610-436-2898

(Interdisciplinary Area)
Dr. Godfrey, Coordinator

LINGUISTICS GROUP

Diane O. Casagrande, Professor (Communication Studies)
W. Stephen Croddy, Professor (Philosophy)

Dennis L. Godfrey, Assistant Professor (English)
John T. Kelly, Associate Professor (English)
Cheri L. Micheau, Assistant Professor (English)
Garrett Molholt, Associate Professor (English)
Paul StoUer, Professor (Anthropology-Sociology)

Although West Chester presently offers no degree in
linguistics, students interested in developing a concentration
in this area may elect courses from the following list. For
additional information, consult the coordinator.

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
LINGUISTICS

Symbol: LIN

501 Introduction to Linguistics (3) Basic con-
cepts of language description, classification, change,
reconstruction, dialectolog)', and sociolinguistics.

503 Phonology and Morphology (3) Phonetics,
phoneraics. morphophonemics, and the morpho-
logical composition of words.

504 Syntax (3) A comparative study of the
various modem approaches to the study of
grammar. PREREQ: ENG 575 or LIN 501.

505 Transformational Grammar (3) Basic con-
cepts of transformational theory and their appli-
cation in teaching. PREREQ: ENG 575 or LIN 501.

506 Meaning in Language (also PHI 506) (3)
See PHI 506.

512 Descriptive Linguistics (3) Analysis of
the phonemic, morphological, and syntactic
features of typologically divergent languages.
Procedures for eliciting linguistically relevant data
about a language from a native speaker. PREREQ:
UN 503.

515 Language, Thought, and Behavior (also
COM 515) (3) See COM 515.

523 Philosophy of Language (also PHI 523)

(3) See PHI 523.

540 Sociolinguistics (also SOC 540) (3) The
study of language in its social context: the

ethnography of communication; language and
society, social classes, ethnic groups, politics, sex,
and education. PREREQ: LIN 501 or permission
of instructor.

555 Psycholinguistics (3) A study of the
relationships between language and thought.
Models of language, communication theory, and
learning theory. Emphasis on natural language
development and bilingualism.
580 Language and Culture (also ANT 580) (3)
Language as an aspect of culture; linguistic-
perceptual-cognitive categories; social and psycho-
logical aspects of language. PREREQ: LIN 501 or
permission of instructor.
590 Independent Study (1-3)

Management-See Business
Marketing-See Business

Mathematics and Computer Science

13-15 University Avenue

West Chester University

West Chester, PA 19383

610-436-2440

Dr. Weaver, Chairperson

Dr. Milito, Coordinator of Graduate Studies

610-436-2690

PROFESSORS

Richard G. Branton, Ph.D., University of Pennsylvania
Richard Epstein, Ph.D., Temple l/niversify
James D. Fabrey, Ph.D., Massachusetts Institute of Technology
Frank Grosshans, Ph.D., University of Chicago

Sebastian S. Koh, Ph.D., (iniversify of California
James E. L'heureux, Ph.D., Louisiana State University
Eli M. Mandelbaum, Ph.D., L'niversity of Pennsylvania
Michael Montemuro, Ed.D., Temple University
Waclaw Szymanski, D.Sc, Polish Academy of Sciences
John W. Weaver, Ph.D.. Johns Hophins University

ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS

Gail M. GaUitano, Ed.D., Columbia University

Shiv K. Gupta, Ph.D., Case Western Reserve University

Jozsef Horvath, Ph.D., Yale University

John J. Kerrigan, D.Ed., Temple University

Robert Kline, Ph.D., Washington University

Elaine R. Milito, Ph.D., Pennsylvania State University

Ronnie L. Morgan, Ph.D., University of Missouri

Mathematics and Computer Science

Lin Tan, Ph.D., University' of Califomia
Paul Wolfson, Ph.D., University of Chicago
Richard Wyatt, Ph.D., University of Califomia

ASSISTANT PROFESSORS

Clark Dean Horton, Ph.D., Indiana University

Clifford Johnston, Ph.D., Temple University

Francoise E. Schremmer, Ph.D., University of Pennsylvania

INSTRUCTOR

Robert A. Peloso, M.S., Carnegie Mellon University

Programs of Study

The Department of Mathematics and Computer Science offers the
Master of Arts degree with options in pure mathematics, and
mathematics education.

The first option is for students interested in furthering their math-
ematical background. It provides the foundation for continued
work in mathematics leading to the Ph.D. in pure mathematics.
The second option is primarily directed to teachers of mathematics
who wish to strengthen their background in mathematics and
mathematics education; in addition, it provides the foundation for
the Doctor of Arts or the Ph.D. in mathematics education.
The department also offers the Master of Science in computer sci-
ence. See "Computer Science."

Admission to the M.A. Program

Mathematics Education Option

In addition to meeting the basic admission requirement of the University,
applicants must have a bachelor's degree with a mathematics major and at
least provisional teacher certification (Level I certification). Applicants
must schedule an interview with the graduate coordinator of mathematics
education prior to enrollment. Deficiencies, as determined by the graduate
coordinator, may be removed by successfully completing appropriate
course(s). Applicants will take the Graduate Record Examination (GRE).

Pure Mathematics Option

In addition to meeting the basic admission requirements of the University,
applicants must schedule an interview with the department chairperson
prior to enrollment. Applicants must have a minimum of 30 semester hours
of mathematics, including a full treatment of calculus, at least one advanced
undergraduate course in modem algebra, and one in advanced calculus.

Deficiencies in these areas may be removed by successfully completing
MAT512 (Modem Algebra) and/or MAT541 (Advanced Calculus).
Applicants will take the Graduate Record Examination (GRE).

Admission to the M.S. Program

See "Computer Science."

Requirements for the M.A. Degree

In addition to completing the course requirements shovra below,
candidates must pass a comprehensive oral or written examination.

MASTER OF ARTS IN MATHEMATICS

(33 semester hours)

Mathematics Education Option

One three-credit course in each: 12 credits

MTE 507 Foundations of Secondary Mathematics Education

MTE 508 Junior High School Mathematics - Curriculum, Instruction,

and Assessment
MTE 512 Senior High School Mathematics - Curriculum, Instruction,

and Assessment
MTE 604 Research Seminar

Pure Mathematics Option

One three-credit course in each: 15 credits

MAT 515 Algebra I

MAT 521 Discrete Mathematics and Graph Theory

MAT 532 Geometry I

MAT 545 Real Analysis 1

STA 523 Mathematical Statistics I

Two three-credit electives: 6 credits

One to be a continuation of real analysis, algebra, or geometry.

One to be chosen from:

MAT 503 History of Mathematics

MAT 514 Theory of Numbers

MAT 516 Algebra II

MAT 533 Geometry II

MAT 546 Real Analysis II

MAT 570 Mathematical Models in the Life, Physical, and Social Sciences

MAT 575 Complex Analysis

STA 524 Mathematical Statistics II

(Elective courses to be scheduled in advance on a rotating basis.)

MASTER OF SCIENCE IN COMPUTER SCIENCE

See "Computer Science."

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
COMPUTER SCIENCE

Symbol: CSC

See "Computer Science" for courses in the M.S.
program and the certificate program.

501 Introduction to Computers (3) This course
deals with defining computers and their capabili-
ties, and exploring their history, societal implica-
tions of their usage, and application. A brief
introduction to a programming language is
provided, along with hands-on experience using
wordprocessing. database, and spreadsheet pro-
grams (for nonmajors).

502 Computers for Managers (3) Management
techniques for the evaluation, acquisition, and
management of computer personnel and technol-
ogy (for nonmajors). Required M.B.A. course.

515 Introduction to Computer Programming

(3) The art and science of computing are
introduced with emphasis on structured program-
ming. Topics include looping, branching, arrays,
and program development (for nonmajors). PRE-
REQ: One year of high school algebra.

550 Computers in Education (3) An introduc-
tory computer course where educators will
become familiar with microcomputers in a "hands-
on" setting and will create a computer-based
portfolio for use in their own professional setting.

552 Computer Applications in Education (3)

Development of specialized instructional and
management applications of hardware and soft-
ware, including the use of desktop publishing.

MATHEMATICS

Symbol: MAT

503 History of Mathematics (3) Development
of mathematics from prehistoric time to present.
Emphasis on changes in the mainstreams of
mathematical thought through the ages.

513 Linear Algebra (3) Vectors, vector spaces,
determinants, linear transformations, matrices,
and bilinear and quadratic forms. PREREQ: MAT
512 or equivalent.

514 Theory of Numbers (3) Elementary number
theory and selected topics in analytic number
theory.

515 Algebra I (3) Elements of abstract algebra.

groups, commutative ring theory, modules, and
associative algebras over commutative rings. PRE-
REQ: MAT 512 or equivalent. Offered in fall of
odd-numbered years.

516 Algebra 11 (3) A continuation of MAT 515.
Vector spaces, representation theory, and Galois
theory. PREREQ: M,\T 515. Offered in spring of
even-numbered years.

521 Discrete Mathematics and Graph Theory

(3) Techniques of problem solving, including the
use of binomial coefficients, generating functions,
recurrence relations, the principle of inclusion-
exclusion, and Polya's Theorem.

532 Geometry (I) This course is a rigorous
introduction to geometry from a transformational
point of view, emphasizing Euclidean, hyperbolic,
and/or projective geometry. Other topics such as
Spherical geometry, symplectic geometry, or
Affine geometry may be included if time permits.

533 Geometry 11 (3) A study of geometry using
calculus as our main tool. The course covers the
basics of differential geometry — parametrizations,
tengent spaces, curvature, geodesies — leading to
Stokes theorem and the Gauss-Bonnett theorem.

Mathematics and Computer Science

Several examples will be studied in depth, includ-
ing the sphere and the projective plane (which
were introduced in the first course).
535 Topology (3) Filters, nets, separation
axioms, compactness, connectedness, and uni-
form spaces.

541 Advanced Calculus (3) For students with
background deficiencies in analysis. Ordinary' and
uniform limits; sequences of functions; and the
Riemarm integral. Offered in summer.

545 Real Analysis I (3) A rigorous study of real-
valued functions of real variables. PREREQ: MAT
541 or equivalent. Offered in the fall of even-
numbered years.

546 Real Analysis II (3) Continuation of MAT
545. PREREQ: MAT 545. Offered in the spring of
odd-numbered years.

570 Mathematical Models in the Life, Physical,
and Social Sciences (3) Techniques and ratio-
nales of model building. Applications to the life,
physical, and social sciences.
572 Proseminar (3) Seminar in generating and
solving problems in mathematics.
575 Complex Analysis I (3) A rigorous study
of complex-valued functions of complex variables.
593 Topics in the History of Mathematics (3)
Specialized topics in the history of mathematics
announced at the time of offering. PREREQ:
Consent of instructor.

595 Topics in Mathematics (3) Topics an-
nounced at time of offering. PREREQ: Consent
of instructor. Offered as needed.
599 Independent Study (1-3) Offered as needed.
610 Thesis (3-6) Offered as needed.

MATHEMATICS EDUCATION

S\Tnbol: MTE

501 Fundamental Concepts of Mathematics I

(3) Selected topics that reflect the spirit and the
content of the modem elementary school
mathematics programs. Logic, sets, functions,
number systems, integers, number theory, rational
numbers, and problem soKing, including estima-
tions and approximations, proportional think-
ing, and percentages.

502 Fundamental Concepts of Mathematics II

(3) A continuation of MTE 501. The real
number system, probability, statistics, geometry,
measurement (including the metric system), and
problem sohing. PREREQ: MTE 501.

507 Foundations of Secondary Mathematics
Education (3) Research methods in mathematics
education; forces which have shaped mathematics
education; classroom implications of 20th-centu-
ry learning theorists; assessment in the classroom;
methods of organizing for instruction; cultural
and gender considerations. Offered each summer.

508 Junior High School Mathematics —
Curriculum, Instruction, and Assessment (3) This
course will focus on the curricula, methods of
instruction, and assessment techniques used to
teach mathematics in a junior high school setting.
Course topics will include: elementary school math-

ematics from the perspective of a secondary school
teacher, junior high school mathematics, algebra 1,
and general/consumer mathematics. Teachers also
will explore strategies that can be used to integrate
the calculator, computer, and new CD-ROM tech-
nologies into the mathematics classroom. Offered in
the fall of odd-numbered years. PREREQ: MTE 507
for students in the MA. program.
510 Algebra for the Elementary Teacher (3) An
introduction to modem algebra. A comparative study
of mathematics sN'Stems. PREREQ: MTE 501 or
equivalent Offered m (all of even-numbered years.

512 Senior High School Mathematics —
Curriculum, Instruction, and Assessment (3) This
course will focus on the curricula, methods of
instruction, and assessment techniques used to
teach mathematics in a senior high school setting.
Course topics will include: geometries, algebra 11,
trigonometry, precalculus, and discrete mathemat-
ics. Teachers also will explore strategies that can be
used to integrate the scientific and graphing calcu-
lator, computer, and the new CD-ROM technolo-
gies into the mathematics classroom. Offered in the
summer of even-numbered years. PREREQ: MTE
507 for students in the MA. program.
530 Geometry for the Elementary Teacher (3)
Basic concepts in geometn . Euclidean geometry
and postulanve systems. PREREQ: MTE 501 or
equivalent. Offered in fall of odd-numbered years.
551 Mathematics for the Disadvantaged (3)
Examination of current programs in mathematics
for the disadvantaged; discussion of the pertinent
research literature; and development of materials
and techniques for teaching the slow learner and
low achiever.

553 Teaching Elementary School Mathematics

I (3) In-depth treatment of strategies, methods,
and materials for teaching the following concepts
in an elementar\- classroom: place value; addi-
tion, subtraction, multiplication, and division of
whole numbers; measurement; elementary num-
ber theory-; geometry; fractions; and integers.
PREREQ: MTE 501 or equivalent. Offered in
spring of even-numbered years and in summer.

554 Teaching Elementary School Mathematics

II (3) Historv' and development of the modem
elementary school mathematics programs.
Theories and findings of recent and contemporary
learning theorists are investigated. Modem orga-
nizational strategies surveyed, including team
teaching, individualized instruction, open space,
etc. contemporarv' instruction strategies, such as
individualized leaming systems, mathematical
laboratories, and individually prescribed instruc-
tion, are studied. PREREQ: 553 MTE. Offered in
spring of odd-numbered years.

561 Calculus for Teachers (3) Analytic geomeny
of both the straight line and conies, and elements
of the calculus of functions of a single real
variable are reviewed. Topics include limits,
continuity, the derivative and integral and their
applications, curve sketching, and polar coordi-
nates. Emphasis on methods of teaching these
topics to secondary school students.

562 Computer Applications for Elementary
School Mathematics (3) The materials-oriented

approach to teaching elementary school mathe-
matics, including cuisenaire rods, the geoboard,
attribute games, tangrams, and multibase blocks.
Emphasis on learners' participation in activities
directly related to mathematics of the elementary
school. Use of materials extends to all grade and
ability levels.

599 Independent Study (1-3)
604 Research Seminar (3) This course will focus
on the study of research in mathematics education.
Contemporary topics of research will be discussed
and perused. Students will be expected to report on
a topic of research of their choosing In addition,
empirical smdy and design will be discussed along
with data analysis and the reporting of results.
610 Thesis (3-6)

STATISTICS

Symbol: ST A

521 Statistics I (3) For nonmathematics majors.
Emphasis on applications to education, psycholo-
gv', and the sciences. Distributions, measures of
central tendency and variability, correlation,
regression and hypothesis testing, and other topics.

523 Mathematical Statistics I (3) A rigorous
treatment of probability spaces and an introduc-
tion to the estimation of parameters.

524 Mathematical Statistics II (3) Continuation
of STA 523. Correlation, sampling, tests of
significance, analysis of variance, and other topics.
PREREQ: STA 523.

525 Probability (3) An advanced approach to
the elements of probability. Discrete and continu-
ous random variables, probability distributions,
and sampling distributions.

SERVICE COURSES IN MATHEMATICS
AND COMPUTER SCIENCE
COMPUTER SCIENCE (CSC)

501 Introduction to Computers

502 Computers for Managers

515 Introduction to Computer Programming
550 Computers in Education

552 Computer Apphcations in Education

MATHEMATICS EDUCATION (MTE)

501 Fundamental Concepts of Mathematics I

502 Fundamental Concepts of Mathematics II
510 Algebra for the Elementary Teacher

550 Topics in Mathematics for Elementary
School Teachers

553 Teaching Elemenury School Mathematics I
558 Teaching Matheinatics in the Junior High

School

560 Teaching Algebra in the Secondary School

561 Calculus for Teachers

562 Computer .Applications for Elementary
School Mathematics

STATISTICS (STA)
521 Sutistics I

Music Education

Music

Dr. Mary Anne Rees, Dean

Dr. Charles G. Price, Coordinator of Graduate Studies

Mission

The mission of the School of Music at West Chester University is
to create a learning environment that provides the highest order
of education in all major aspects of music, to establish a founda-
tion for life-long growth in music, and to offer programs and
degrees that are tradition based but fumre oriented. In pursuing
this mission, we reaffirm our commitment to diversity within the
School of Music. Our faculty members strive to be inspiring
teachers as well as musical and intellectual leaders. Further, we
endeavor to expand the music opportunities available to all
University students and to enhance the quality of our communi-
ty's musical hfe.

Programs of Study

The School of Music offers programs leading to the Master of
Arts degree in music history, and the Master of Music degree in
music education, performance, accompanying, music theory,
music composition, and piano pedagogy. Course selections to
meet degree requirements are made by candidates in consulta-
tion with their advisers and with consideration of the candidates'
goals, abihties, needs, and interests.

Admission Requirements

In addition to meeting basic University requirements, listed under
Admission, applicants for degree programs are considered on the basis of
academic record, interviews, GRE Revised Music Test scores, portfolio
review in composition, and auditions for performance programs.

Prior to enrollment all applicants must (1) take the GRE Revised Music
Test and submit the results. The test is administered by the Educational
Testing Service, P.O. Box 6000, Princeton, NJ 08541-6000;
609-771-7670. Application forms must be filed with the Educational
Testing Service one month prior to the date of the examination. The
GRE Revised Music Test is given at over 800 test centers across the
country (including West Chester University) in February and December
every year. A tape and booklet titled "Practicing to Take the GRE
Revised Music Test" is available for purchase from the Educational
Testing Service. (2) possess appropriate undergraduate degrees and may
be required to remedy not more than 12 credits of deficiency (3) sched-
ule interviews with the graduate coordinator and appropriate depart-
ment chairperson in the School of Music.

The areas of concentration, directed electives, and free electives are
described fully in a student handbook compiled by, and available
from, the graduate coordinator of the School of Music.

Each degree candidate is individua/lv responsible for satisfying degree
candidacy and graduation requirements staled elsewhere in this catalog
and for meeting deadline dates for the May, August, or December
graduation, as appropriate.

Music Education

Dr. Belmain, Chairperson

PROFESSOR

Carol A. Belmain, D.M.A., Temple University

ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS

J. Bryan Burton, D.M.E., L/niversity of Southern Mississippi

Colleen T. Ludeker, Ed.D., West Virginia University, Dalcroze
License, Manhattan School of Music

ASSISTANT PROFESSORS

Karen L. Markey, M.Mus.Ed., West Chester University, Orff
Certification, Levels I, II, III, DePaul University

Jane T. Pippart, M.Mus.Ed., Holy Names College, Kodaly

Emphasis. Certificate, Liszt Academy (Budapest, Hungary)
C. Floyd Richmond, D.A., Ball Staff University

MASTER OF MUSIC IN MUSIC EDUCATION

(30-34 semester hours)

Students may choose either the thesis program of 30 semester hours
or the nonthesis program of 34 semester hours (with research,
performance, Kodaly, or Orff-Schulwerk options). All programs

require completion of nine credits in three core courses: MUE 500,
503, and 510. All students in M.M. programs in music education also
must complete a comprehensive exit examination.

Additional course requirements are:

Thesis program: Six credits in music education; three credits in music

history; three credits in music theory; three credits in

concentration elechves; and six credits in research (MUE 691 and 699).

Nonthesis programs;

Performance: Six credits in music education; three credits in applied
music; three credits in music theory; three credits in music history;
three credits in free electives; three credits in concentration electives;
recital (MUE 698 and VOVAIM/PIA 696). Candidates desiring to pur-
sue the recital option in voice must audition before the voice jury and
receive permission to pursue that option before earning 15 graduate
hours or after completing VOI 543, whichever comes first.

Research Report: Six credits in music education; three credits in
applied music; three credits in music theory; three credits in music
history; three credits in free electives; three credits in concentration
electives; four credits in research (MUE 691 and 692).

Kodaly Concentration: 18 credits in Kodaly (MUE 525-27, 540-1,
four credits in directed electives), and three credits in music history.

Orff-SchuIwerk Concentration: 15 credits in Orff-Schulwerk (MUE
530-35); three credits of music history; and seven credits of free
electives.

Music Education

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
MUSIC EDUCATION

Symbol: MUE (unless otherwise shown)

500 Methods and Materials of Research (3)

Basic techniques and procedures. Major ty-pes of
research. Methods for locating, evaluating, and
interpreting evidence. Preparation of a research
outline.

503 Philosophical Foundations of Music
Education (3) Historical and philosophical foun-
dations of music education. Application of
principles of education to music. Major emphasis
on development of a philosophy of the discipline.

510 Current Trends in Music Education (3)
Present practices and emerging developments in
music education.

511 Vitalizing Music in the Elementary School
(3) I:xploration and examination of current
pedagog)', materials, and technolog)' available to
enhance learning through music in the elemen-
tary' classroom ELEMENTARY EDUCATION
MAJORS ONLY.

312 Teaching Music Listening Skills and
Activities (3) Analysis of musical concepts
within selected compositions with subsequent
design of sequential teaching-learning strategies
for all levels: K-12. MUSIC MAJORS ONLY.

515 Computer Applications in Music
Education (3) Study of recent technological
advances and their applications to include
computer-assisted software, music performance
and printing, synthesizers, sequencers, MIDI
communication standard, strategies and technolo-
gies for classroom, interactive \ideo, artificial
intelligence, expert systems, and HyperCard.

516 Administration and Supervision of School
Music (3) Administrative problems, cumcular
content and scheduling, in-service training of
teachers, and specialized supervisory techniques
for the music curriculum. PREREQ: Teaching
experience.

517 Psychology of Music (3) In-deptli study of
learning theories as related to music education
and the nature of music.

518 Multicultural Perspectives in Music Educa-
tion (3) Understanding the diversity of musical
expressions of our planet and the multicultural
musical dynamics of American culture: proNides
music educators with the information, materials
and teaching strategies required for the creation
and maintenance of a multiculturally based music
curriculum.

322 Music in the Middle School (3) Review
and critical analysis of music education in the
middle school: philosophies, curriculum, prac-
tices, and personnel.
525 Kodaly Techniques; Level 1 (4) Designed

to present lesson-planning strategies and musi-
cianship skills for teaching Kodaly-based method-
ology in the primary grades and to develop the
student's ability to sing pentatonic literature
and basis rhythms at sight in a classroom
setting.

526 Kodaly Techniques: Level U (4) Designed
to present lesson-planning strategies and musi-
cianship skills for teaching Kodaly-based method-
ology in the intermediate and secondary grades

to develop the students ability to sing diatonic
literature and advanced rhythms at sight in
classroom settings. PREREQ: MUE 525.

527 Kodaly Techniques: Level III (4) Strategies
and materials for classical music and listening
lessons will be presented as well as teaching
techniques for the secondary classroom. Students
are expected to submit a 30-43 minute teaching
tape for purposes of coordinating all Kodaly
teaching skills. PREREQ: MUE 325 and 526.

528 Music in Special Education (3)
Characteristics of special pupils: adaptation of
teaching techniques: materials curriculum.

529 Dalcroze Eurhythmies (3) A pedagogical
approach to the study of enacting musical
meanings in physical space. Refining the sensing,
analyzing, and improvising of musical concepts
by understanding how music is produced.

530 Orff-Schulwerk — Level I (1-4) Designed to
develop fundamental Orff processes through the
acquisition of basic musical skills, soprano
recorder techniques, and movement concepts.
Level 1 is limited to pentatonic activities (credit
placement determined through advisement).

531 Orff-Schulwerk — Level II (4) Designed to
develop a theoretical comprehension of the
evolution of elemental music through the Baroque
period. Liturgical and diatonic modes are used

as vehicles in developing harmonic concepts. PRE-
REQ: MUE 530 or Level I Orff Certification from
an AOSA accredited program. Admission to
program by audition.

532 Orff-Schulwerk— Level III (4) Designed to
develop comprehension of 20th-century styles,
and theoretical and performance practices of
Western and non-Western music, while using both
ethnic and popular means. PREREQ: MUE 531

533 Orff-Schulwerk: Recorder Ensemble (1) A
culmination of recorder instruction, through
performance, analysis, and discussion, into a
survey of repertoire suitable for recorder consort
and consort with subordinate instruments. PRE-
REQ: MUE 531. Open, as an elective, to students
demonstrating playing proficiency on soprano
and alto recorder. Admission by audition.

534 Orff-Schulwerk: Movement (1) An in-
depth study to develop visual and spacial
awareness, coordination and body control, imagi-

nation, improvisation, and kinesthetic under-
standing of musical elements as they interact
within the Schulwerk process. PREREQ: MUE
531. Open, as an elective, to students demonstrat-
ing proficiency in creative movement, improvisa-
tion, and ethnic dance. Admission by audition.
335 Orff-Schulwerk: Instrumentarium Practi-
cum (1) A survey of works by Carl Orff and Gunild
Keetman, as well as selected materials arranged
for the instrumentarium which require advanced
performance skills. PREREQ: MUE 531. Open,
as an elective, to students demonstrating playing
proficiencies using basic techniques on un-
pilched and pitched instruments, as well as
improvisational skills. Admission by audition.
536-539 Workshops (1-3) Participation-ori-
ented workshops designed to meet specific needs
in music and music education and to develop
skills for practical application in school and
professional settings. (The prefixes that apply only
to these workshops are MWE, Music Education;
and MWH, Handbells.)

540 Kodaly: Conducting (3) Designed to
acquaint the student with the application and
development of children's choral literature in
performance using composed literature of Kodaly
and various other composers who have written
for children.

541 Kodaly: Folk Music (3) Designed to review
and identify folk music genre, identify principal
researchers and collections, analyze materials
collected, and submit project containing all
matenals.

550 Related Arts Pedagogy in Music Education
(3) Histoncal background of the related-arts
movement. Principles of related-arts teaching
related to musical elements, forms, and styles, with
appropnate teaching techniques at specified
grade levels. Materials for school music programs:
basal music series, other texts and literature, and
resources in related arts. Demonstration lessons
and unit planning.

679 Special Subjects Seminar (1-3) Significant
topics presented by faculty members or visiting
lecturers. Designed to meet specific needs of the
seminar group.

681-83 Independent Study in Music (1-3)
Individual research under the guidance of a faculty
member. PREREQ: Permission of instructor.

691 Research Seminar in Music (2) A research
proposal with supporting procedures is devel-
oped. Guidance in individual research topics, with
tutorial assistance in form and style of research
writing.

692 Research Report (2)

698 Recital Research (1)

699 ThesU (3)

Music History and Literature

Music History and Literature

Dr. Murray, Chairperson

PROFESSORS

Sterling E. Murray, Ph.D., [Jniversify of Michigan
Liselotte M. Schmidt, Ed.D., Columbia University

ASSOCIATE PROFESSOR

Charles G. Price, Ph.D., Stanford University

ASSISTANT PROFESSORS

Scott L. Balthazar, Ph.D., University of Pennsylvania
Thomas Winters, Ph.D., University of Pennsylvania

Admission Requirements

In addition to the general requirements for admission to degree pro-
grams in music, Music History applicants must be tested in the reading
knowledge of a foreign language, preferably French or German.
Students found lacking in a reading skill in a foreign language must
eliminate this deficiency before admission to degree candidacy.

MASTER OF ARTS IN MUSIC HISTORY

(33 semester hours)

Fifteen credits in five courses offered by the Department of Music
History and Literature (one three-credit course must be chosen from
each of the following three groups: MHL 640-641, 642-643, and 644-
645); nine credits in research and bibhography (MHL 670, 698, and
699); nine credits in electives (music and related discipHnes);
defense of thesis serves as comprehensive exit examination.

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

MUSIC HISTORY AND LITERATURE

Symbol: MHL

510 Collegium Musicum (1) A chamber
ensemble specializing in the use of authentic
instruments and performance techniques in the
music of the Medieval, Renaissance, and Baroque
eras. Open by audition.

550 Seminar in Musicology (3) Bibliographical
materials, introduction to musicological research,
development of research techniques, and writing
skills. Required ofM.A., (music history) candi-
dates. PREREQ: Permission of instructor.
620 World Music (3) An introduction to the
study of tribal, folk, popular, and oriental music
and ethnomusicological methodology. Open to
music majors and nonmusic majors without
prerequisites.

622 History of Jazz (3) A survey of the history
of jazz, including representative performers and
their music.

640 Medieval Music (3) Development of
plainsong and secular monody, and beginnings
and early history of polyphony to the 14th century.
Consideration of contemporary trends in the
visual arts, history, and literature.

641 Renaissance Music (3) Sacred and secular
music in the Age of Dufay; changing forms and styles
through the music of the Franco-Flemish groups; the
frotlola and related forms; and Palestrina and his
contemporaries. Brief consideration of contemporary
trends in the visual arts, history, and literature.

642 Baroque Music (3) Styles and forms of the
European repertoire; contributions of the major
composers; and the role of music and musicians in
the society of the period.

643 Late ISth-Century Music (3) Changing
styles and forms in the sons of J.S. Bach; the Vi-
ennese preclassicists; the Mannheim School;
opera; Joseph and Michael Haydn, Mozart, and
their contemporaries; and the early works of
Beethoven.

644 19th-century Music (3) Historical develop-
ments dunng the Romantic period (ca. 1800-
1900). Analysis of changes and trends, and
comparative aspects of new forms.

645 20th-century Music (3) Chronological
survey of 20th-century music. Development of
styles. Technical aspects of changes occurring in
melody, rhythm, orchestration, texture, tonahty,
and form.

651 Music in the United States (3) Analysis of
music and musical trends in Amenca from the
Pilgnms to the present. PREREQ: MHL 221-222
or permission of instructor.

654 History of Opera (3) The composers and
their major contributions to the various schools of
opera. PREREQ: MHL 221-222 or permission of
instructor.

655 History of Orchestral Music (3) How the
symphony orchestra developed from the Baroque
period to the present in its function, literature,
instrumentation, and performance practices.
PREREQ: MHL 221-222 or permission of instructor.
658 Performance Practices (3) A consideration

of the special problems encountered in the
stylistic realization and performance of music
from the Medieval through the Romantic eras.
Particular attention will be focused on original
sources, period instruments, and performance
problems. PREREQ: MHL 221-222 or permission
of instructor.

662 Mozart and His Works (3) A study of the
Ufe and music of Wolfgang A. Mozart with special
reference to the period in which he lived. Taught
in summers in Salzberg, Austria.

679 Topics in Music History I (1-3) Significant
topics presented by faculty members or visiting
lecturers. Designed to meet specific needs of the
seminar group.

680 Topics in Music History 11 (1-3)
Significant topics presented by faculty members
or visiting lecturers. Designed to meet specific
needs of the seminar group.

681-83 Independent Study in Music History
(1-3) Individual research under the guidance of a
faculty member. PREREQ: Permission of
chairperson.

698 Directed Research in Musicology (3)
Bound and shelved in the library, the thesis in
music history stands as an example of the student's
ability to plan, organize, and direct a research
effort to discover, develop, or verify knowledge

in music history. This course is designed to assist
the graduate music history major to focus
research pursuits toward formulation of a
potentially successful thesis topic.

699 Thesis in Music History (3)

Keyboard Music

Instrumental Music

Dr. Grabb, Chairperson

PROFESSOR

Kenneth L. Laudermilch, D.M.A., Catholic University of
America

ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS

Sylvia Moss Ahramjian, M.M., Indiana University
Terry E. Guidetti, M.Mus., Northwestern University
Ted Hegvik, M.M., L/niversity of Michigan
Eugene Klein, M.M.E., Indiana University
Emily Newbold, D.M.A., Combs College
H. Lee Southall, M.A., Trenton State College

ASSISTANT PROFESSORS

Henr>' Grabb, D.M., Florida State University
Carol Isaacson-Briselli, MM., Temple University
Glenn Lyons, M.Mus., Peabody Institute, Johns Hopkins
University

Owen Metcalf, D.M., Indiana University
Jane Richter, D.M.A., Combs College

INSTRUCTORS

Peter Paulsen, B.Mus., West Chester University
John Villella, M.Mus., West Chester University
Larry McKenna

Admission Requirements

In addition to the general requirements for admission to degree
programs in music, performance applicants must (1) schedule an inter-
view with the graduate coordinator and the department chairperson;
(2) submit a repertoire list; and (2) demonstrate performance ability at
an advanced level by performing for an audition committee.

MASTER OF MUSIC IN PERFORMANCE

(30 semester hours)

Instrumental Concentration: Nine credits in individual lessons at
the advanced level (XXX 541-43) and Recital (AIM 697); AES 511;
5-6 concentration credits (selected from AIC 512, and ALC 511,
531, and 541 or 551); three credits in music history; three credits
in music theory; 6-7 credits of free electives; and completion of a
comprehensive exit examination.

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
INSTRUMENTAL MUSIC

INDIVIDUAL LESSONS: Prefixes: BAR. BAS.
BSN, CLT, FLU, FRH. GTR. HRP, OBO, PER, SAX,
TBA, TPT, TRB, VCL. VT-A, VLN
501-02 Lessons at the Minor (beginning)

Level (1)
511-14 Lessons at the Major Level (1)
541-43 Lessons at the Advanced Level (3)
For performance majors only.
AEB 5 1 1 Marching Band ( 1 )
AEB 521 Concert Band (1)
AEB 531 Symphonic Band (1)
AEB 541 Wind Ensemble (1)
AEO 531 Chamber Orchestra (1)
AEO 541 Symphony Orchestra (1)
AES 511 Recital-lnstrumenul Ensemble (2)
Program selection, recruitment of players,
rehearsal, and performance of music for small

instrumental ensembles
AES 512 Instrumental Ensemble (1)
AIC 512 Advanced Instrumenul Conducting
(2) PREREQ: Undergraduate conducting.
AIM 511 Marching Band Techniques and
Materials (3) A survey of the function of the total
marching band and of each component in the
band.

AIM 679-80 Special Subjects Seminar-
Instrumenul (1-3) Instrumental music topics
presented by faculty and/or visiting lecturers.
AIM 681-83 Independent Study in Music (1-3)
AIM 696 Recital-Instrument (1) For music
education majors in lieu of research report. PRE-
REQ: Jury exam

AIM 697 Recital-Instrument (1) For perfor-
mance majors. PREREQ: Jury exam.

INSTRUMENTAL LITERATURE COURSES: A

survey of solo, ensemble, and teaching literature

through performance and the use of scores and

recordings.

ALC 511 Brass Literature (3)

ALC 531 String Literature (3)

ALC 541 Woodwind Literature (3)

ALC 551 Instrumental Literature (3)

MASTER CLASSES: Performance techniques and

stylistic interpretation of instrumental solo

works. PREREQ: Performance ability at the major

level.

AMC 511 Master Class-Brass (1)

AMC 521 Master Class-Percussion (1)

AMC 531 Master Class-Strings (1)

AMC 541 Master Class-Woodwind (1)

MWB 536-39 Marching Band Workshop (1-3)

A comprehensive marching band conference for

the total marching band program. Foremost

authorities offer instruction in their fields of

specialization.

Keyboard Music

Prof. Aliferis, Chairperson

PROFESSORS

Robert M. Bedford, D.Mus., Catholic University of America
Robert E. Pennington, D.Mus., Northwestern University
Robert Schick, A.Mus.D., Eastman School of Music
Richard K. Veleta, D.Mus., Northwestern University
Jacques C. Voois, D.M.A., Peabody Conservatory of Music,
Johns Hopkins University

ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS

Shirley Pethes Ahferis, M.Mus., Indiana University
Praxiteles Pandel, M.S., Thejuilliard School

ASSISTANT PROFESSOR

Timothy V. Blair, D.Mus., Catholic University of America

INSTRUCTOR

Gordon Turk, D.M.A., Manhattan School of Music

Program of Study

The Department of Keyboard Music offers three degree pro-
grams at the graduate level - the Master of Music in perfor-
mance (piano, harpsichord, or organ). Master of Music in
accompanying, and Master of Music in piano pedagogy. All
programs require completion of three semester hours each in
music history and in music theory. In addition, all students
must complete a comprehensive exit examination.

Keyboard Music

MASTER OF MUSIC IN PERFORMANCE

(30 semester hours)

Admission Requirements

In addition to the general requirements for admission to degree programs
in music, performance applicants must: (1) schedule an interview with
the graduate coordinator and the department chairperson, (2) submit a
repertoire list, and (3) demonstrate performance abilit>' at an advanced
level by performing for an audition committee.
Area of Concentration (piano, harpsichord, or organ):
Nine credits in individual lessons at the advanced level (HAR/ORG/PIA
541-43); six credits in keyboard hterature (PIA 611, 623-626) or organ
hterature (ORG 551-552); three credits of concentration electives from
KEN 546, MAK 558, ORG 561-62, PIA 572-73, or PIA 582-83; four
credits of free electives; two credits of recital (HAR 697, ORG 697, PIA
697); three credits in music history; three credits in music theory; and
completion of a comprehensive exit examination.

MASTER OF MUSIC IN ACCOMPANYING

(30 semester hours)
Admission Requirements

In addition to the general requirements for admission to degree programs
in music, accompanying applicants must (1) submit transcripts showing
completion of a bachelor's degree in music, including six semester hours
of a foreign language (French, German, or Italian preferred) and (2)
demonstrate accompan)Tng ability at an advanced level by performing for
an audition committee.

Area of Concentration; Four credits in individual lessons at the
advanced level (PIA 570-71); eight credits of ensemble (PIA 574-75);
nine credits in cognate courses (PIA 572-73, 576-77); and three credits
in free electives (VOC 511-14, VOC 515-16 preferred); three credits in
music histor)'; three credits in music theory; and completion of a com-
prehensive exit examination.

MASTER OF MUSIC IN PIANO PEDAGOGY

(34 semester hours)
Admission Requirements

In addition to the general requirements for admission to degree pro-
grams in music, piano pedagogy applicants must schedule an entrance
examination, which will consist of scales, arpeggios, solo repertoire
from various stylistic periods, and sight reading. Applicants whose
undergraduate degrees are not in music may be accepted into the pro-
gram if they demonstrate equivalent background in piano.
Area of Concentration: Four credits in individual lessons (PIA 578-79);
15 credits in piano pedagogy (PIA 580-83); six credits in keyboard ht-
erature (PIA 611, 623-626); and three credits of supportive work in
methodology, psychology, or philosophy of education (selected from
the departments of Music Education; Childhood Studies and Reading;
Psychology; or Counselor, Secondary, and Professional Education);
three credits in music history; three credits in music theory; and com-
pletion of a comprehensive exit examination.

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
KEYBOARD MUSIC

Symbol: HAR, KEN, MAK, MWP, ORG, PIA

501-2 Individual Lessons at the Minor Level
in EHano, Organ, Harpsichord (1) Individual, half-
hour lessons once weekly. An elective course for
all graduate students.

511-14 Individual Lessons at the Major Level
in Piano and Organ (1) Individual half-hour
lessons. Continued study m the development of
repertoire and performing skills. Students may be
given permission to register for two course
numbers in the same semester, earning the
second credit by doing additional outside work
and performing in a recital. PREREQ: Completion
of the performance major requirements at the
undergraduate level or admission by audition.
PIA 525 Piano Technique (3) An exploration
of the many approaches to acquiring and teaching
piano technique, the correlation between tech-
nique and musical style, how to practice and
analyze physiological movements.
541-43 Individual Lessons at the Advanced
Level in Piano, Organ, and Harpsichord (3)
Individual, half-hour lessons once weekly.
Advanced studies leading to a full-length recital
at the master's level. PREREQ: Completion of the
performance major requirements for the Bachelor
of Music degree or admission by audition.
MWP 536-539 Piano Workshop (1-3)
MWS 536-539 Contemporary Applications of
Keyboard Synthesizers (3) A hands-on workshop
involving programming techniques for synthesiz-
ers and the study of MIDI networks. Performance
and composition will be emphasized.
KEN 546 Keyboard Ensemble (2) Performance
of duet and two-piano literature.
ORG 551 Organ Literature 1 (3) A survey of
literature for the organ from the 13th century to
the Baroque period. The influence of the organ
on the literature. Recordings and performance by
organ majors.

ORG 552 Organ Literature II (3) A survey of
literature for the organ from J. S. Bach to the pre-
sent. The influence of the organ on the literature.
Recordings and performance by organ majors.

MAC 558 Master Class (Organ) (1-2)
MAK 558 Master Class (Keyboard) (1-2)
Weekly performance sessions for advanced
students.

ORG 561 Accompanying (Organ) (3)
Performance of vocal and instrumental accompa-
nying literature for organ from all periods.
Performance and reading sessions.
ORG 562 Service Playing (Organ) (3) A survey
of problems in service playing for the organist.
Hymn accompaniment, improvisation, conducting
from the organ, and literature for the service.
Observation of service playing when possible.
PIA 570-71 Individual Lessons at the
Advanced Level for Accompanists (2)
Individual, half-hour lessons once a week to train
pianists in playing accompaniments. PREREQ:
Admission to the M.M. degree in accompanying.
PIA 572-73 Accompanying 1, Vocal; 11,
Instrumental (3) Survey of accompanying
hterature: (1) art songs, recitatives, cantata, opera,
and oratorio arias; and (II) strings, winds, and
brass. Performance and reading in class.
PIA 574-75 Ensemble I, II (4) Accompanying
in teaching studios for large groups (choruses),
for various ensembles (including trios and
quartets), and for faculty, B.M., M.M., general,
and senior student recitals.
PIA 576 Harpsichord and Continuo Realiz-
ation (1) An introduction to harpsichord playing
and the principles of continuo realization.
PIA 577 Transposition and Score Reading (2)
Training in score reading and transposition at
the keyboard.

PIA 578 Individual, half-hour lessons for stu-
dents ol piano pedagogy (2) PREREQ:
Admission to the pedagogy concentration.
PIA 579 Individual, half-hour lessons for stu-
dents of piano pedagogy (2)
PIA 580 Group Piano Pedagogy (4) Procedures
and materials for group piano instruction.
Emphasis on developing comprehensive
musicianship through an interwoven study of
literature, musical analysis, technique, improvisa-
tion, ear training, harmony, transposition, and
sight reading. Includes practicum in group piano
instruction.

PIA 581 Piano Pedagogy 1 (4) An in-depth
study of materials available to the studio piano
teacher for the elementary levels. Discussions
include different methods, technique, harmony,
ear training, and sight reading. Includes
practicum in individual instruction.
PIA 582 Piano Pedagogy II (4) An in-depth
study of repertoire and materials available to the
studio piano teacher for the intermediate levels.
Discussions of related concerns, such as memo-
rization, practice techniques, developing tech-
nique through literature, principles of fingering,
and sight reading. Includes practicum in
individual instruction.

PIA 583 Selected Topics in Piano Pedagogy (3)
Further exploration of the goals and objectives
of piano study through presentation of selected
topics and continued practicum in individual
instruction.

PIA 623 Baroque Keyboard Literature (3) The
Renaissance through development of variation
form and dance suite. Emphasis on performance
practices, realizing ornament signs and figured
basses; transferral to the modem piano; in-depth
study of works of Handel, J. S. Bach, and D. Scar-
latu. Some student performance required.
PIA 624 Classical Piano Literature (3)
Literature for the early piano (1750-1830). Origin
and development of the sonata and performance
practices of homophonic style. Music of the sons
of Bach, Haydn, Mozart, and Beethoven. Sound
and structure of the early piano. Some student
performance required.

PIA 625 Romantic Piano Literature (3) Analysis
of piano styles of Schubert, Chopin, Mendelssohn,
Schumann, Liszt, Brahms, Faure, Mussorgsky,
Tchaikovsky, and Grieg. Performance practices.
The virtuoso etude and problems of technical
execution. Some student performance required.
PREREQ: PIA 426 (Keyboard Literature 11) or
equivalent.

PIA 626 20th-century Piano Literature (3)
Seminal works and styles of this century. Albeniz,
Rachmaninoff, Debussy, Ravel, Prokofiev,
Hindemith, Schoenberg, Bartok, and American
composers. Some student performance required.

Music Theory and Composition

PREREQ: MTC 213 (Theory of Music IV) or
equivalent.

PIA 608 The Music of Chopin (3) A

comprehensive study of the contnbutions of
Frederic Chopin to keyboard hterature.

PIA 611 The Kano Concerto (3) A

chronological presentation of the development of
the piano concerto; performances, problems, and
practices will be emphasized. Covers from J. S.
Bach to present.

PIA 679-680 Special Subjects Seminar (1-3)
Significant topics presented by faculty members
or visiting lecturers. Designed to meet specific
needs of the seminar group.

PIA 681-683 Independent Study in Music (1-3)

PIA 695 Recital (1) A full or half recital of
concert works or pedagogical pieces, or a
lecture-recital. Required of candidates for the
Master of Music in piano pedagogy. PREREQ:
Approval by committee examination.

PIA 696 Recital (1) A shared (halO recital
open to candidates for the Master of Music degree
(music education concentration). In lieu of
research report. Program notes required. PRE-
REQ: Approval by committee examination.
PIA 697 Recital (2) A full public recital,
demonstrating an understanding of various
performance styles and an ability to perform
literature from several periods. Required of candi-
dates for the Master of Music in performance.
PREREQ: Approval by committee examination.

Music Theory and Composition

Dr. McVoy, Chairperson

PROFESSORS

James E. McVoy, Ph.D., Eastman School of Music
Larry A. Nelson, Ph.D., Michigan State University
James D. Sulhvan, Ph.D., Eastman School of Music

ASSISTANT PROFESSORS

Sharon L. Hershey, Ph.D., University of Pennsylvania
Robert Maggio, Ph.D., University of Pennsylvania
Igor Popovic, Ph.D., Yale University

Admission Requirements

In addition to the general requirements for admission to degree
programs in music, theory and/or composition applicants must: (1)
schedule an interview with a faculty committee appointed by the
chairperson of the Department of Music Theory and Composition;
and (2) demonstrate sufficient pianistic ability, sight singing, and

aural perception to meet the demands of the program. In addition,
composition applicants must submit original works showing technical
facility in composition.
MASTER OF MUSIC IN THEORY
(30 semester hours)

Three credits in music history; 15 credits in music theory' (selected
from MTC 512, 517, 541, 544, 546, and 563); six credits in
concentration electives; three credits of free electives; three credits
of thesis (MTC 697). The thesis defense serves as a comprehensive
exit examination.

MASTER OF MUSIC IN COMPOSITION
(30 semester hours)

Three credits in music history; MTC 512, 513, and 514 (nine credits);
12 credits in music theory, selected from MTC 517, 541, 542, 544,
545, 546, 550, 563, and 564; three credits of free electives; and three
credits of thesis (MTC 699). The thesis defense serves as the com-
prehensive exit examination.

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

MUSIC THEORY AND COMPOSITION

Symbol: MTC (unless otherwise indicated)

512-14 Advanced Composition 1, II, and 111

(3) Free composition in larger forms for
ensembles, solo voice and chorus, chamber
groups, and orchestra. PREREQ: MTC 213 (The-
ory of Music IV) or equivalent.
517 Electronic Music (3) Materiak and tech-
niques of electronic music and their use in
composition. Laboratory' experience in the
composition of electronic music. PREREQ: Permis-
sion of the instructor.

MWJ 536-39 Jazz Studies Workshop (1-3) A
workshop for the study and performance of jazz.
Arranging and ensemble performance opportuni-
ties. A separate brochure describes summer
workshops.

541 Advanced Orchestration (3) Original com-
position of arrangement for orchestra. PREREQ:

A knowledge of the instruments of the orchestra
and experience in their use.

542 Advanced Musical Form (3) A detailed study
of musical form, with emphasis on modifications
of sonata form, vocal and instrumental forms of
Baroque music, and forms that are unique.

544 Advanced Counterpoint I (3) Contrapuntal
techniques of the ISih century. Chorale prelude
and invention.

545 Advanced Coimterpoint II (3) Continuation
of MTC 544 Includes the canon, invertible
counterpoint, and fugue. PREREQ: MTC 544 or
permission of the instructor.

546 Techniques of Early 20th-century Music
(3) A study of compositional techniques in
representative vocal and instrumental works of
the first two decades of this century.

550 Acoustics of Music (3) The study of sound:
its production, transmission, and reception.
Musical instruments, the acoustics of rooms, and
the physical basis of scales.

561 Jazz Harmony and Arranging (3)

562 Advanced Jazz Harmony and Arranging
(3) A study of improvisation and arranging,
literature, and other aspects of an important phase
of popular st\'les.

564 Performance Practices in Contemporary
Music (3) This course will provide the following
opportunities: (1) the participants will study
technical problems of understanding new notation
(e.g., graphic scores, proportional scores, multi-
phonics, microtones, metric modulation, asymmet-
rical rhythm groupings, prose scores, etc.), and

will develop a reasonable facility in performing
scores that include these techniques; (2) an
ensemble, for which composition students may
compose; and (3) the establishment of an
ensemble, which may publicly perform new music.
579 Seminar in Music Theory (1-3) Special top-
ics seminar designed to meet specific needs of
music majors in the area of theory research.

591 Advanced Chromatic Harmony (3)

592 Advanced Ear Training (2)

679 Special Subjects Seminar (1-3) Significant
topics presented by faculty members or visiting
lecturers. Designed to meet specific needs of the
seminar group.

681-83 Independent Study in Music (1-3)
Individual research under the guidance of a faculty
member. PREREQ: Permission of instructor.
691-92 Research Seminar in Music (1-2) A
research proposal with supporting procedures is
developed. Guidance in individual research topics
with tutorial assistance in form and style of
research writing.

697 Theory Thesis (3) For graduate majors in
theory only.

698 Research Report (1)

699 Musical Composition Thesis (3) For
graduate majors in composition only.

Vocal and Choral Music

Vocal and Choral Music

Dr. Sprenkle, Chaii-person

PROFESSOR

Raymond Friday, Ph.D., New York University

ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS

Lois V. Alt, M.Mus., University oj Michigan
W. Larry Dorminy, D.Mus., Indiana University
David Sprenkle, D.M.A., University of Maryland
G. Alan Wagner, M.F.A., Carnegie Mellon University

ASSISTANT PROFESSORS

Kathryn Chilcote, D.M.A., University of Oregon
Donald Nally, M.M., Westminster Choir College
Jane Wyss, D.M.A., University of Texas at Austin

Admission Requirements

In addition to the general requirements for admission to degree pro-
grams in music, performance applicants must: (1) demonstrate
advanced performance ability; (2) audition with a program, including
selections drawn from ItaUan art song, German Lied, French meiodie,
opera, and oratorio; (3) demonstrate diction competency in ItaUan,
German, and French; (4) submit a repertoire list; and (5) schedule an
interview with the graduate coordinator and the department chairper-
son. Students lacking nine credits of undergraduate foreign language
must remove this deficiency before candidacy.

MASTER OF MUSIC IN PERFORMANCE

(30 semester hours)

The program requires completion of three credits in music history
and three credits in music theory, as well as the concentration
described below.

Voice Concentration: Nine credits in individual lessons at the
advanced level (VOI 541-43) and a recital (VOI 697); VOC 524
(three credits); 4-6 credits (selected from VOC 511-16, 526, 529, 546,
and 591, and MHL 654), 4-6 credits of free electives; and
completion of a comprehensive exit examination.

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
VOCAL-CHORAL

Symbol: CHO

511 Masterworks Chorus (1) A large mixed
chorus presenting oratorios, masses, and advanced-
level choral literature. Permission of instructor.

611 Chamber Choir (1) A consort of 15-25
singers specializing in the performance of sacred
and secular vocal music of the Renaissance and
early Baroque periods. By audition.

612 Concert Choir (1) A mixed chorus of 35-45
singers performing sacred and secular choral
literature of all periods and styles. By audition.

Symbol: VOC

511 Masterclass — Baroque (1) Discussion
and performance of songs from the Baroque
period.

512 Masterclass — German Lied (1)
Discussion and performance of German art song.

513 Masterclass — French Meiodie (1) Dis-
cussion and performance of late French art song.

514 Master Class — 20th-century Art Song
(1) Discussion and performance of art songs from
the 20th century.

515 English-Italian Diction (3) English, Italian,
and Latin diction in a laboratory course to
establish correct pronunciation in singing. The
phonetics of these languages are used in selected
song repertoire.

516 French-German Diction (3) French and
German diction in a laboratory course to establish

correct pronunciation m smging. The phonetics
of these languages are used in selected song
repertoire.

524 Musico-Dramatic Production (3)
Techniques of producing musical plays. Prepara-
tion for roles, coaching, and conducting rehears-
als. May lead to a public performance of the
material studied.

526 Choral Literature (3) Examples of choral
music from the various musical periods. Primarily
larger works.

529 Vocal Literature (3) Classic song hterature,
lieder, meiodie, and contemporary art songs are
discussed.

536-39 Vocal-Choral Workshops (1-3)
Participation-oriented workshops designed to
meet specific needs in vocal-choral music.
546 Vocal Ensemble (2) Self-study in the
performance and preparation of small ensembles.
Project must have the approval of the department
chairperson.

591 Vocal Pedagogy (3) Principles and tech-
niques of teaching voice.
679-80 Special Subjects Seminar (1-3)
Significant topics presented by faculty or visiting
lecturers.

681 Independent Study (1)

682 Independent Study (2)

683 Independent Study (3)

691 Research Seminar in Music (2)

692 Research Seminar in Music (1)

Symbol: VOI

501-02 Individual Lessons at the Minor Level
(1) An elective course for graduate students.

511-14 Individual Lessons at the Major Level (1)
Voice majors in the Master of Music in music educa-
tion program. PREREQ: Completion of the under-
graduate voice major requirements or by audition.

541-43 Individual Lessons at the Advanced
Level (3) Advanced vocal studies culminating in
a full master's recital. PREREQ: Completion of
the performance requirements for the Bachelor of
Music in voice program or admission by audition.

696 Recital (1) A shared (half) public recital
for candidates in the Master of Music Education
program in lieu of a research report. Candidate
must write approved program notes. PREREQ:
Approval by the examination committee.

697 Recital (2) A full public recital demonstrat-
ing an understanding of various performance
styles and the ability to perform. Required of
candidates for the Master of Music in voice degree.
PREREQ: Approval by the examination committee.

Symbol: VOW

521 The Broadway Musical (3) Surveys the
American musical theatre, past and present.
Elements of producing the American musical in
school settings.

522 The Musical Revue (1-3) Explores the
concept of choral music in motion and the
necessary techniques and skills for mounting a
successful choral ensemble.

Nursing

Nursing

105 Nursing Building
West Chester University
West Chester, PA 19383
610-436-2219

Prof. Coghlan Stowe, Chairperson

Dr. Hickman, Coordinator of Graduate Studies

PROFESSOR

Susan C. Slaninka, Ed.D.

Temple University

ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS

Barbara F. Haus, Ed.D., Lehigh University'
Janet S. Hickman, Ed.D., Temple Universit>'
Eileen G. Perciful, D.N.Sc, Widener University

ASSISTANT PROFESSOR

Ann Coghlan Stowe, M.S.N. , l/niversity of Pennsylvania

Admission Requirements

The minimum admission standards for the Department of Nursing
are a BSN degree from an NLN-accredited program, an undergraduate
GPA of at least 2.5, a course in statistics, a course in physical
assessment, GRE verbal and quantitative score or MAT score, current
licensure as a registered nurse (Pennsylvania licensure required prior
to the clinical practicum), at least two years of recent full-time
experience as a nurse providing direct clinical care, and three letters
of recommendation from individuals familiar with the applicant's
academic and/or professional qualifications.

MASTER OF SCIENCE IN NURSING

(36 semester hours)

Concentration: Community Health Nursing

The Master of Science in Nursing program will prepare professional
nurses for leadership roles in community health nursing through in-
depth consideration of community-based health care delivery systems,
preparation in a functional role, and the use of critical inquiry and
scholarship to improve the practice of nursing.
The program curriculum, developed in coordination with nurse
educators, clinicians, and professional societies, offers a choice of
instructional focus. The student will select either an education or
administration functional component within the community health
concentration. All students pursuing the MSN degree are required
to earn six credits in nursing research to complete the program.
The program was developed in accordance with the professional stan-
dards of the National League for Nursing. The department will contin-
ue striving to maintain the highest academic standards at all profession-
al levels and to achieve professional approval and accreditation.

Functional Component: Nursing Education
The focus in nursing education will enhance the skills of the
professional nurse in curriculum development and teaching compe-
tencies in nursing. Relevant electives (three credits) are selected
under advisement.

Functional Component: Nursing Administration

The nursing administration focus will facilitate preparation of gradu-
ate nurses as clinical specialists, especially in the fields of gerontol-

ogy and chronic illness. This focus is designed in anticipation of a
more severely ill case mix in acute-care settings, as well as
accelerated use of HMO's, home health agencies, and other types of
community-based care. Relevant electives (three credits) are selected
under advisement.

Requirements for the Master of Science in Nursing

(36 semester hours)
I. Core Component 18 semester hours

BIO 584 Epidemiology (3) or HEA 520 Scientific Basis for

Health (3)
NSG 501 Nursing Theories and Issues (3)
NSG 502 Perspectives of Community Health Nursing (4)
NSG 503 Principles and Practice of Community Health

Nursing (6)
NSG 504 Advanced Concepts of Community Health Nursing (2)

II. Functional Component 9 semester hours
Each student will choose either nursing administration or nursing
education as a functional focus.

A. Nursing Administration

NSG 509 Community Health Nursing Administration
NSG 510 Nursing Administration in Community Health

Settings (3)
Relevant electives selected under advisement (3)
OR

B. Nursing Education

NSG 507 Curriculum Development in Nursing Education (3)
NSG 508 Teaching Competencies in Nursing: Principles

and Methods (3)
Relevant electives selected under advisement (3)

III. Research Component 6 semester hours
NSG 505 Nursing Research 1 (3)

NSG 506 Nursing Research II (3)

IV. Elective 3 semester hours
Relevant electives selected under advisement

V. Satisfactory performance on the written and/or oral comprehen-
sive examination

Special Requirements

Insurance. Students are required to carry liability insurance coverage
in the amount of $l,000,000/$3,000,000 when enrolled in nursing
courses having a clinical component.

CPR Certification. Students enrolled in nursing courses having a
clinical component are required to be currently certified by the
American Red Cross, American Heart Association, or other acceptable
resource in Life Support (two-person) Cardiopulmonary Resuscita-
tion. The CPR course must include resuscitation of infants and
children.

Health Requirements

Students enrolled in nursing courses having a clinical component
must provide the Department of Nursing evidence of a current
(within one year) health assessment performed by a physician or
certified nurse practitioner. Documentation of inoculations against
diphtheria, tetanus, measles, poliomyelitis, and hepatitis B must be
included.

Philosophy

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
NURSING

Symbol: NSG

501 Nursing Theories and Issues (3)

Exploration of a variety of theories and current
issues that affect nursing practice, education, and
administration.

502 Perspectives of Conununity Health Nursing
(4) Introduction to concepts of public health and
community health nursing. Includes both class-
room presentations and clinical practicum in an
agency of interest to the student, focusing primar-
ily on community health care. PREREQ or CON-
CURR: NSG 501.

503 Principles and Practice of Community Health
Nursing (6) Students will continue to refine the
application of principles of community health during
a second in the series of courses combining theory
with practice. Continued emphasis on the political,
governmental, and fiscal management aspects of
community health nursing. PREREQ: NSG 502.

504 Advanced Concepts of Community Health
Nursing (2) Seminar on advanced concepts of
community health. No chnical practicum is asso-
ciated with this course, which will be taken
either prior to or together with the functional
practicum. PREREQ: NSG 503.

505 Nursing Research 1 (3)

506 Nursing Research II (3) Critical analysis
of research design and outcomes, using existing
nursing research studies from the professional
hterature and existing computerized simulated
research to develop skill in research modalities.
PREREQ: NSG 505.

507 Curriculum Development in Nursing

Education (3) This course is designed to examine
the theor)' and practice of curriculum develop-
ment as a group process, s>'nthesizing basic
principles of curriculum in nursing education.

508 Teaching Competencies in Nursing —
Principles and Methods (3) Examination of the
teaching-learning process and skills in profes-
sional nursing, with emphasis on baccalaureate
or in-service education. Includes both classroom
and clinical practicum teaching experience, as
well as seminars with other students enrolled.
Focus is community' health nursing throughout.
PREREQ: NSG 507.

509 Community Health Nursing Administration
(3) Principles of administration, leadership, and
organization related to the deliver)' of community
health nursing care. Organizational, management,
power, decision-making, motivational and change
theories will be examined in relationship to the
community health nurse administrator.

510 Nursing Administration in Community
Health Nursing Settings (3) Examination of
management skills for nurse-administrators in a
ser%'ice setting in community' health. Includes
both classroom and clinical practicum administra-
tive experience, as well as seminars with other
students enrolled Focus is community health
nursing throughout. PREREQ: NSG 509.

511 Measurement and Evaluation in Nursing
Education (3) This course will focus on the
application of principles of measurement and
evaluation within nursing education. Practical
experiences -will include the construction and
evaluation of classroom tests and clinical assess-
ment instruments, as well as interpretation of
standardized tests used within nursing education.
Current trends and issues related to evaluation
will be discussed.

513 Nursing Informatics (3) This course will
focus on the current and potential impact of the
microcomputer in the nursing arenas of practice,
education, and administration. Basic concepts of
computer literacy will be reviewed with lab
exercises to assist those who are not computer
literate. The course then will proceed from the
histor)' of nursing informatics and culminate with
the future of nursing informatics

516 Cancer Nursing Practice (3) The emphasis
of this course is the care of clients with cancer.
This course examines the various physiological,
psychosocial, and spiritual effects this disease has
on clients and their famihes. A variety' of topics
will be discussed, including: communication,
hope, sexuahty, spirituality', loss, pain, and
altered body image. The focus of the course is on
the role of the professional nurse in prevention,
diagnosis, and client management.

517 Selected Topics in Nursing (3) An in-depth
study of selected, current topics relevant to the
development of nursing majors. This course will
emphasize the critical analysis of current topics
that impact on professional nursing. Each student
will develop a commitment to reading and cri-
tiquing nursing research in professional journals
as part of the teaching-learning process.

520 Health Assessment in Advanced Nursing
Practice (3) This course combines comprehensive
theoretical and laboratory experience to enable
the nurse in advanced practice to complete a
holistic health assessment of the client.
Opportunity is pro\ided to enhance the partici-
pant's ability' to collect relevant data via use of
appropriate interviewing methods, developmental
and physical assessment techniques, critical
thinking, and psychomotor skills (two hours,
lecture; three hours, laboratoty').

Philosophy

103 Main Hall
West Chester University
West Chester, PA 19383
610-436-2841

Dr. Claghom, Chairperson and Coordinator of Graduate Studies
PROFESSORS

George 5. Claghom, Ph.D., University of Pennsyhania
W. Stephen Croddy, Ph.D., Brown University
Thomas W. Piatt, Ph.D., University of Pennsyhania
Stanley Riukas, Ph.D., New York University
Paul A. Streveler, Ph.D., University o/ Wisconsin
Frederick R. Struckmeyer, Ph.D., Boston University
ASSISTANT PROFESSORS
Frank J. Hoffman, Ph.D., University of London
Ruth Porritt, Ph.D., Purdue University
Program of Study

The Department of Philosophy offers a program leading to the
Master of Arts in philosophy. This degree will serve as a foun-
dation for studies leading to a Ph.D. in philosophy or prepare
students for positions in industry, government, or college
teaching.

Admission Requirements

In addition to meeting general requirements for admission to a degree
program at West Chester, applicants must present a minimum of 12

semester hours of undergraduate philosophy, including courses in
history of ancient philosophy, history of modem philosophy, ethics,
and logic.

Foreign Language Requirement

Candidates for the M.A. must demonstrate a reading proficiency in
French, German, or Spanish.

Final Examination Requirement

A comprehensive, -written final examination is required. This will
cover four fields: (1) metaphysics; (2) any two from logic, ethics,
aesthetics, philosophy of language, philosophy of science, or
American philosophy; and (3) any agreed-upon philosopher, such
as Plato, Aquinas, Kant, or Wittgenstein.

MASTER OF ARTS IN PHILOSOPHY

(30 semester hours)

All candidates are required to take PHI 599 and PHI 640. Beyond
these requirements, the student has the choice of a thesis or non-
thesis program.

The thesis program requires 18 semester hours in philosophy; six
semester hours of electives, chosen from philosophy or related
courses; and the thesis (PHI 610), which accounts for six semester
hours.

The nonthesis program specifies 24 semester hours in the philoso-
phy concentration and six semester hours of electives (philosophy or
related).

Physical Science

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
PHILOSOPHY

Symbol: PHI

506 Meaning in Language (also LIN 506)
(3) A discussion of topics having to do with
meaning in everyday oral communication.

512 Ethical Theories (3) Examination of various
ethical theories with practical applications to
such problems as authority, punishment, rights,
marriage, and race

513 Aesthetic Theories (3) History of aesthetics,
as seen in classic interpretations. Psychological
and sociological origins of art; the role of art works
in the enrichment of hfe

514 Philosophy of Religion (3) Dominant trends
in religious philosophy of the Western world.
Religious language, reason and faith, science, the
nature of man, the existence of God, and
mysticism.

515 Existentialism (3) Background and themes
of current existentialism, as reflected in Kierke-
gaard, Jaspers, Marcel, Heidegger, and Sartre.

Evaluation of existentialism and its impact on
contemporary literature, drama, art, and society.
520 Philosophy of Mind (3) The human mind,
according to representative \iews. Presupposi-
tions and implications, both scientific and
philosophic, traced and analyzed. The mind-body
problem, perception, memory, and the implica-
tions of depth psychology.

522 Philosophy of Science (3) The course
begins with case studies in science and derives
general principles from them. Scientific law,
analogy, models, variant theories, confirmation,
and interpretation.

523 Philosophy of Language (also LIN 523)
(3) Problems of language and oral communication,
with emphasis on problems of reference.

530 American Philosophy (3) American views
of man, society, and the universe, from colonial
times to the 20th centur\'.

♦ 531 Oriental Philosophy (3) Central figures
and classic teachings of Eastern philosophy and
religion: Islam, Hinduism, Buddhism, Confucian-

ism, Taoism, and Shintoism; naturalistic and
humanistic elements of decisive influence on the
culture of the Orient,

536 Symbolic Logic (3) Basic principles and
methods of symbolic logic. Practice in determining
validity of sentential and quantificational
arguments. The algebra of classes.

♦ 590 Independent Studies in Philosophy (3)

♦ 599 Philosophic Concepts and Systems (3)
Basic concepts of the philosophic enterprise: form,
matter, the categories, cause, and purpose.
Relation of premises to method and conclusions.
Rival theories are compared for justification and
adequacy.

610 Thesis (3-6)

♦ 640 Seminar (3) Study and evaluation of the
major works of one philosopher, such as Plato,
Aquinas, Kant, or Wittgenstein.

The following undergraduate course may also be
taken for graduate credit, when properly
approved: PHI 483 Philosophy of History.

♦ This course may be taken again for credit.

Physical Science

(Interdepartmental)

Dr. Pritchard (Geology and Astronomy) and Dr, Ahmad
(Chemistry), Program Coordinators

Program of Study

An interdepartmental master's degree program is offered by
the departments of Chemistry, and Geology and Astronomy.
The program may be adapted to meet the needs of those who
teach, plan to pursue graduate studies in other institutions, or
prepare for careers in the physical sciences.

Leading to the Master of Arts degree, the program makes it
possible for students to plan a sequence of studies meeting
their individual needs. This may be accomplished either
through selections from each of the disciplines or by
concentrating in one of them.

Admission Requirements

Students entering the program are normally expected to have a
bachelor's degree in science or science education and, if teaching in
the public schools, a valid teaching certificate.

MASTER OF ARTS IN PHYSICAL SCIENCE

(34 semester hours)

Students majoring in this program must take 34 semester hours of
course work and successfully complete a comprehensive examina-
tion. Those taking their courses in the Department of Geolog>' and
Astronomy will be expected to complete a six-hour thesis as part of
the required 34 semester hours.

This program is developed, under advisement, from course selections
in chemistr)\ mathematics, geology, astronomy, and science educa-
tion. Normally, course work is restricted to these areas. However,
exceptions may be made under special circumstances. Consult with
the appropriate department graduate coordinator.

Near the end of the program, the student must pass a comprehensive
examination that will demonstrate subject matter knowledge, as
well as an ability to observe, analyze, integrate, synthesize, and
understand the broad physical concepts related to the course of study.
Consult with the appropriate department.

For descriptions of course offerings, see the sections covering the
departments of Chemistry, Geology and Astronomy, and Mathematics
and Computer Science.

Political Science

Political Science

207 Ruby Jones Hall
West Chester University
West Chester, PA 19383
610-436-2343

Dr. Shea, Chairperson
Mr. Burton, Public Administration; Adviser
Dr. Milne, Director, M.S. in Administration; Coordinator of
Graduate Studies

PROFESSORS

Robert J. Marbach, Ph.D., Temple University
James S. Milne, Ph.D., Temple University
John C. Shea, Ph.D., University of Pittsburgh

ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS

WiUiam F. Bums, M.A., Case Western Reserve University
A. Wayne Burton, M.A., University of Pennsylvania
David S. Eldredge, M.A.T., Harvard University
Lawrence V. lacono, M.Ed., West Chester University
Bhim Sandhu, Ph.D., University of Missouri
James G. Smith, Ph.D., Indiana University at Bloomington

ASSISTANT PROFESSORS

Yury Polsky, Ph.D., University of Michigan
Frauke Schnell, Ph.D., State University of New York at Stony
Brook

INSTRUCTOR

Jay P. Brenneman, M.A., University of Tennessee

Programs of Study

The Department of Political Science offers the Master of
Science in Administration wdth a concentration in public
administration. This is an interdisciplinary degree described
in the section on the Master of Science in Administration.

18 semester hours

18 semester hours

MASTER OF SCIENCE IN ADMINISTRATION
Concentration in Public Administration
(36 semester hours)
Required: Administration Core

ADM 501, 502, 503, 504, 505, and 506 or 507
Option 1: Public Administration Core*
Focus on state and local government
ADM 500 Methods and Materials of Research (3)
ADM 600 Research Report (3)
GEO 525 Urban and Regional Planning (3)
GEO 527 Planning Law and Organization (3)
PSC 544 American Public Policy (3)

PSC 549 Politics of Bureaucracy and Administrative Behavior (3)

or

Option 2: Individually Contracted Public

Administration Core* 18 semester hours

Specialized focus, taken under advisement, to meet the student's

career goals and needs

ADM 500 Methods and Materials of Research (3)

ADM 600 Research Report (3)

PSC 544 American Pubhc Policy (3)

PSC 549 Politics of Bureaucracy and Administrative Behavior (3)

Elective (3)

Elective (3)
The objective of option 2 is to allow students to select courses from
University graduate programs to tailor a program suitable to their
career goals or specialized needs.

Both concentration options allow for an internship experience (ADM
612 Internship) of 3-6 semester hours, depending on prior student
preparation. Students with little or no organizational work experi-
ence may be required to successfully complete ADM 612 as an additional
3-6 hours in the concentration.

A comprehensive examination in the concentration is required.
The examination will be based on core and concentration course
work.

*Students with undergraduate majors in political science may be permitted,
under advisement, to substitute appropriate courses.

POLITICAL SCIENCE

Symbol: PSC/PAD

515 Women in Politics (3) The role of women
in politics is surveyed. Considerations include
the relationship between the sexes as it has an
impact on politics.

525 The American Presidency (3) Analysis of
the presidency, stressing its evolution into a
modem institution and the contemporary behav-
ioral aspects of the office. Personality, power,
and campaign strategy in conjunction with
presidential relations with the executive branch,
Congress, courts, and the media.

531 Modem Political Theory (3) Critical
analysis of enduring political problems as seen
primarily in the writings of theorists from Machi-
avelli to the present; basic concepts of political
science; theories concerning the proper role of the
state in society.

532 International Relations (3) Factors motivat-
ing the actions of nations; machinery evolved by
nation states for effecting their various policies.

Methods of diplomacy, intemational law, and
international organization.

533 Congressional Politics (3) The politics of,
and the legislative process in. Congress. Internal
influences on the Congressional performance,
such as rules, norms, and behavior, and external
influences including the executive branch and
interest groups.

534 American Political Parties (3) Patterns,
functions, and history of the American political
party system at national, state, and local levels.
Theoretical and empirical studies of political
interest groups, public opinion, and voting
behavior.

540 American Constitutional Law (3) Evolution
of constitutional law through study of the leading
decisions of the Supreme Court and their
significance for the Amencan governmental system.

541 Latin American Culture and Politics (3)
Comparative analysis of contemporary I-atin-
American systems. Stress of poUtical culture,
decision making, ideologies, and political processes.

542 Dynamics of Public Opinion and Political

Behavior (3) The poUtical role and style of
masses and elites; uses and abuses of polls,
political socialization, voting behavior, campaign-
ing, and media. Understanding mdividual opinion
formation (micro) and mass publics (macro).
544 American Public Policy (3) Survey of
literature; examination of approaches; discussion
of concepts and issues in the field of American
poUtics and policy processes.

548 The Communist Powers (3) Comparative
study of various Communist systems, particularly
the U.S.S.R. and China. Elite-mass relationships;
role of Marxism-Leninism; party, economic, and
political stmctures. Secondary attention to
Eastern Europe, Cuba, and nonruling parties.

549 Politics of Bureaucracy and Administrative
Behavior (3) In-depth examination of the fourth
branch of government. Impact of administrative
apparatus (bureaucracy) on public policy formu-
lation and implementation in the United States.
551 The Politics of Non-Westem Areas (3)
Problems of nation building, political participa-

Psychology

tion, and elite-mass relationships in the
less-developed nations. Latin American, Asian, or
African nations may be stressed as a case study.
552 Civil Liberties and Civil Rights (3) Analysis
of constitutional rights and governmental atti-
tudes with respect to ci\al liberties. Emphasis on
case-study method and role playing.
560 The Politics of Revolution (3) Synthesis of
research, concepts, and theories of revolution.
Stress on the meaning, causes, phases, and
ideologies of revolution. Contemporary move-
ments emphasized.

PAD 561 State and Local Government (3)
Examination of the organization, functions, and
politics of state and local government, including

analysis of poliucs in slates, counties, cities, and
towns in urban, suburban, and rural areas. Inter-
governmental relations in education, transporta-
tion, and welfare policy are examined.
PAD 573 American Intergovernmental Rela-
tions (3) Designed to familiarize students with the
complex network of conflict, cooperation, and
interdependence among national, state, and local
government units. Topic areas include an
analysis of continuing evolution of American
federalism, an examination of this relationship
from state and city government perspectives, and
a descnption of specific intergovernmental fiscal
programs and policies.
590 Independent Studies in Political Science

(.1-3) Research projects, reports, and readings in
political science. PREREQ: Approval of depart-
ment chairperson.

ADMINISTRATION

Symbol:ADM

500 Methods and Materials of Research (3)
Logic of scientific methodology research design
construction. Stress on h>-pothesis development
and testing, data collection, measurement prob-
lems, and theory application.
600 Research Report (3)
612 Internship (3-6) Intensive field placement
in organization under faculty guidance and
supervision. Precontracted learning objectives.

Psychology

114 Rosedale Avenue
West Chester University
West Chester, PA 19383
610-436-2945

Dr. Pollak, Chairperson

Dr. Duncan, Assistant Chairperson and Coordinator of
Graduate Studies

PROFESSORS

Mar)- E. Crawford, Ph.D., l/niversit>' of Delaware

Phillip K. Duncan, Ph.D., University of Florida

V. Krishna Kumar, Ph.D., Universit>' of Wisconsin-Madison

Samuel F. Moore. Ph.D., University' of Cincinnati

Walena C. Morse. Ph.D., Bryn Mawr College

Edward 1. Pollak, Ph.D., University' of Connecticut

Jack Porter, Ed.D., Temple University

Louis H. Porter, Ph.D., Howard University'

Harold R. Sands, Ph.D., Pennsylvania State University

Edward D. Smith. Ed.D., Pennsylvania State University

Thomas Treadwell, Ed.D., Temple University

ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS

Arvid Bloom, Ph.D., Colorado State University
Deborah Mahlstedt, Ph.D., Temple University
Robert R. Shinehouse, M.A., Temple University

ASSISTANT PROFESSORS

Sandra Kerr, Ph.D., State University of New York at Stony Brook
Jasmin T. McConatha, Ph.D., University of Georgia
Michael J. Renner, Ph.D., University of California at Berkeley
Deanne L. Zotter Bonifazi, Ph.D., Kent State University

Programs of Study

The Department of Psycholog)' offers the Master of Arts degree
with concentrations in clinical psycholog)', industrial/organiza-
tional psychologN'. general psychology, and group psychotherapy/
processes. The Department of Psycholog)' also cooperates in
offering the M.S.A. degree in human resource management by
teaching appropriate courses in industrial psychology.

Admission Requirements

The minimum admission standards for the Department of Psychology
are an undergraduate GPA of 3.0; a psychology GPA for three or

more courses of 3.25; GRE or MAT scores in the 40th percentile or
above; advanced psychology portions of the GRE (undergraduate
psycholog)' majors only), and three letters of reference. An interview
with the Department Admissions Committee also may be required.
Typically, admissions are made on a once-a-year basis with February
15 serving as the apphcation deadline. Students accepted into a
concentration may, vsith the approval of the Graduate Committee,
transfer to another concentration. A few applicants who do not fully
meet the outlined admission requirements may be admitted on a
proN'isional basis depending on their maturity, relevant work
experiences, and academic promise.

MASTER OF ARTS IN PSYCHOLOGY

(33-51 semester hours)

Several degree options are offered. The Master of Arts degree is offered
with a concentration in clinical psychology for students who wish
to work in a mental health setting or to continue their education at the
doctoral level. A concentration in general psychology is offered for
students interested in research, teaching, or in continuing their
graduate studies. The concentration in group psychotherapy/
processes prepares students for professional sers'ice in community
mental health/hospital, education, and organizational systems.
Specialized training is provided in group psychotherapy, psycho-
drama, and sociometry. This program conforms to the academic
requirements for certification as a psychodramatist, specified by The
American Board of Examiners in Psychodrama, Sociometry, and
Group Psychotherapy. The concentration in industrial/organization-
al psychology is designed for students interested in emplo)'ment in
business or industr)' or for those who wish to continue their
education at the doctoral level in a related area.
In addition, the Department of Ps)chology has a cooperative agreement
with the school psycholog)' and educational psycholog)' programs at
Pennsylvania State University. Students in the West Chester University
psycholog)' masters degree programs who qualif)' are given early
admission consideration to these programs, and receive credit toward
the Ed.D. or the Ph.D. for course work completed at West Chester
University. For details, see the department's graduate handbook.
Students may have to take one or more courses during the summer
to complete their program. All students who expect to obtain an
M.A. in psycholog)' are required to pass a comprehensive examina-
tion. However, the comprehensive examination will be waived for
those students who elect to write a thesis.

More details about the program are available in the department's
graduate handbook.

Psychology

Concentration: Clinical Psychology

(40-42 semester hours)

The clinical concentration involves taking 30 semester hours of
required course work: PSY 502, 506, 512, 517, 524, 527, 544, 549,
559, and 595. Students also are required to take six semester
hours of electives selected from PSY 464, 480, 490, 509, 513, 530,
543, 550, 562, 565, 600, and 610. In addition, a 4-6 semester-hour
clinical practicum (PSY 615) is required. Students should make
every effort to take the following core courses first: PSY 502, 506,

512, 517, and 524.

Concentration: General Psychology

(33-36 semester hours)

The following 15 semester hours of course work are required: PSY
502, 506, 512, 517, and 524. All students in this concentration are
required to complete a research report (PSY 600) and write a thesis
(PSY 610). All students also must complete 15 semester hours of
electives. Subject to approval, six of the elective credits may be taken
from the graduate offerings of other departments. The departmental
courses allowed as electives are PSY 445, 464, 475, 480, 490, 509,
527, 530, 550, 562, and 565 (Note: No more than six semester
hours of 400-level courses are allowed as electives.)

Concentration: Group Psychotherapy/Processes

(45-51 semester hours)

The group psychotherapy/processes concentration involves 33

semester hours of required course work (EDC 567, PSY 502, 512,

513, 514, 517, 543, 547, 550, 559, and 595). The student also must
complete two of the following courses: PSY 527, 544, 549, or 562.
In addition, a three-semester-hour chnical practicum (PSY 615), for
which the preceding courses serve as prerequisites, is required.

Another requirement is completion of either a thesis (PSY 610) or
research report (PSY 600).

Concentration: Industrial/Organizational Psychology
(36-39 semester hours)

The industrial/organizational concentration includes 21 semester hours
of required course work (PSY 502, 506, 524, 560, 562, 563, and 566).
A three-credit internship (PSY 630) and a 3-6 credit research
experience (PSY 600 and/or PSY 610) also are required. In addition,
students must take 3-5 elective courses which, in combination with
their internship and research experience, will enable them to explore
a particular aspect of the field in greater depth. The elective courses may
be taken outside of the Department of Psychology. Courses restricted
to clinical psychology majors cannot be taken as electives. With
careful selection of electives, internship, and research focus, students
will be able to develop specialization in performance analysis and
training, personnel evaluation and placement, or aspects of group and
organizational processes in industrial/organizational psychology.

MASTER OF SCIENCE IN ADMINISTRATION

Concentration: Human Resource Management

(36 semester hours)

The Department of Psychology participates in an interdisciplinary

degree program leading to a Master of Science in Administration with

a concentration in human resource management. (See the section

describing Administration.)

Concentration: Training and Development

(36 semester hours)

The Department of Psychology participates in an interdisciplinary
degree program leading to a Master of Science in Administration
with a concentration in training and development. (See the section
describing Administration.)

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS*
PSYCHOLOGY

Symbol: PSY

301 Introductory Statistics for the Behavioral
Sciences (3) Central tendency, variability,
standard scores, correlation, probability, sampling,
tests of hypotheses, "t" test, chi square, distribution-
free statistics, and introduction to analysis of
variance. PSY 501 is particularly recommended
for those who are weak in, or have not previously
been exposed to, behavioral sciences statistics.
502 Advanced Statistics for Behavioral Sciences
(3) This course covers inferential statistical
techniques with emphasis on application to
research in psychology and related areas. PRE-
REQ: PSY 501 or equivalent.
506 Theories of Learning (3) Survey and critical
review of existing theories of learning and
relevant research data.
509 Advanced Social Psychology (3)
Emphasizes contemporary approaches to the study
of social behavior including cognitive, social,
and experimental and quasi-experimental research
methodology.

512 Psychology of Personality (3) The interac-
tion and effects of forces that influence personal-
ity development. Normal and neurotic develop-
ment are contrasted. Principles of personality
measurement are explored.

513 Theory and Practice of Psychodrama (3)
This course introduces theory and practice of
psychodrama as a psychotherapeutic modality,
emphasizing psychodramatic and sociometric
techniques. It gives each person a chance to
participate in using sociometry and psychodrama

techniques and integrates the theoretical with
the apphed components of psychodrama.
514 Theory and Practice of Psychodrama II
(3) Continuation of PSY 513 at an advanced level
with emphasis on clinical sociometry, the social
atom concept, auxiliary ego techniques, and
directing. Instruction will include both didactic
and experiential modes.

517 Psychopathology (3) Advanced study of
abnormal human behavior and a description of
pertinent types, including symptoms, causes, and
treatment. Current and recent theoretical ap-
proaches and research findings relevant to the
etiology and treatment of these disorders. PRE-
REQ: An undergraduate course in abnormal
psychology and PSY 512, or equivalents, or
permission of instructor

524 Psychometrics (3) A survey of measurement
theory in psychology with emphasis on the logic
of measurement, scaling models, statistical
methods, construction of valid and reliable
measures. PREREQ: PSY 501.

526 Program Evaluation (3) A survey of
procedures for planning and evaluating programs
in psychology, education, government services,
health and welfare, etc. Topics include needs
analysis, statement of objectives, definition and
verification of treatment, operational measures,
evaluation design, analysis/interpretation of data,
and report writing. Case studies of evaluation
from a variety of disciplines will be reviewed.

527 Behavior Modification (3) Application of
learning principles and euNironmcntal control to
behavior change. Foundation principles, tech-
niques, and assessment methods of modification.
PREREQ: PSY 506 or equivalent.

530 Human Sexual Behavior (3) The study of
those variables under which human sexual
behavior functions. Research from sociological
and medical studies is integrated with psycholog-
ical knowledge.

543 Psychology of Group Processes (3) Survey
of psychological group processes, tracing the
origins and historical development of the major
theoretical orientations.

544 Individual Psychometric Techniques:
Wechsler and Binet Scales (3) Historical develop-
ment, administration, scoring, and interpretation
of the Wechsler and Binet scales. PREREQ: PSY
501 and PSY 524 or equivalent. By permission only
(usually restricted to clinical psychology majors).
547 Human Intimacy (3) A study of processes
and factors in establishing, maintaining, and
terminating relationships via the use of group
methods.

549 Projective Techniques and Personality
Testing (3) History and theory of personaUty
testing. Introduction to administration, scoring,
and interpretation of projective techniques. PRE-
REQ: PSY 517 or equivalent, and PSY 524.
Chnical psychology majors, or others with
permission of instructor.

550 Independent Studies in Psychology (1-3)
Research projects, reports, and readings in
psychology. PREREQ: Approval of department

*A11 courses in the Department of Psychology
are restricted to those students who have been
admitted to a degree program by the Department of
Psychology, or to those who have received
special permission to register for a course from the
Department of Psychology graduate coordinator.

Special Education

graduate coordinator.

559 Psychotherapy (3) Theoretical consider-
ations, principles, techniques, and problems
involved in counseling and psychotherapy. Usually
restncted to clinical psychology majors. PRE-
REQ: PSY 512 and 517 or equivalents.

560 Industrial Psychology (3) Application of
individual differences, learning, and aptitudes to
functions such as personnel selection, placement,
training, and evaluation.

562 Organizational Psychology (3) Focus on
the relation between the individual and the
organization. Elements of the organization that
affect behavior are considered. Research designs
appropriate to individual cases are presented.

563 Performance Analysis (3) An
accomplishment-based approach to the analysis
of human performance. Topics include measure-
ment and analysis of performance opportunities
and strategies for improving performance.

564 Human Factors (3) Methods and results of
experimental psycholog>- peninent to human-
machine relationship problems. Workplace design,
systems approach, control and display, and man-
in-space challenges are considered.

565 Psychology of Women (3) A study of
behaviors and expenences of women; biological,
cultural, interpersonal, and intrapersonal determi-
nants of women's actions, thoughts, and feelings
are explored.

566 Seminar in Industrial/Organizational
Psychology (3) Recent technical, legal, social, and
ethical aspects of the field are covered. Affirma-
tive action and assessment, equal opportunit>'.

minonties and women in the work force, and
other pertinent issues are emphasized.
567 Training and Psychology (3) An overview
of the training process in organizations. Topics
range from needs analysis to evaluation of training
programs.

590 Topical Seminar in Psychology (1-3)
Special topics in psycholog)' not offered under
existing regularly offered courses. PREREQ:
Consent of instructor or graduate coordinator.
595 Clinical Psychology (3) Survey of clinical
techniques used in assessment and treatment of
personalit)' disorders. Restricted to clinical
psychology majors PREREQ: PSY 512 and 517.
600 Research Report (3) An original review of
the literature.**

610 Thesis (3-6) An original empirical study.
PREREQ: Permission of graduate coordinator.**
615 Clinical Practicum in Psychology (2-6)
Supervised professional participation in applied
ps>'chological activities, or projects in cooperating
agencies and institutions. PREREQ: PSY 502,
506, 512, 517, 524, 544, 559, and 595. Restricted
to clinical psycholog)' majors and recommenda-
tion of graduate clinical faculty.**
620 Practicum in School Psychology (3)
Supervised expenence as a school psychologist.
Offered for students seeking out-of-state certifica-
tion as a school psychologist. (West Chester
University does not presently offer a program
leading to certification as a school psychologist in
the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania.)
630 Internship in Industrial/Organizational
Psychology (3) Supervised professional participa-

tion in applied psychological activities within a
business or organizational setting. PREREQ:
Permission of instructor
The following 400-level course is frequently
taken for graduate credit.
445 Organizational Development (3) Major
theoretical, research, and applied issues in organi-
zational diagnosis and change. Class sessions are
experientially onented.

These additional 400-level courses may be taken
for elective graduate credit with the permission
of the course instructor and the student's program
adviser, and/or the Department of Psychology
graduate coordinator: PSY 443 (Psychology of
Group Processes); 445 (Organizational Develop-
ment); 464 (Physiological Psychology); 470
(Sensor)- and Perceptual Processes); 475 (Cognitive
Psychology); 480 (Neuropsychological Rehabilita-
tion); 490 (Topical Seminar in Psychology).
Descriptions of these courses can be found in the
current West Chester University Undergraduate
Catalog.

Requirements in addition to those existing for
undergraduates are imposed for any 400-level
course taken for graduate credit. No more than
six credits of 400-level course work may be
applied toward a graduate degree.

** While work on these courses may be completed
any semester, students are encouraged to enroll
for them during the summer sessions. Courses
may be cancelled or the semester changed as
required by enrollment. Summer courses depend
on adequate enrollment.

Reading — See Childhood Studies and Reading

Secondary Education — See Counselor, Secondary, and Professional Education

Sociology — See Anthropology and Sociology

Special Education

309 Recitation Hall
West Chester University
West Chester, PA 19383
610-436-2579

Dr. Finkel, Chairperson

Dr. Zloto'wski, Coordinator oj Graduate Studies

ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS

Judith S. Finkel, Ph.D., Union Graduate School
Deborah A. Nickles, M.S., Syracuse University
Martin Zlotowski, Ph.D., Michigan State University

ASSISTANT PROFESSOR

George P. Drake, Jr., Ph.D., University oj Virginia

Programs of Study

The Department of Special Education offers programs leading to
the Master of Education in special education. The department
also offers a program leading to certification in special education.

THE MASTER OF EDUCATION PROGRAM ALONE DOES NOT
LEAD TO LEVEL I CERTIFICATION IN SPECIAL EDUCATION.

MASTER OF EDUCATION IN SPECIAL EDUCATION

Admission Requirements

All candidates must meet the general requirements for admission to a
degree program at West Chester University, listed under Admission.

The Department of Special Education requires a 2.50 undergraduate
GPA and a 2.75 in the candidate's major field.

The following items should be returned with the completed
application form to the Office of Graduate Studies and Sponsored
Research:

1. A copy of the applicant's Pennsylvania Instructional 1 Certificate

2. An extended statement describing the applicant's interests, needs, and
goals, including the applicant's interest in taking graduate study

3. Evidence of an acceptable score on the Miller Analogies Test
Applicants must arrange for an interview with the chair or graduate
coordinator of the Department of Special Education. Arrangements
are made through the department secretary.

Failure to complete any of these application requirements will result
in provisional matriculation status and will limit the number of
courses the student may take.

Teaching English as a Second Language

Degree Requirements

1. The student must apply to be admitted to candidacy after the com-
pletion of 12 credit hours of work at West Chester University,
including EDF 510 and two courses from the Special Education
Program, one of which must be EDA 541. Grade point averages
(GPAs) must be consistent with standards required in graduate stud-
ies at West Chester University (minimum cumulative GPA of 3.0).

2. The student must pass a comprehensive examination after the com-
pletion of a minimum of 24 semester hours of work or a maximum
of 30 semester hours. The student must file a written request with
both the chairperson and the graduate coordinator to take the exami-
nation. The request should be filed no later than six weeks prior to
the date of the examination. The examination may be taken twice,
but a semester interval is required between failure and re-examina-
tion. A student who fails the examination twice must obtain approval
of the department to take it a third and final time.

3. The student must complete all degree requirements with a
minimum cumulative GPA of 3.0.

MASTER OF EDUCATION IN SPECIAL EDUCATION
Program Description

The program is offered on a thesis or nonthesis basis:
Option A: (30 semester hours plus thesis)

The student will complete nine hours in Area 1, 12 hours in

Area II, nine hours in Area III, and EDA 591.
Option B: (36 semester hours)

The student wall complete nine hours in Area 1,15 hours in

Area 11, and 12 hours in Area III.

Area 1 — Professional Education

EDF 500 Methods and Materials of Research in Education (3)

or
EDF 501 Methods and Materials of Research for Elementary

Education (3)

Educational Foundations (3)

Advanced Educational Psychology (3)

Special Education

Prescriptive Teaching (3)
Psychology of Exceptional Children (3)
Developmental Assessment of Children with Learning
Disabilities (3)

Current Issues and Trends (3)

Practicum: Special Education (3) (required in Option B)
Thesis and Research (6) (required in Option A)
Area III — Concentration

Students will select an area of concentration under advisement. The
concentration will consist of approved courses from one of the fol-
lowing areas:

EDF

510

EDP

550

reall

— S

EDA

501

EDA

541

EDA

573

EDA

580

EDA

581

EDA

591

The Arts

Communicative Disorders
Counseling
Instructional Media
Physical Education
Psychology
Criminal Justice
Educational Research

Elementary Education

Health Education

Reading

Secondary Education

Special Education

Urban Education

Student-Designed Concentration

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
SPECIAL EDUCATION

Symbol: EDA

The following courses may be taken as electives
by anyone in a graduate program, subject to
approval from the department and the student's
chairperson.

500 Mainstreaming for Exceptional Students
(3) Designed to acquaint classroom teachers with
special education students who may be spending
some portion of the day in a regular setting.
Current regulations and ways of meeting educa-
tional needs will be reviewed.

501 Prescriptive Teaching (3) An attempt to
guide the teacher to an awareness of the methods
by which medical, psychological, behavioral, and
academic diagnosis may be converted into rele-
vant educational terms, providing tor adequate
follow through on specific recommendations.
PREREQ: EDA 573.

541 Psychology of Exceptional Children (3)

Psychology of children whose intellectual, physi-
cal, social, and/or emotional characteristics are
significantly deviant from those of children
whose needs are met through normal educational
routes.

544 Classroom Management (3) Exploration of
current practices in the management and modifi-
cation of behavior. The professional's role in
achieving a better basis for meaningful communi-
cation with the special child. Problems that may
interfere with teacher effectiveness are discussed.
PREREQ: EDA 541 or equivalent.

572 The Emotionally Disturbed Child (3) A
study of abnormal and atypical behaviors exhibited
by disturbed students with emphasis on environ-
mental contingencies and implications. Intervention
and prevention strategies will be discussed.

573 Developmental Assessment of Children
with Learning Disabilities (3) Diagnostic proce-
dures and subsequent educational prescriptions

useful with students experiencing learning difficul-
ties. PREREQ: EDA 541 or equivalent.

580 Current Issues and Trends (3) Current
trends, problems, and issues in special education,
teacher education, research, and administration will
be explored. Emerging concepts relating to special
education will be emphasized. PREREQ: EDA 541
or equivalent.

581 Practicum: Special Education (3) Offers sm-
dents an opportunity to put skills gained through
course work into practice under supervision from
the department. Weekly seminar required. PRE-
REQ: EDA 541 or equivalent.

590 Independent Study (1-3)

591 Thesis and Research (6) This course will
provide the student the opportunity to learn how
to evaluate and interpret published research, to
conduct a critical research review, and to develop
and produce an original research paper. Offered
on a two-semester basis with each part carrying
three credits. PREREQ: EDF 500.

Teaching English as a Second Language

550 Main Hall

West Chester University

West Chester, PA 19383

610-436-2898

Dr. Godfrey, Program Coordinator

Diane O. Casagrande, Professor (Communication Studies)

W. Stephen Croddy, Professor (Philosophy)

Dennis L. Godfrey, Assistant Professor (English)

John T. Kelly, Associate Professor (English)

Garrett Molholt, Associate Professor (English)

Cheri L. Micheau, Assistant Professor (TESL and Linguistics)

Paul A. StoUer, Associate Professor (Anthropology)

Program of Study

The Master of Arts in Teaching English as a Second Language
is an interdisciplinary program contributed to by the depart-
ments of Anthropology and Sociology, Communication
Studies, English, Foreign Languages, and Philosophy. The
program is designed for those preparing to teach English to
students whose first language is not English. Students washing
to enter the program must consult the coordinator.

Admission Requirements

Note: At the present time, new students are not being admitted.

In addition to meeting the general requirements for a master's degree

Women's Studies

at West Chester, the candidate must (1) present an acceptable
baccalaureate degree, which includes at least 24 semester hours in
the area of English/foreign languages/linguistics, at least six semester
hours in the area of anthropology/psychology/sociology, and a course in
teaching reading (which may be taken as a program elective if it is
lacking); (2) take the verbal and quantitative tests of the Graduate
Record Examination or the Miller Analogies Test if deemed necessary;
(3) demonstrate adequate proficiency in a foreign language if the stu-
dent is a native speaker of English, or adequate proficiency in English
if the student is a nonnative speaker of English; and (4) fulfill the
course requirements and pass a written and/or oral comprehensive
examination, offered on the second Wednesday of Octoloer and March.

M.A. IN TEACHING ENGLISH AS A SECOND LANGUAGE (TESL)

(33 semester hours)

Required Courses 24 semester hours

ENG 573, 576, 577; LAN 500, 502, 503; LIN 501, 503

Students submitting equivalent courses for any of the above may
substitute, under advisement, courses from the groups below.

Electives 9 semester hours

Selected from the groups below. At least one course must be selected
from Group 1 .

Group 1: ENG 579; LIN 540, 555, and 580

Group 2: COM 515; ENG 578, 589, and 590; LAN 504, 505, 580,
590, 600, and 610; LIN 504, 505, 512, and 590; PHI 506 and 523
With the approval of the coordinator, students wishing to acquire
certification in English while enrolled in this program may use up
to six hours of electives for this purpose. Students who have
completed a minimum of 24 semester hours in approved courses
are eligible for a certificate in TESL.

For descriptions of courses under this program, TESL, see Commun-
ication Studies (COM), English (ENG), Foreign Languages (LAN),
Linguistics (LIN), and Philosophy (PHI).

Women's Studies

211 Main Hall

West Chester University

West Chester, PA 19383

610-436-2464

Dr. Schlau, Coordinator

Helen Berger, Assistant Professor (Sociology)

Maria Boes, Assistant Professor (History)

Rebecca Brey, Assistant Professor (Health)

Jean Piper Burton, Assistant Professor (Library Services)

Diane Casagrande, Professor (Communication Studies)

Mary E. Crawford, Professor (Psychology)

Anne Dzamba, Professor (History)

Celia Esplugas, Assistant Professor (Foreign Languages)

Robin Garrett, Assistant Professor (Nursing); Director,

Women's Center
Anne Herzog, Assistant Professor (English)
Jane Jeffrey, Assistant Professor (English)
Patricia Johnson, Professor (History)
Mary A. Keetz, Professor (Childhood Studies and Reading)
Elizabeth Larsen, Professor (English)
Deborah Mahlstedt, Associate Professor (Psychology)
Mary McCullough, Associate Professor (Communication Studies)
Avis McDonald, Associate Professor (English)
Lynette F. McGrath, Professor (English)
Patricia Patrick, Assistant Professor (Educational Services)
Ruth Porritt, Assistant Professor (Philosophy)
Geetha Ramanathan, Assistant Professor (English)
Arlene Rengert, Professor (Geography and Planning)
Stacey Schlau, Professor (Foreign Languages); Director

Women's Studies

Frauke Schnell, Assistant Professor (Political Science)
Carol Shloss, Associate Professor (English)
Mary Stieber, Assistant Professor (Art)
Karin Volkwein, Assistant Professor (Physical Education)
Richard J. Webster, Professor (History); Coordinator
American Studies

Program of Study

The Women's Studies Program consists of an interrelated
group of courses offered in both arts and sciences and
professional studies. Graduate courses include;

ECO 503 Economic Role of Women

Humanizing Teaching and Learning

Shakespeare's Sisters: Renaissance Women Writers

Comparative Literature Seminar

20th-century Women Poets

Women Writing

Women's Exercise and Sports

Women in Politics

Psychology of Women

Women in Leadership: Critical Issues

Management of Leadership: Laboratory Course

The Woman Executive: Research Seminar

Graduate students also may pursue a Master of Science in
Administration degree wfith a concentration in "Leadership for
Women." This concentration involves six courses in adminis-
trative skill areas and six additional courses which enable the
student to develop a mode of leadership appropriate to
workplaces in which access to organizational power is
inequitable for sexes of equal training and talent. See the
sections "Leadership for Women" and "Master of Science in
Administration" for further information.

EDE

589

ENG

523

ENG

565

ENG

568

ENG

580

FED

685

PSC

515

PSY

565

WOS

530

WOS

531

WOS

533

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
WOMEN'S STUDIES

Symbol: WOS

530 Women in Leadership: Critical Issues (3)

Survey of the literature that defines and discusses
critical issues for the woman leader. Some issues
center around lifest)'le choices and conflicts
(loneliness, family pressure) and others around

organizational barriers and alternative means to
overcome them.

531 Management of Leadership: Laboratory
Course (3) The study and practice of alternative
leadership modes. The course uses workshop
techniques to teach speech, small-group dynamics,
and other communication skills, and problem-
solving strategies.

533 Woman Executive: Research Seminar (3)
A seminar that requires each student to

complete an original project on the goals,
problems, choices, or successes of women
in middle- or upper-level management
positions. The use of case studies, surveys,
oral history, and other research techniques will
be explored. An appropriate internship may be
substituted for this course.
539 Independent Study (3) A project to be
developed independently by the student working
with a specific instructor.

Guide to Course Prefixes

Because many program descriptions

EDU

Counselor, Secondary' and

MTE

Mathematical Sciences

refer to courses offered by other depart-

Professional Education

MTL

Mathematical Sciences

ments, the following guide to course
prefixes is provided.

EDX
ELB

Counselor, Secondar)' and
Professional Education
Instrumental Music

MUE
MWJ
MWP

Music Education

Music Theory and Composition

Keyboard Music

ACC

Accounting

ELO

Instrumental Music

MWS

Keyboard Music

ADM

Administration, Leadership for

ENG

English

NSG

Nursing

Women

ESL

Geology and Astronomy

NSL

Nursing

AER

Aerospace Studies

ESS

Geology and Astronomy

ORG

Keyboard Music

ANT

Anthropology and Sociology

FIN

Economics

PAD

Government and Planning

ARH

Art

ELM

English

PEA

Physical Education

ART

Art

ERE

Foreign Languages

PEC

Instrumental Music

ASA

American Studies

GEO

Geography and Planning

PEN

Instrumental Music

ASH

Histor)', American Studies

GER

Foreign Languages

PHE

Geolog)' and Astronomy

BEN

Instrumental Music

GRE

Foreign Languages

PHI

Philosophy

BIL

Biology

HAR

Keyboard Music

PHL

Physics

BIO

Biology

HEA

Health

PHR

Physics

BLA

Business Administration

HEB

Foreign Languages

PHS

Physics

BRC

Instrumental Music

HIS

History

PHY

Physics and Pre-Engineering

BUS

Economics

HON

Honors Program

PLA

Keyboard Music
Foreign Languages

CBA

Instrumental Music

HTR

Health

POR

CHE

Chemistr)'

HUM

Women's Studies

PSC

Government and Planning

CHO

Vocal/Choral Music

ICO

Instrumental Music

PSY

PWT

Psychology

English

Counselor, Secondary and

Professional Education

CLS

Comparative Literature Studies,

IND

Geology and Astronomy

COM

English
Communiation Studies

INS
ITA

Instrumental Music
Foreign Languages

RES

COR
CRJ

Instrumental Music
Criminal Justice

JEN
JRN

Instrumental Music
English

RUS
SBA

Foreign Languages
Instrumental Music

CRL

Chemistry

KEN

Keyboard Music

SCB

sec

SCE

SEN

Biolog)'

Chemistry

Geology and Astronomy

Instrumental Music

CSC

Mathematical Sciences

KIL

Physical Education

DRC
ECE

Instrumental Music
Childhood Studies and Reading

KIN
LAN

Physical Education
Foreign Languages

ECO
EDA
EDC

EDE

EDF

Economics
Special Education
Counselor, Secondary and
Professional Education
Childhood Studies and Reading
Counselor, Secondar)' and

LAT

LEN

LIN

LIT

LPN

MAB

Foreign Languages

English

Foreign Languages

Enghsh

Philosophy

Instrumental Music

SOC
SPA
SPP
SSC

Anthropology and Sociology
Foreign Languages
Communicative Disorders
Social Studies, Ethnic Studies, Peace
and Conflict Studies

Professional Education

MAC

Keyboard Music

STA

Mathematical Sciences

EDG

Childhood Studies and Reading

MAK

Keyboard Music

STC

Instrumental Music

EDH

Counselor, Secondary and

MAP

Instrumental Music

SWO

Social Work

Professional Education

MAS

Instrumental Music

SYO

Instrumental Music

EDM

Instructional Media

MAT

Mathematical Sciences

THA

Theatre Arts

EDO

Counselor, Secondary and

MAW

Instrumental Music

VOC

Vocal/Choral Music

Professional Education

MGT

Business Administration

vol

Vocal/Choral Music

EDP

Counselor, Secondary and

MHL

Music History

WEN

Instrumental Music

Professional Education

MIS

Management Information Systems

WIN

Instrumental Music

EDR

Childhood Studies and Reading

MKT

Business Administration

WOS

Women's Studies

EDS

Counselor, Secondar)' and

MSI

Mihtary Science

wwc

'. Instrumental Music

Professional Education

MTC

Music Theory and Composition

Commonwealth of Pennsylvania

Thomas J. Ridge, Governor

State System of Higher Education

James H. McCormick, Chancellor

F. Eugene Dixon, Jr., Chair
Julia B. Ansil, Vice Chair
James T. Atherton
Muriel Berman
Donald M. Carroll, Jr.
Jeffrey W. Coy

Board of Governors

Rebecca F. Gross
James A. Hughes
F. Joseph Loeper
Floyd M. Mains
R. David Myers
Joseph M. Nespoli

Robert J. O'Hara, Vice Chair
Philip D. Rowe, Jr.
Jere W. Schuler
Patrick J. Stapleton
Julius Uehlein
Stephen E. Whitby

West Chester University Council of Trustees

James H. McCormick, Ex-Ofjicio

John F. Unruh, Chair Media

Martha Carson-Gentry, Vice Chair West Chester

William E. Hughes, Sr., Secretary West Chester

William Brennan Valley Forge

Mary Bushong New City, N.Y.

Bernard J. Carrozza Newtown Square

Barry Dozor Broomall

Edward Feierstein Bala Cynwyd

J. Curtis Joyner West Chester

James L. Larson Devon

W. Richard Whitlock Pottstown

Board of Directors
West Chester University Foundation

Dr. Donald J. Diffenbaugh '34, President

Charles E. Swope, Vice President

Mrs. Emilie K. Asplundh '27, Secretary

David L. Peirce, Executive Director and Treasurer

William H. Boucher

Albert E. Filano

Mrs. Guy Fry

Mrs. John B. Hannum
Johanna K. Havhck '27
James Latta, Jr.
W. E. MuUestein
Whitman A. Rice '39
Leslie B. Schramm

WCU Alumni Association Board of Directors

Elizabeth A. Beckmeyer
Donna Marie Berchtold
Edward C. Bitner
Linda Lou Chemosky
Rose P. Conley
Janice W. Etshied
Brian H. Fillipo, M.D.
Howard E. Friele

Louise Santo Giunta
Johanna K. Havlick
Karl Helicher
Karl A. Kaminski
Herbert Lee
Robert L. McCardell
Richard D. Merion
Anne Morris

Teri Flounders Mosteller
Edward C. Otwell
Todd R. Richman
Debra L. Seller
Dr. Luther B. Sowers
Ruthann W. Waldie
Lloyd C. Wilkinson

West Chester Uni\ersity of Pennsylvania is a member of the
Pennsyhania State System of Higher Education.

Administration

President Dr. Madeleine Wing Adler

Executive Assistant to the President Mr. Lawrence A. Dowdy

Director, Research and Planning Dr. Martin J. Higgins

Director, Affirmative Action vacant

Vice President for Academic Affairs/Provost (Interim) Dr. Carlos R. Ziegler

Dean, College of Arts and Sciences Dr. David R Buchanan

Associate Dean, College of Arts and Sciences Dr. Jennie Skerl

Dean, School of Business and Pubhc Affairs Dr. Christopher M. Fiorentino

Dean, School of Education Dr. Michael L. Hanes

Dean, School of Health Sciences (Interim) Mr. John L. Eberhart

Dean, School of Music Dr. Mary Anne Rees

Associate Provost (Interim) , Dr. Vivian Nix-Early

Director of Academic Programs and Services (Interim) Ms. Idna Corbett

Director, Academic Advising Center Mr. Theodore H. Butcher

Director, Academic Development Program Dr. Peter Kyper

Assistant Vice President of Enrollment Management (Interim) Ms Rhoda L. Todd

Director, Admissions Ms. Marsha L. Haug

Registrar Mr. Robert A. Kubat

Director, Financial Aid Mr. Dana C. Parker

Director, Library Services Mr. Frank Q. Helms

Associate Vice President for Information Services Mr. Wesley Fasnacht

Executive Director, Academic Computing Services Mr. Adel Baramani

Director, Administrative Computing Mr Fran DiSanti

Director of the Center for the Study of Connectivity and Databases Dr. Thomas A. Egan

Dean, Graduate Studies and Sponsored Research Dr. Anne S Williams

Associate Dean, Graduate Studies Dr. Paul E. Meyers

Dean, University College Dr. Eugene J. Kray

Vice President for Administrative and Fiscal Affairs Mr. Joseph D. Hamel

Director, Personnel Mr. WiUiam H. Schweitzer

Executive Director, Facilities Administration Mr. Stephen Quigley

Director, Physical Plant Mr. Moshen Malek

Director, Support Services Mr. Royston Gaihings

Director, Facilities Planning and Construction Mr. Terry Gebhard

Director, Environmental Health and Safety Ms. Gail Fellows

Director, Space Management and Calendar Ms. Lynn Hansell

Director, Public Safety Mr. Michael Bicking

Director, Fiscal Affairs Ms. Amy Winston-Boland

Director, University Services Mr. William Peoples

Chief Accountant Mr John Taylor

Bursar Ms. Frances H. Riesmeyer

Director, Budget Mr. Paul Bylaska

Internal Auditor Mr. Richard Griffing

Vice President for Advancement Mr. Kevin J Garvey

Assistant Vice President for Development Mr. Armand A. Battisti

Director, Alumni and Special Events Ms. Debra L. Wetherby

Director, Annual Giving Ms. Jan Buzbee

Director, Athletic Development and Associate Director, Annual Giving Ms. Susan Repmann

Director, Corporate and Foundation Relations Mr. William A. Kester

Director, Planned Gifts Mr. James Schank

Director, PubUc Relations Ms. Mary Anderson

Director, Publications and Printing Services Ms. Cynthia A. Bednar

Director, Sports Information Mr. Thomas DiCamillo

Manager, Graphics and Printing Mr. W. Tyson Cooper

Vice President for Student Affairs Dr. Paul Oliaro

Associate Vice President for Student Affairs and Dean of Students Dr. Matthew Bricketto

Assistant Vice President for Student Affairs Ms. Diane DeVestem

Director, Athletics Dr. William E. Lide

Director, Career Development Center Ms. Elizabeth Giangiulio

Director, Children's Center Ms. Sandra Jones

Director, Counseling and Psychological Services Department Dr. Thomas Spierling

Director, Greek Life and Student Organizations Mr. Charles Warner

Director, Health Center Ms. Debbera Peoples

Director, Minonry Student Affairs Mr. Jerome Hutson

Director, Off-Campus and Commuter Life (Interim) Mr. Thomas Robinson

Director, Orientation and Parent Relations Vacant

Director, PRIDE Student Development Resource Center Ms. Jacqueline Hodes

Director, Recreational Services Dr. Stephen Gambino

Director, Residence Life and Housing Mr. Thomas Puree

Director, Student Standards Mrs Margaret Tripp

Director, Sykes Union Mr. David Timmann

Director, Women's Center Ms. Robin Garrett

Student Services Incorporated, Executive Director Ms. Mell Josephs

Student Services Incorporated, Director, Student Programming Mr. Stephen McKieman

Student Services Incorporated, Director, Student Activities Ms. Sueann Robbins

Student Services Incorporated, Bookstore Manager Mr. Anthony G DiFiore

Faculty

Spring 1995

MADELEINE WING ADLER (1992) President
B.A., Northwestern University; M.A., Ph.D.,
University of Wisconsin

CARLOS R. ZIEGLER (1969) Interim Vice
President for Academic Affairs/Provost
A.B., Elizabethtown College; M.Ed, Ed.D.,
Temple University

JOSEPH D. HAMEL (1985) Vice President for

Administrative and Fiscal Affairs

B.B.A., LeMo>Tie College; MB. A., Syracuse

University

PAUL M. OLIARO (1993) Vice President for
Student Affairs

B.A., St Mary's College; M.A., Ph.D., Michigan
State University

KEVIN J. GARVEY (1993) Vice President /or

Advancement

B.A., Westminster College

DAVID H. BUCHANAN (1994) Dean, College of

Arts and Sciences

B.S., Case Institute of Technology;

Ph.D., University of Wisconsin

CHRISTOPHER M FIORENTINO (1985) Dean,
School of Business and Public Affairs
B.A., M.A., Ph.D., Temple University

MICHAEL L. BANES (1987) Dean. School of

Education

B.S., M.S., Ph.D., Indiana University

JOHN L EBERHART (1969) Imerim Dean. School

of Health Sciences

B.S., Bloomsburg University; M.A., S)Tacuse

University

MARY ANNE REES (1993) Dean. School of Music
B.M., M.M., Indiana University; Ph.D., University
of Oregon

WESLEY FASNACHT (1967) Associate Vice
President for Information Senices
B.S., Millersville University; M.A., State University
of New York at Buffalo

VIVIAN NIX-EARLY (1979) (ntenm .Associate

Provost

A.B., University of Pennsylvania; Ph D., New

York University

ANNE S. WILLIAMS (1991) Dean, Graduate
Studies and Sponsored Research
B.A., M.A., University of Montana; Ph.D.,
Cornell University

EUGENE J. KRAY (1985) Dean, University College
B.S., St. Peters College; M.B.A., Seton Hall
University; Ed.D., Nova University

DENNIS M. ADAMS (1992) Associate Professor of
Childhood Studies and Reading
B.A., California State University; Ph.D., University
of Wisconsin

THOMAS J. AHLBORN (1967) Associate Pro/essor

of Computer Science

B.S., California University; M.A., Kent State

University

NASEER AHMAD (1987) Associate Professor of

Chemistry

B.S., M.S'., Ph.D.. D.Sc, Aligarh University

SYTVIA MOSS AHRAMJLAN (1976) Associate
Professor of Instrumental Music
B.Mus., Juilliard School of Music; M.Mus.,
Indiana University, Bloomington

SHIRLEY PETHES .\LIFERIS (1968) Chairperson.
Department of Keyboard Music; Associate Professor
A.R.C.T., Royal Conser\'ator\' of Music of
Toronto; Artist. Diploma, University of Toronto;
M.Mus., Indiana University

LOIS W. ALT (1966) Associate Professor of Vocal
and Choral Music

B.S.. Indiana University of Pennsylvania; B.Mus.,
M.Mus., University' of Michigan

CHRISTIAN K. AWUYAH (1989) Assistant
Professor of English

B.A.. Universm- of Ghana; M..\.. UniversitV' of
Guelph; Ph.D., University of Alberta

JOHN H. BAKER (1974) Assistant Professor of Art
B.A., West Chester University; M.F.A., University
of Delaivarc

LTODA A. BALOCHE (1989) Associate Professor

of Childhood Studies and Reading

B.A., Trenton State College; Ed.D., Temple

University

SCOTT BALTHAZAR (1991) Assistant Pro/essor of

Music History

B.A., Amherst College; M.A., Ph.D., University of

Pennsylvania

PAUL A. BANYACSKI (1965) Associate Professor

of Philosophy

B.A., Eastern College

JUDITH BARON (1974) Psychologist, Counseling
Center. Professor

B.A., M.A., Universit)- of Michigan; Ph.D., York
University, Toronto

ROGER EARTH (1985) Associate Professor of

Chemistry

B.A., USalle; M.A., Ph.D.. Johns Hopkins

Universit)'

CHARLOTTE E. BARTLETT (1972) Associate
Professor of Social Work
B.A., Universit)' of Pennsylvania; M.S.S., Bryn
Mawr College

CHARLES R. BAUERLEIN (1988) Assistant

Chairperson, Department of English. Assistant

Pro/essor

B.A., Loyola University of the South; M.A.,

Pennsylvania State Universit)'

M.'^RSHALL J. BECKER (1968) Pro/essor of

Anthropology

B.A., M.A., Ph.D., University of Pennsylvania

ROBERT M. BEDFORD (1966) Professor of
Keyboard Music

B.Mus., M.S., The Juilliard School; DM. A.,
Catholic University of America

DENA G. BEEGHLY (1992) Assistant Professor of
Childhood Studies and Reading
B.S., S. Connecticut State University; M.Ed.,
Ed.D., University of Georgia

SHARON BEGAN (1992) Assistant Pro/essor of

Biology^

B.S., Kutztown University; M.S., East Tennessee

State Universit)'; PhD , Southern Illinois

University at Carbondale

CAROL A. BELMAIN (1971) Chairperson, Music
Education, Professor of Music Education
B.S., M.S., Ithaca College; DMA., Temple
University

JOHN T. BENESKl (1986) Associate Professor of

Biology

A.A., Southwestern College; B.A., M.A.,

Humboldt State University; Ph.D., Washington

State Universit)'

CYNTHIA D. BENZING (1988) Professor of

Economics

B.S., Pennsylvania State University; M.B.A., Ph.D.,

Drexel University

HELEN A. BERGER (1991) Assistant Professor of

Sociology

B.A., Brookl)'n College; M.A., Sussex University

(England); Ph.D., New York University

JAY H. BERKOWITZ (1969) Associate Professor of

Theatre Arts

B.S., M.A., Temple University

ROBERT W. BERNHARDT (1965) Associate

Professor of Biology

B.S., M.S., S)Tacuse University

F. ROBERT BIELSKI (1961) Associate Professor of

Geography

B.S., Indiana State University; M.A., University of

Illinois

TIMOTHY V. BLAIR (1992) Assistant Pro/essor of
Keyboard Music

B. Mus., Susquehanna University, The New
England Conservatory of Music; D.M.A., Catholic
University of America

RICHARD E. BLAKE (1975) Assistant Pro/essor of

Art

B.F.A., Tyler School of Fine Arts

ARVTD J. BLOOM (1988) .Associate Professor of

Psychology

B.A., Wesleyan University; M.S., Ph.D., Colorado

State Universit)'

MARIA R. BOES (1991) Assistant Chairperson.
Department of History: Assistant Professor
B..\.. M.A., Hunter College; Ph.D., City University
of New York

Faculty

GAIL G. K. BOLLIN (1990) Assistant Chairperson,
Department of Childhood Studies and Reading:
Assistant Professor

B.A., St. Bonaventure University; M.A., Purdue
University; Ph.D., University of Delaware

DAVID L. BOLTON (1991) Assistant Professor of
Counselor, Secondary, and Professional Education
B.A., Seminar Marionhoehe (W. Germany); M.A.,
Andrews University; Ph.D., Florida State
University

DEANNE L, ZOTTER BONIFAZI (1991) Assistant
Professor o/ Psychology

B.A., Bloomsburg University; M.A., Ph.D., Kent
State University

DALE R. BONSALL (1969) Associate Professor of

Kinesiology

B.S., West Chester University; M.Ed., Western

Maryland College

ROGER E. BOVE (1984) Chairperson, Department
of Economics and finance; Associate Professor
B.A., Harvard College; M.A., Ph.D., Harvard
University

BETTY FINCH BOYLE (1972) Assistant Professor

of Health

B.S., Ball State University; M.Ed., West Chester

University

ERMINIO BRAIDOTTI (1978) Associate Professor

of Foreign Languages

B.A., Youngstown State University; M.A.,

Middlebury College; Ph.D., University of

Pennsylvania

RICHARD G. BRANTON (1962) Professor of

Mathematics

B.S., West Chester University; M.S., University of

Delaware; Ph.D., University of Pennsylvania

JAY P. BRENNEMAN (1995) Instructor o/ Political

Science

B.A., Franklin and Marshall College; M.A.,

University of Tennessee

LINDA S. BREUNIG (1978) Instructor,

Educational Services

B.S., M.A., West Chester University

MARY P. BREWSTER (1993) Assistant Professor
of Criminal Justice

B.A., St. Joseph's College; M.A., Fordham
University; Ph.D., Rutgers University

REBECCA A. BREY (1993) Assistant Professor of

Health

B.S., M.S., Mankato State University; Ph.D.,

University of Florida

STEVEN L. BROITMAN (1987) Associate
Professor of Biology

B.S., State University of New York at Stony Brook;
M.Ed., University of Massachusetts; M.D.,
Princeton University; Ph.D., Princeton University

MICHAEL W. BROOKS (1971) Professor of

English

B.A., Antioch College; M.A., Ph.D., University of

Toronto

BARBARA S. BROWN (1983) Assistant Professor

of Nursing

B.S.N. , University of Pennsylvania; M.S., Oxford

University (U.K.); M.S.N., University of

Pennsylvania

DEBORAH S. BROWN (1992) Associate Professor
of Counselor, Secondary, and Professional Education
B.S., West Chester University; M.A., Ph.D.,
University of Delaware

DAVID F. BROWN (1991) Assistant Chairperson,
DepartmaU of Childhood Studies and Reading;
Assistant Professor

B.S., M.S., Northern Illinois University; Ed.D.,
University of Tennessee

FRANCELINE H. BROWN (1984) Assistant

Professor of Library Services

B.A., Linderwood College; M.S.L.S., Drexel

University

KIMBERLEE S. BROWN (1993) Assistant

Professor of Counselor, Secondary, and Professional

Education

B.Ed., Temple University; M.Ed., West Chester

University; Ph.D., University of Pennsylvania

ROGER j, BROWN (1968) Assistant Professor of

Foreign Languages

B.S., West Chester University

JOSEPH BROWNE (1966) Professor of English
Diplome En Philosophic, St. Jerome's College
(University of Ottawa); B.S., St. Joseph's
University (Pa.); M.A., Ph.D., University of
Pennsylvania

CHRISTOPHER BUCKLEY (1987) Associate

Professor of English

B.A., St. Mary's College of Cahfomia; M.A., San

Diego State University; M.F.A., University of

California-Irvine

H. JAMES BURGWYN (1968) Professor of History
B.A., Swarthmore College; M.A., University of
Pennsylvania; Ph.D., University of Pittsburgh

WILLIAM F. BURNS (1964) Associate Professor of
Political Science

B.A., Allegheny College; M.A., Case Western
Reserve University

MARY ANNE BURNS-DUFFY (1969) Assistant

Professor of Library Services

A.B., Immaculata College; M.S.L.S., Drexel

University

A. WAYNE BURTON (1965) Associate Professor
of Political Science

B.A., Brigham Young University; M.A., University
of Pennsylvania

J. BRYAN BURTON (1991) Associate Professor of
Music Education

B.M., West Texas State University; M.A., Western
State College of Colorado; D.M.E., University of
Southern Mississippi

JEAN PIPER BURTON (1993) Assistant Professor
of Library Services

B.S., Valley City University of North Dakota;
M.L.S., Vanderbilt University

RICHARD M. BUSCH (1990) Associate Professor

of Geology

A.B., Franklin and Marshall College; M.A.,

Temple University; Ph.D., University of

Pittsburgh

THEODORE H. BUTCHER (1970) Director,
Academic Advising Center, Associate Professor,
Educational Services

B.A., Lincoln University; M.B.A., Drexel
University; M.S., West Chester University

ROBERT E. BYTNAR (1975) Associate Professor of
Theatre Arts

B.S. Ed., California University; M.A., West Virginia
University; M.F.A., University of Pittsburgh

LYNN CARSON (1991) Assistant Professor of

Health

B.A., Neumann College; M.S., St. Josephs

University; Ph.D., Temple University

DIANE O. CASAGRANDE (1968) Professor of
Communication Studies
A.B., Wayne State University; M.A., Temple
University; Ph.D., Temple University

LOUIS A. CASCIATO (1963) Associate Professor

of Earth Sciences

B.S., St. Joseph's College (Pa.); M.S., Villanova

University

CONRAD E. CHALICK (1962) Psychologist,
Counseling Center; Professor
B.A., Pennsylvania Military College; M.A.,
Villanova University; Ed.D., Nova University

KATHR'VTM S. CHILCOTE (1989) Assistant
Professor of Vocal and Choral Music
B.A., M.M., University of the Pacific; D.M.A.,
University of Oregon

PAUL F. CHRIST (1994) Assistant Professor of

Marketing

B.B.A., M.B.A., Temple University

HUNG M. CHU (1976) Chairperson, Department

of Management; Professor

B.S., St. Joseph's College (Ind.); M.B.A., Northern

Illinois University; Ph.D., Louisiana State

University

MELISSA CICHOWICZ (1986) Associate

Professor of Chemistry

B.S., St. Joseph's College; Ph.D., University of

Maryland

BETHANN CINELLI (1987) Associate Professor of

Health

B.S., Indiana University of Pennsylvania; M.Ed.,

Temple University; D.Ed., Pennsylvania State

University

GEORGE S. CLAGHORN (1963) Chairperson,
Department of Philosophy; Professor
B.A., University of Chattanooga; Ph.D., LIniversity
of Pennsylvania

FRANCES E. CLELAND (1994) Associate

Professor of Kinesiology

B.S., Purdue University; M.S., P.E.D., Indiana

University

ANN COGHLAN-STOV^^ (1984) Chairperson,
DepartmaU of Nursing; Assistant Professor
B.S.N., M.S.N., University of Pennsylvania;
Diploma in Nursing, Thomas Jefferson University

KATHERINE A. CONROY (1983) Assistant

Professor of Nursing

B.S., Rutgers — The State University; M.S., Boston

University

IDNA CORBETT (1992) Assistant Professor of

Educational Services

B.A., Goshen College; M.A., Michigan State

University

JON A. COWEN (1967) Assistant Professor of

Sociology

B.A., University of Massachusetts; A.M.,

University of Pennsylvania

MARY E. CRAWFORD (1978) Professor of
Psychology and Womeu's Studies
B.S., West Chester University; M.A., Ph.D.,
University of Delaware

Faculty

W STEPHEN CRODDY (1969) Professor of

Philosophy

B A., University of Southern California; M.A.,

Temple University; Ph.D., Brown University

DAVID CULLEN (1993) Instructor of Instrumental

Music

B.M., Hartford School of Music

GEORGANN CULLEN (1964) Assistant Chair-
person, Department of Biology: Associate Professor
B.S., M.A., Kent State Universirj'

NEIL CURTIS (1993) Assistant Professor of Sports

Medicine

B.S., Boston University; M.S., University of

Arizona; Ed.M., Ed.D., Columbia University

DANIEL DARIGAN (1992) Assistant Professor of
Childhood Studies and Reading
B.S., MS, Northern Illinois University; Ph.D..
University of Oregon

LAWRENCE R. DAVIDSON (1989) Associate

Professor of History

B A., Rutgers — The State University; M.A.,

Georgetown University; Ph.D., University of

Albena

KEVIN W. Dt-VN (1991) Assistant Professor of

Communication Studies

B.S., Bowling Green University; M.A., Miami

University of Ohio; Ph.D.. University of Maryland

PHILIP M. DeMOSS (1972) Professor of Economics
B A.. Park College; M.A.. Ph.D.. Kansas State
University

KATHLEEN DEVLIN-KELLY (1976) Assistant

Chairperson. Department of Nursing; Assistant

Professor

B.S.N. , Georgetown University; M.S.N. , Boston

University

ANDREW E. DINNIMAN (1972) Professor of
Educational Services

B.A., University of Connecticut; M.A., University
of Maryland; Ed.D , Pennsylvania State University

W. LARRY DORMINY (1972) Associate Professor
of Vocal and Choral Music
B.Mus., Jacksonville University; M.M., Florida
State University; DM., Indiana University

RAYMOND A. DOYLE (1965) Chairperson,
Dqjartmcnl of History: Associate Professor
B.S., M.S., West Chester University

GEORGE PUTXMAN DRAKE (1994) Assistant
Professor of Special Education
B.S., West Virginia University; M.E.D., Trenton
State University; Ph.D., University of Virginia

MARTHA DROBNAK (1992) Assistant Professor of
Childhood Studies and Reading
A.B., Grove City College; M.Ed., University of
Pittsburgh; Ed.D., Nova University

PHILLIP K. DUNCAN (1983) Assistant
Chairperson, Department of Psychology; Professor
of Psychology

B.A., Wittenberg University; M.A., Western
Michigan University; Ph.D., University of Florida

A. SCOTT DUNLAP (1967) Associate Professor of
Childhood Studies and Reading
B A., King's College (NY); M.Div., Eastern
Baptist Theological Seminary

KEVTN C. DUNLEAVY (1979) Assistant Professor

of Economics

B.A., University of Delaware; Ph.D., Duke

University

MARC L. DURAND (1968) Pro/essor o/ Chemistry
B.S., Holy Cross College; Ph.D., University of
New Hampshire

MELINDA DARBY DYAR (1993) Assistant
Professor of Geology

B.A.. Wellesley College; Ph.D., Massachusetts
Institute of Technology

ANNE DZAMBA (1968) Professor of History and

Women's Studies

B.A., Swarthraore College; Ph.D., University of

Delaware

JOHN L. EBERHART (1969) Assistant Professor
B.S., Bloomsburg University; M.A., Syracuse

University

T. OBINKARAM ECHEWA (1986) Associate
Professor of English

B.S.. University of Notre Dame; M.S., Columbia
University; M.A., University of Pennsylvania;
Ph.D., Syracuse University

HOWARD EDELMAN (1981) Assistant Professor
of Mathematical Sciences

B.Ch.E., City University of New York; M.S., C.S.,
University of Delaware

JAMES EGAN (1989) Assistant Professor of

Childhood Studies cmd Reading

B.S., M.S., Ed.D.. Syracuse University

THOMAS EGAN ( 1968) Director of the Center for
the Study of Connectivity and Databases; Professor
of Educaticmal Services

B.S.. M.Ed . West Chester University; Ed.D.,
University of Pennsylvania

JOHN E. EHLEITER (1969) Associate Professor of

Ceology

A.B., M.A., Franklin and Marshall College; M.A.,

Wesleyan University; D.Ed., Pennsylvania State

University

DAVID S. ELDREDGE (1967) Associate Professor

of Political Science

B.A., Yale University; M.A.T., C.A.S., Harvard

University

MARL\NNE ELEUTERIO (1973) Pro/essor of

Biology

B.S., Michigan State University, Ph.D., University

of Delaware

PAUL R. EMMONS (1985) Assistant Professor of
Library Services

B. Mus., Lawrence University of Wisconsin;
MM., M.S., University of Illinois

RICHARD G. EPSTEIN (1991) Professor of

Mathematical Sciences

B.A , George Washington University; M.S.E.,

University of Pennsylvania; Ph.D.. Temple

University

JORGE ESCORCIA (1968) Associate Professor of
Foreign Languages

Lie, Universidad Pedagogica del Caribe; M.A.,
Boston University

CELL\ ESPLUGAS (1990) Assistant Professor of
Foreign Languages

B.A., Teacher's College, Argentina; M.Ed.,
Bowling Green State University; Ph.D., University
of Toledo

JAMES D. FABREY (1975) Director of Academic
Computing: Professor of Mathematics
A.B., Cornell University; Ph.D., Massachusetts
Institute of Technology

G. ■WINFIELD FAIRCHILD (1983) Professor of

Biology

B.A., Hamilton College; M.S., Ph.D., University of

Michigan

JAMES S. FALCONE (1991) Assistant Professor of

Chemistry

B.S., University of Pennsylvania; Ph.D., University

of Delaware

GEORGE FASIC (1988) Assistant Professor of
Geography and Planning
B.S., Pennsylvania State University; M.S.,
Columbia University

JOHN J. FENTON (1980) Professor of Chemistry
B.A.. Cathohc University of America; Ph.D.,
University of Minnesota

ROSE L. FICKNER (1979) Assistant Professor of

Nursing

Diploma. Hazleton State General Hospital School

of Nursing; B.S.. West Chester University; M.S.N.,

University of Pennsylvania

JUDITH S. FINKEL (1968) Chairperson,

Department of Special Education: Associate

Professor

B.S., Temple University; M.Ed.. West Chester

University; Ph.D., Union Graduate School

FRANK E. FISH (1980) Professor of Biology
B.A , State University of New York at Oswego;
MS . Ph.D., Michigan State University

JOSEPH T. FISHER (1968) Associate Pro/essor of

Health

B.S., Slippery Rock University; M.S., University of

Illinois

ANDREA R. FISHMAN (1990) Assistant Professor
of English

B.A., Dickinson College; M.Ed., Shippensburg
University; Ph.D., University of Pennsylvania

ROBERT P. FLETCHER (1992) Assistant Professor
of English

B.A., University of California, M.A., Ph.D.,
University of California, Los Angeles

ANITA K. FOEMAN (1991) Professor of

Communication Studies

B.H., Defiance College; M.A., Ph.D., Temple

University

WILLIAM D FORDYCE (1968) Associate

Professor of English

A.B., A.M.T.. A.M., Ph.D., Harvard University

CLAUDE R. FOSTER, JR. (1967) Professor of
History

B.A., Eastern College; B.D., The Reformed
Episcopal Seminary; M.A., University of
Delaware; Th.M., Crozer Theological Seminary;
Zeugnis fuer deutsche Sprache und Kultur,
University of Freiburg; Ph.D., University of
Petmsylvania

SANDRA FOWKES-GODEK (1991) Instructor of
Sports Medicine

B.S., Pennsylvania State University; M.S.,
University' of Colorado

WALTER J. FOX.JR (1983) Assistant

Chairperson, Department of English; Assistant

Pro/essor

B.S., St. Joseph's University; M.S., Columbia

University

ALAN W. FRANCE (1989) Associate Professor of

English

B.A., Troy State University; M.A., Stephen F.

Austin State University; Ph.D., Rice University;

PhD , Texas Christian University

BONITA FREEMAN-VvTTTHOFT (1974)
Associate Professor of Anthropology
B.A., University of Maine; M.A., Ph.D., University
of Pennsylvania

Faculty

RAYMOND FRIDAY (1969) Professor oj Vocal and
Choral Music

B.S., West Chester University; M.Mus., Oberlin
College; Diploma, Academy of Vocal Arts; Ph.D.,
New York University

BLAISE F. FROST (1989) Assistant Professor of

Chemistry

B.A., Yankton College; M.S., Ph.D., University of

South Dakota

FRANK F. FRY, JR. (1993) Assistant Professor of

Kinesiology

B.S., West Chester University; M.Ed., Colorado

State University; D.PE., Springfield College

ANGELO F. GADALETO (1986) Professor of
Counselor, Secondary, and Professional Education
B.A., Rider College; M.Ed., University of
Delaware; Ph.D., University of Virginia

GLORIA GALANTE (1993) Instructor of

Instrumental Music

B.S., West Chester University

CLYDE J. GALBRAITH (1974) Chairperson,
Department of Accounting; Assistant Professor
B.S., M.B.A., Drexel University; C.P.A.,
Commonwealth of Pennsylvania

GAIL M. GALLITANO (1992) Associate Professor

of Mothematics and Computer Science

B.S., Monmouth College; M.S. Farleigh Dickinson

University; M.A., M.Ed., Ed.D., Columbia

University

CONSTANCE GARCIA-BARRIO (1990) Associate
Professor of Foreign Languages
B.A., West Chester University; M.A., Temple
University; Ph.D., University of Pennsylvania

ROBIN GARRETT (1978) Assistant Professor of

Nursing

B.S.N. , Case Western Reserve University; M.S.N. ,

University of Pennsylvania

JOHN GAULT (1991) Assistant Professor of

Marketing

B.S., U.S. Naval Academy; M.B.A. , University of

Pennsylvania

JOHN L. GAUNT (1970) Professor of English
B.A., M.A., Tulane Universit)'; Ph.D., University
of Maryland

JAMAL GHOROGHCHIAN (1986) Chaii-person,
Department of Chemistry: Associate Professor
B.S., University of Moshad (Iran); M.S., Ph.D.,
University of Southampton (U.K.)

ELIZABETH A. GIANGIULIO (1972) Director,
Career Development Center
B.S., West Chester University; M.Ed,, University
of Arizona

MARGARET GIBSON (1991) Assistant Professor
of Childhood Studies and Reading
B.S., Temple University; M.S., Trenton State
University; Ph.D., Rutgers University

STEPHEN D. GILMOUR (1979) Assistant
Professor of Foreign Languages
B.A., M.A., Indiana University; M.A., Ph.D.,
University of Minnesota

JOSEPH J. GODEK III (1972) Chairperson.
Department of Sports Medicine; Assistant Professor
B.S., University of Delaware; M.S., West Chester
University

DENNIS GODFREY (1987) Assistant Professor of

English

B.A., University of Northern Iowa; M.A., Ph.D.,

University of Michigan

PHYLLIS A. GOETZ (1975) Associate Professor of

Health

B.S., West Chester University; M.S., University of

Maryland; Ph.D., University of Maryland

CHARLES W. GOOD (1966) Professor of
Counselor, Secondary, and Professional Education
B.A., Pennsylvania State University; M.A.,
University of Pennsylvania; Ed.D., Temple
University

HENRY E. GOODWIN (1960) Associate Professor
of Kinesiology

B.S., Lock Haven University; M.S., Pennsylvania
State University

ANDREW J. GOUDY (1977) Professor of Chemistry
B.S., M.S., Indiana University of Pennsylvania;
Ph.D., University of Pittsburgh

RONALD L. GOUGHER (1969) Chairperson.

Department of Foreign Languages; Associate

Professor

B.A., Muhlenberg College; M.A., Lehigh

University

HENRY GRABB (1992) Chairperson, Department
of Instrumental Music; Assistant Professor
B.A., University of Central Florida; M.M.,
Northwestern University of Illinois; D.M., Florida
State University

CHARLES W. GRASSEL (1968) Associate

Professor of Geography

B.S., West Chester University; M.S., University of

Pennsylvania

PATRICIA E. GRASTY-GAINES (1970) Professor
of Childhood Studies and Reading
B.S., West Chester University; M.Ed., Temple
University; Ed.D., Temple University

PAUL D. GREEN (1971) Professor of English
A.B., Temple University; A.M., Ph.D., Harvard
University

JUDITH J. GREENAMYER (1988) Assistant

Professor of Biology

M.S., University of California; D.V.M., Ohio State

University

SAUL H. GREENBERG (1963) Chairperson,
Department oJ Criminal justice; Associate Professor
B.S., M.Ed., Pennsylvania State University; J. D.,
University of Baltimore

HARVEY C. GREISMAN (1979) Professor of

Sociology

B.A., State University of New York at New Paltz;

M.A., Ph.D., Syracuse University

SHIRLEY R. GRICE (1972) Assistant Professor of

Educational Services

B.S., M.Ed., West Chester University

FRANK GROSSHANS (1975) Professor of

Mathematics

B.S., University of Illinois; Ph.D., University of

Chicago

TERRY E. GUIDETTI (1966) Associate Professor

of Instntmental Music

B.Mus., M.Mus., Northwestern University

SHIV K. GUPTA (1985) Associate Professor of

Mathematical Sciences

B.S., M.S., Delhi University; M.S., University of

Wisconsin; Ph.D., Case Western Reserve

University

WILLIAM 1. GUY (1974) Instructor of EduccUional

Services

A.B., Temple University

CYNTHIA S. HAGGARD (1990) Assistant

Professor of Counselor, Secondary, and Professional

Education

B.A., M.A., Ed. D., Indiana University

SAUNDRA M. HALL (1964) Assistant Professor of

Theatre Arts

B.A., M.A., Ohio State University

JAMES W. HAMILTON (1989) Assistant Professor
of Management

B.S., University of Wisconsin; M.B.A.,
Northeastern University

HUBERT E. HARBER (1970) Associate Professor
of Astronomy

B.S., Louisiana State University; M.B.S.,
University of Colorado; M.A.T., Brown University

CHARLES A. HARDY (1990) Assistant Professor of

History

B.A., M.A., Ph.D., Temple University

JEFFREY E. HARRIS (1983) Associate Professor of

Health

B.A., University of California at San Diego;

D.H.Sc, M.P.H., Loma Linda University

YOKO HASHIMOTO-SINCLAIR (1969) Associate
Professor of Theatre Arts

B.A., M.A., Aoyama Gakuin University (Japan);
M.A., Ph.D., University of Michigan

ELIZABETH A. HASSON (1970) Associate
Professor of Childhood Studies and Reading;
B.S., M.Ed., West Chester University; Ed.D.,
Temple University

BARBARA F. HAUS (1990) Associate Professor of

Nursing

B.S.N. , University of Pittsburgh; M.S.N.,

University of Kentucky; Ed.D., Lehigh University

SYLVIA HAVILAND (1988) Jnstnictor of

Philosophy

B.A., Goddard College; M.A., West Chester

University

ROBERT W. HAV^T<ES (1962) Associate Professor
of Physics

B.S., West Chester University; M.S., Pennsylvania
State University

ARTHUR T. HEGVIK (1975) Associate Professor

of Instrumental Music

B.M., M.M., University of Michigan

JOHN G. HELION (1990) Assistant Chairperson,

Department oJ Kinesiology; Assistant

Professor

B.S., State University of New York; M.A., Ed.M.,

Ed.D., Columbia University

FRANK Q. HELMS (1966) Director, Library
Services; Associate Professor
B.A., University of Delaware; M.L.S., Rutgers —
The State University

SHARON L. HERSHEY (1992) Assistant Professor

of Music Theory and Composition

B.M., University of Michigan; Ph.D., University of

Pennsylvania

ANNE F. HERZOG (1993) Assistant Professor of

English

B.A., College of Holy Cross; M.A., Georgetown

University; Ph.D., Rutgers University

THOMAS J. HESTON (1975) Pro/cssor o/ History
A.B., Gettysburg College; M.A., Ph.D., Case
Western Reserve University

WILLIAM L. HEWITT (1992) Assistant Professor
of History

B.A., M.A., Adams State College; Ph.D.,
University of Wyoming

Faculty

JANET HICKMAN (1992) Associate Pwjessor oj

Nursing

B.S.N. , University of Bridgeport; M.S.N., Northern

Illinois University; Ed.D., Temple University

MARTIN J. HIGGINS (1967) Director. Research
and Planning: Professor
B.S., University' of Dayton; M.A., Ph.D..
University of Maryland

STEPHANIE L. HINSON (1992) Assistant

Professor of Counselor, Secondary, and Professional

Education

A.B., Princeton University; M.Ed., Ed.D.,

University of Virginia

CHERVX HODGINS (1979) Assistant Professor of
Social Work

B.A., University of New Hampshire; M.S.W.,
University of Texas

FRANK J. HOFFMAN (1990) Assistant Professor
of Philosophy

A.B., University of Missouri: M.A., University of
Hawaii; Ph.D., University of London

THOMAS L. HOLDER (1986) Instructor of Physics
B.S.Ed., California State University; M.Ed.,
Millersville University

JOHN HOLINGJAK, JR. (1965) Associate

Professor of Counselor, Secondary, and Professional

Education

B.S., Kulztown University; Ed.M., Temple

University

BELLE HOLLON (1987) Assistant Professor of An
B.F.A., Philadelphia College of Art; M.F.A.,
University of Wisconsin

CLARK D. HORTON (1989) Assistant Professor of
Mathematical Sciences

B.S., M.S., North Carolina State University; Ph.D.,
Indiana University

JOZSEF HORVATH (1988) Associate Professor of
Mathematical Sciences

B.Sc, Tel Aviv University; M.Sc, University of
British Columbia; Ph.D., Yale University

Yl-MING HSU (1975) Professor of Secondary
Education and Educational Psychology
B.A. National Taiwan University; M.A., University
of Oregon; D.Ed., University of Georgia

CLAUDE HUNSBERGER (1967) Associate
Professor of English

B.A., Temple University; M.A., Michigan State
University; Ph.D., University of Wisconsin

JOHN L. HYNES (1990) Assistant Chairperson,
Department of Counselor, Secondary, and
Professional Education; Associate Professor
B.A., State University of New York at Albany;
M.A., Stale University of New York at
Binghamton; Ed.D., State University of New York
at Albany

LAWRENCE V. lACONO (1966) Associate
Professor of Political Scicjice
B.S., St. Joseph's College (Pa.); M.Ed., West
Chester University

CAROL ISAACSON-BRISELLl (1988) Assistant

Professor of Instrumental Music

B.A., State University of New York; M.M., Temple

University

W1LLL\MJ. JACOBSON (1988) Associate

Professor of Theatre Arts

B.A., Eckerd College; M.F.A., Brandeis University

TAMMY C. JAMES (1994) Assistant Professor of

Health

B.S., M.E., Ph.D., Kent State University

JANE E. JEFFREY (1991) Assistant Professor of

English

B.A., Memphis Stale; M.A., Ph.D., University of

Iowa

RONN M.JENKINS (1972) Chairperson,

Department of Educational Services; Associate

Professor

B.S., West Chester University; M.S., Bucknell

University; Ed.D., University of Pennsylvania

ELAINE B. JENKS (1992) Assistant Professor of
Communication Studies
B.A., University of Mar\'land; M.A., Gannon
University; Ph.D., Pennsylvania State University

CAROLYN CONSUELO JIMENEZ (1994)

Instructor of Sports Medicine

B.A., Colorado College; M.S., University of Arizona

ALLEN H.JOHNSON (1974) Associate Pro/essor
of Ceology

B.S., University of Illinois; M.S., University of
Arizona; Ph.D.. Case Western Reserve University

DEIDRE ANN JOHNSON (1991) Assistant
Pro/essor of English

B.A., Knox College; M.A., Eastern Michigan;
Ph.D., University of Minnesota

PATRICIA C.JOHNSON (1966) Pro/essor of

History

B.A., Chestnut Hill College; Ph.D., University of

Rochester

CLIFFORD A.JOHNSTON (1992) Assistant
Professor of Mathematics and Computer Science
B.S.E., Mansfield University of Pennsylvania;
M.A., Ph.D., Temple University

EMLYN H.JONES (1968) Assistant Chairperson,
Department of Kinesiology; Assistant Professor
B.S., M.Ed., West Chester University

JAMES A. JONES (1992) Assistant Pro/essor of

History

B.S.. M.A.. University of Delaware

MILDRED C. JOYNER (1981) Chairperson,
Department of Social Work; Assistant Professor
B.S.W., Central State University; M.S.W., Howard
University

WALLACE J. KAHN (1977) Chairperson,
Department of Counselor, Secondary, and
Professional Education; Professor
B.S., Bloomsburg University; M.Ed., A.G.S.,
Ph.D., University of Maryland

BRENT KAPLAN (1968) Associate Pro/essor o/

Physics

B.M.E., M.M.E., New York University

BARBARA L. KARAS (1966) Associate Pro/essor of

Kinesiology

B.S., West Chester University; M.Ed., Temple

University

BARBARA A. KAUFFMAN (1987) Instructor of
Criminal Justice

B.S., Pennsylvania State University; M.S.,
University of Pennsylvania; J.D., Temple
University School of Law

MARY A. KEETZ (1973) Director, Women's

fnslitulc; Pro/essor of Childhood Studies and

Reading

B.S., University of Delaware; M.S., Ph.D.,

University of Pennsylvania

NELSON W. KEITH (1989) Professor of Sociology
M.A., Ph.D., Rutgers — The State Universit)'

JAMES T. KELLEHER (1968) Professor of English
B.A., Widener College; M.A., Ph.D., University of
Pennsylvania

JOHN T. KELLY (1969) Associate Professor o]

English

B.S., St. Louis University; M.A., Ph.D., University

of Oklahoma

JOHN P. KENT (1972) Pro/essor o/ English
B.A., Southampton University (U.K.); M.A.,
Ph.D., University of Illinois

SANDRA L KERR (1994) Assistant Professor of

Psychology

B.A., Boston College; M.A., Ph.D , State

University of New York at Stony Brook

JOHN J. KERRIGAN (1972) Pro/essor of

Mathematics

B.S., West Chester University; M.A., Villanova

University; D.Ed., Temple University

ROSE ANN KHOURY (1990) Assistant Professor

of Childhood Studies and Reading

B.A., M.A., Ph.D., University of South Carolina

EUGENE KLEIN (1967) Associate Professor of

Instrumental Music

B.M.E., Temple University; M.M.E., Indiana

University

SHARON B. KLETZIEN (1991) Assistant Pro/essor
of Childhood Studies and Reading
B.A., West Texas State Universit}'; M.A.,
American University; Ph.D., Temple University

ROBERT M. KLINE (1991) Associate Professor of

Mathematical Sciences

B.A., Millersville University; Ph.D., Washington

University

DENNIS R. KLINZING (1976) Chairperson.
Department of Communication Studies; Pro/essor
B.S., Clarion University; M.A., Ph.D.,
Pennsylvania State University

MAUREEN T. KNABB (1986) Associate Professor

of Biology

B.S., St. Joseph's University; Ph.D., University of

Virginia

LISA KERR KNAUSS (1991) Assistant Professor of

Nursing

B.S.N. , West Chester University; M.S.N.,

Villanova University

KAREN M. KOEHLER (1987) Associate Professor

of Kinesiology

B.S., The King's College; M.A., Northern

Michigan University; Ed.D., University of North

Carolina-Greensboro

MAREILE A. KOENIG (1990) Associate Professor
of Communicative Disorders
B.S., M.S., Southern Illinois University; Ph.D.,
University of Illinois

SEBASTIAN S. KOH (1970) Professor of

Mathematics

B.S., National Taiwan University; M.A., Wayne

State University; Ph.D., University of Cahfomia

V. KRISHNA KUMAR (1977) Professor of

Psychology

B.S., Osmania University (India); M.S., Indian

Agricultural Research Institute; M.S., Ph.D.,

University of Wisconsin

ROBERT S. KTJRZINSKY (1970) Assistant

Professor of Counselor, Secondary, and Professional

Education

B.S., Bloomsburg University: M.Ed., West Chester

Universit)': Ed.D., Nova University'

PETER T. KYPER (1987) Associate Professor of

Educational Services

B.A., University of Pittsburgh; Ph.D., Auburn

University

Faculty

MARGARETEJ. LANDWEHR (1992) Assistant
Professor of Foreign Languages
B.S., Georgetown University; M.A., Ph.D.,
Harvard University

MONITA LANK (1970) Chairperson. DepartmeiU
of Kinesiology; Professor
A.B., M.A., Wichita State University; Ph.D.,
University of Iowa

BARBARA J. LAPPANO (1970) Assistant Professor

of Kinesiology

B.S., M.Ed., West Chester University

ELIZABETH LARSEN (1984) Pro/essor o/ English
B.A., University of Minnesota; M.A., Ph.D.,
University of Wisconsin-Milwaukee

VICTOR LASUCHIN (1970) Associate Professor of

An

B.F.A., M.F.A., University of Pennsylvania

KENNETH L. LAUDERMILCH (1968) Professor
of Instrumental Music

B.S., Lebanon Valley College; M.Mus., New
England Conservatory of Music; D.M.A., Catholic
University of America

JOSEPH C. LAULETTA ( 1973) Assistant Professor

of Kinesiology

B.S., University of Delaware; M.Ed., Boston

University

ALTHIER LAZAR (1994) Assistant Professor of
Childhood Studies and Reading
B.S., Emerson College; M.A.T., Simmons College;
Ph.D., University of Pennsylvania

EVAN A. LEACH (1993) Assistant Professor of

Management

B.A., Pennsylvania State University; M.A., West

Chester University; M.A., Ph.D., Yale University

HERBERT LEE (1968) Associate Professor of

Educational Services

B.S., M.Ed., West Chester University

JOHN D. LEMCKE (1965) Professor of Health
B.S., State University of New York at Brockport;
M.Ed., Ed.D., Temple University

MONICA P. LEPORE (1983) Associate Professor

of Kinesiology

B.S., College of Mount Saint Vincent; M.S.,

University of Wisconsin; Ed.D., New York

University

JAMES P. LEWANDOWSKI (1991) Assistant
Professor of Geography and Planning
B.A., M.A., University of Toledo; Ph.D., Ohio
State University

JAMES E. L'HEUREUX (1969) Professor of

Mathematics

B.S., M.S., Ph.D., Louisiana State University

WILLIAM E. LIDE (1993) Director of Athletics;
Associate Professor of Educational Services
B.S., Johnson C. Smith University; M.Ed.,
University of North Carolina; Ph.D., Ohio State
University

SUSAN W. LUBKING (1978) Assistant

Chairperson, Department of Kinesiology; Associate

Professor

B.S., Ursinus College; M.Ed., Ed.D.,Temple University

PATRICK W. LUCK (1973) Associate Professor of

Sociology

B.A., University of Vermont; M.A., Ph.D.,

University of Connecticut

COLLEEN T. LUDEKER (1990) Associate

Professor of Music Education

B.M.E., Indiana University of Pennsylvania; M.M.,

DePauw University; Ed.D., West Virginia

University

GLENN LYONS (1984) Assistant Professor of
Instrumaital Music

B.A., Harpur College; M. Mus., Peabody Institute
of Johns Hopkins University

ROBERT C. MAGGIO (1991) Assistant Professor

of Music Theory and Composition

B.A., Yale University; M.A., Ph.D., University of

Pennsylvania

MARY ANN O. MAGGITTI (1970) Chairperson.
Department of Childhood Studies and Reading;
Associate Professor

B.A., Emmanuel College; M.S., Central Connecticut
State College; Ph.D., Temple University

VIRGIL E. MAGNUSON (1975) Professor of

Chemistry

B.A., Monmouth College; Ph.D., University of

New Hampshire

JOHN P. MAHER (1986) Instructor of Health
B.S., St. Peter's College; M.P.H., Harvard
University; M.D., State University of New York,
Downstate Medical Center

DEBORAH MAHLSTEDT (1988) Associate
Professor of Psychology

B.S., State University of New York at Rockport;
M.Ed., Ph.D., Temple University

PAUL L. MALTBY (1991) Assistant Professor of

English

B.A., Thames Polytechnic; M.A., London

University; Ph.D., Sussex University

ELI M. MANDELBAUM (1964) Professor of

Mathematics

B.A., Temple University; M.A., Ph.D., University

of Pennsylvania

JOHN A. MANGRAVITE (1976) Professor of

Chemistry

B.S., St. Peter's College; Ph.D., University of New

Hampshire

ROBERT J. MARBACH (1976) Professor of

Political Science

B.A., LaSalle College; M.A., Ph.D., Temple

University

KAREN L. MARKEY (1983) Assistant Professor of

Music Education

B.S., M.Mus. Ed., West Chester University

MICHAEL F. MARTENS (1985) Associate
Professor of Physics

B.A., Gettysburg College; M.S., Ph.D., University
of Delaware

AMY E. MARTZ (1990) Assistant Professor of
Communication Studies

B.A., Miami University; M.A., Ph.D., Pennsylvania
State University

CAROL R. MATZ (1973) Assistant Professor of

Nursing

B.S.. Albright College; M.S., University of

Maryland

GEORGE W. MAXIM (1972) Professor of
Childhood Studies and Reading
B.S., M.Ed., Mansfield University; Ph.D.,
Pennsylvania State University

SUSAN MAXWELL (1969) Associate Professor of

Communicative Disorders

B.A,, Whittier College; M.A., Ohio University

GUSTAVE N. MBUY ( 1985) Associate Professor of

Biology

B.A., University of California; M.M., Ph.D.,

University of Cincinnati

CHRISTINA W. McCAWLEY (1971) Associate
Professor of Library Services
B.A., Ohio Wesleyan University; M.S.L.S., Catholic
University of America; Ph.D., Drexel University

DWIGHT L. McCAWLEY (1971) Professor of

English

B.A., M.A., University of Tennessee; Ph.D.,

University of Illinois

RUTH L. McCOACH (1969) Instructor of

Educational Services

B.S., West Chester University

DOUGLAS P. McCONATHA (1988) Chaii-person,

Department of Anthropology and Sociology;

Professor

B.S., University of Alabama; M.A., University of

Atlanta; Ph.D., University of Utah; M.P.H., Yale

University

JASMIN T. McCONATHA (1990) Assistant
Professor of Psychology

B.A., University of Utah; M.S., Jacksonville State
University; Ph.D., University of Georgia

MARY McCULLOUGH (1977) Associate Professor
of Communication Studies

B.A., B.S., MiUersville University; M.S.W., University
of North Carolina; Ph.D., Temple University

BANNATYNE McCUTCHEON (1974) Assistant
Professor of Social Work

B.A., Upsala College; M.S.W., Rutgers School of
Social Work

AVIS G. McDonald (I993) Associate Professor
of English

B.A., University of Waterloo; M.A., York
University; Ph.D., Macquarie University

CHARLES H. McGEE (1987) Associate Professor
of Management

B.A., University of California at Santa Barbara;
M.A., University of Southern Cahfornia; Ph.D.,
Northwestern University

LYNETTE F. McGRATH (1968) Professor of
English and Women's Studies
B.A., University of Sydney; B.A., M.A., Ph.D.,
University of Illinois

LARRY McKENNA (1986) Instructor of
Instrumental Music

JAMES E. McVOY (1979) Chairperson, Music
Theory and Composition; Professor
B.M., Syracuse University; M.M., Ph.D., Eastman
School of Music

LISBETH MERZ (1985) Associate Professor.
Counseling Center

B.A., Chestnut Hill College; M.A., Villanova
University; Psy.D., Hahnemann University

OWEN METCALF (1989) Assistant Professor of

Music

B.M., M.M., University of Colorado; D.M.,

Indiana University

HAROLD W. METZ (1977) Associate Professor of
Criminal Justice

A.B., Glenville State College; M.Ed., Ohio
University; Ed.D., West Virginia University

CHER'n- L. MICHEAU (1990) Assistant Professor
of English

B.S.E.D., MiUersville University; M.A, Middlebury
College; M.A., University of Pittsburgh; Ph.D.,
University of Pennsylvania

Faculty

ELAINE R. MILITO (1981) Assislanl Chairperson,
Departmerxl oj Mathematics and Computer Science;
Associate Professor

B.S., State University of New York at Stony Brook;
M.A., City University of New York Queens
College; Ph.D., Pennsylvania State University

FRANK E. MILLIMAN (1960) Assistant
Chairperson, Department oJ Mathematics and
Computer Science; Associate Professor
B.N.S.. College of Holy Cross; A.B., Hobart
College; A.M., Columbia University

JAMES S. MILNE (1969) Professor of Political

Science

B.S., Kutztown University; M.A., Villanova

University; Ph.D., Temple University

JOAN MIMS (1986) Instructor of English
B.A., West Chester University; M.A.. Columbia
College

DANIEL MOHAN (1980) Associate Professor of

Economics

B.S., B.A., Monmouth College; M.B.A., Bucknell

University; M.A., Ph.D., Rutgers — The State

University

GARRETT G. MOLHOLT (1987) Associate

Professor of English

B.A., MA. (two), Ph.D., University of

Wisconsin-Madison

ROBERT MOMYER (1986) Assistant Professor of

Instructional Media

B.S., Philadelphia College of Art; M.Ed., Lehigh

University

MICHAEL MONTEMURO (1965) Professor of

Mathematics

B.A., LaSalle College; M.A., Ed.D., Temple University

SAMUEL F. MOORE (1979) Professor of

Psychology

B.A., Youngstown State College; M.A., Ph.D.,

University of Cincinnati

EDMUNDO MORALES (1989) Assistant Professor
of Sociology

B.A., Richmond College; M.A., New York
University; Ph.D., City University of New York

MICHAELJ. MORAN (1981) Assistant
Chairperson, Department of Chemistry i Professor
B.S., St. Joseph's College; Ph.D., University of
Pennsylvania

JOHN R. MORGAN (1984) Associate Professor of

Marketing

B.A., Hampton Institute; MB.-K., Ph.D., Temple

University

RONNIE L. MORGAN (1973) Associate Professor
of Mathematics

B.S., Southwest Missouri State University; Ph.D.,
University of Missouri

WALENA C. MORSE (1968) Professor of

Psychology

A.B., Duke University; M.A., Ph.D., Bryn Mawr

College

ANNE-MARIE L. MOSCATELLI (1991) Assistant
Professor of Foreign Languages
B.A., Fordham University; M.A., Ph.D., Bryn
Mawr College

JOSEPH G. MOSER (1966) Associate Professor of

Mathematics

B.S., Rose Polytechnic Institute; M.S., Purdue

University

CHARLES A. MOTT (1988) Professor of

Accounting

B.S., University of Connecticut; M.B.A.,

University of Hartford; Ph.D., American

University

RENATE MUENDEL (1986) Instructor of English
M.A. (German), Columbia University; M.A.
(English), Ph.D., University of Delaware

ANNE P. MURPHY (1989) Assistant Professor of

Management

B.A., Fordham University; M.B.A., University of

Pennsylvania

MARTIN P. MURPHY ( 1966) Associate Professor

of Anthropology

A.B., A.M., University of Michigan

STERLING E. MURRAY (1972) Chairperson,
Department of Music History; Professor
B.Mus.. University of Maryland; A.M.. Ph.D.,
University of Michigan

ROGER W. MUSTALISH (1978) Professor of

Health

A.B., University of Pennsylvania; M.S., Michigan

State University; M.P.H., Ph.D., University of

Minnesota

KOSTAS MYRSLADES (1969) Professor of English
B.A., University of Iowa; M.A., Ph.D., Indiana
University

LINDA S. MYRSIADES (1990) Assistant Professor

of English

B.A., Beaver College; M.A., Ph.D., Indiana

University

ALI NAGGAR (1977) Professor of Accounting
B.Com., Cairo University; M.B.A.. Long Island
University; Ph.D., University of Oklahoma

TAHANY NAGGAR (1977) Professor of Economics
and Women's Studies

B.Com., Rigadh University; M.A., Long Island
University; Ph.D., University of Oklahoma

DONALD NALLY (1992) Assistant Professor of

Vocal and Choral Music

B.M., MM., Westminster Choir College

CAROL M. NAPIERKOWSKI (1989) Associate

Professor of Counselor, Secondary, and Professional

Education

B.A., Temple University; M.A., Villanova

University; Ph.D., University of Connecticut

REGINALD NEALY (1986) Assistant Professor of

Criminal Justice

A.A., Pennsylvania State Police -Academy; B.S.,

Pennsylvania State Universit)'; M.S., Lincoln

Universit)'

MARY E. NEHLIG (1967) Assistant Director,

Library Services; Associate Professor

A.B., Wilson College; M.S.L.S., Drexel University

LARRY A. NELSON (1971) Professor of Music
Theory and Composition

B.Mus., University of Denver; M.Mus., Southern
Illinois University; Ph.D., Michigan State University

PATRICL^ A. NESTER (1984) Assistant Professor
of Nursing

B.S.N. , M.S.N., Medical School of Georgia;
Diploma in Nursing, Gastonia Memorial Hospital

JANA L. NESTLERODE (1986) Professor of

Criminal Justice

B.A., Pennsylvania State University; J. D., Widener

University

EMILY T NEWBOLD (1970) Associate Professor
of Jnslrumental Music

B.Mus., Eastman School of Music; M.Mus.,
Temple University; D.M.A., Combs College

JOHN T. NEWCOMB (1990) Assistant Professor

of English

A.B., Davidson College; M.A., Ph.D., Duke

University

SARA E. NEWELL (1989) Assistant Professor of
Communication Studies

A.A., Clark College; B.A., Western Washington
University; M.S., University of Wyoming; Ph.D.,

University of Utah

ANTHONYJ. NICASTRO (1990) Associate

Professor of Physics

B.S., M.S., Ph.D., University of Delaware

DEBOR,\H NICKLES (1969) Associate Professor of

Special Education

B.S., West Chester University; M.S., Syracuse

University

ELIZABETH NOLLEN (1986) Inslniclor o/

English

B.A., Ohio University; M.A., Ph.D., Indiana

University

ISAAC B. NORRIS (1986) Instructor of Kinesiology
B.S., West Chester University; M.A., University of
Maryland

ROBERT P. NYE (1968) Assistant Chairperson.
Department of Health; Professor
A.B., Gettysburg College; M.Ed., West Chester
University; Ed.D., Temple University

C. JACK ORR (1986) Professor of Communication

Studies

B.A., Messiah College; B.D., Eastern Baptist

Theological Seminary; M.A., Northwestern

University; Ph.D., Temple University

TERRIE OZELIS (1994) Assistant Professor of

Childhood Studies and Reading

B.A., Eastern Michigan University; M.S., National

Louis University; Ed.D., Northern Illinois

University

CHARLES W. PAGANO (1967) Assistant

Professor of Kinesiology

B.S., West Chester University; M.Ed., Ohio

University

PRAXITELES PANDEL (1972) Associate Professor

of Keyboard Music

B.Mus., M.S., The Juilliard School

SUSAN B. PARKINSON (1968) Associate Professor
of Kinesiology

B.S., Pennsylvania State University; M.Ed., West
Chester University

RICHARD D. PARSONS (1990) Associate

Professor of Counselor, Secondary, and Professional

Education

B.A., Villanova University; M.A., Ph.D., Temple

University

PATRICIA PATRICK (1990) Assistant Professor of

Education Services

B.A., M.A., M.S., Indiana University

SHEILA PATTERSON (1992) Chairperson,
Department of Health; Assistant Professor
B.S., Mankato State; M.S., Southern Illinois
University; Ph.D., Southern Illinois University

FREDERICK R. PATTON (1981) Assistant
Chairperson, Department of Foreign Languages;
Associate Professor

B.A., M.Ed., Temple University; M.A., Ph.D.,
University of Pennsylvania

MARTIN PATWELL (1994) Assistant Professor of
Educational Services

B.A., Manhattan College; M.S., Marist College;
Ph.D., Boston University

Faculty

PETER PAULSON (1989) Instructor of Music
B.M.. West Chester Universit>'

REBECCA PAULY (1987) Associate Professor of
Foreign Languages

B.A., Smith College; M.A., University of
California, Berkeley; Ph.D., Middlebur)' College

MICHAEL V. PEARSON (1988) Associate
Professor of Communication Studies
B.A., lona College; M.A., William Patterson
College; Ph.D., Temple University

MICHAEL A. PEICH (1968) Chairperson,
Department of English; Associate Professor
B.A., Wartburg College; M.A., University of
Pennsylvania

ROBERT A. PELOSO (1993) Instructor of
Mathematics and Computer Science
B.E.S., Johns Hopkins University; M.S., Carnegie
Mellon University

ROBERT E. PENNINGTON (1966) Professor of

Keyboard Music

B.Mus.. M.Mus., D.Mus., Northwestern University

EILEEN G. PERCIFUL (1990) Associate Professor

of Nursing

A.S.N. , B.S.N. , Gwynedd Mercy College; M.S.N. ,

University of Pennsylvania; D.N.Sc, Widener

University

JULIE A. PERONE (1990) Assistant Professor of

Counseling

B.S., M.A., M.P.A., Ohio State University; Ph.D.,

University of Maryland

G. KING PERRY (1983) Instructor of

Mathematical Sciences

B.S., M.Ed., Bloomsburg University

RL'BY A. PETERS (1988) Associate Professor of

Childhood Studies and Reading

B.S., Cheyney University; M.S.Ed., Temple

University

W. BENNETT PETERS (1973) Associate Professor
of History

B.A., Pomona College; M.A., California State
University, San Francisco; Ph.D., University of
California, Santa Barbara

PATRICL\ A. PFLIEGER (1988) Assistant

Professor of English

B.A., University of Missouri; M.A., Eastern

Michigan University; Ph.D., University of
Minnesota

JANE T. PIPPART (1987) Assistant Professor of

Music Education

B.S., West Chester University; M.Ed., Holy Names

College

THOMAS J. PLATT (1991) Assistant Professor of

Childhood Studies and Reading

B.A., M.Ed.. Ed.D., Temple University

THOMAS W. PLATT (1968) Professor of

Philosophy

B.A., Washington and Jefferson College; M.A.,

Universit)' of Pittsburgh; Ph.D., University of

Penns)'lvania

JOAN POLKA (1990) Assistant Professor of

Counseling Services

B.A., Holy Family College; M.A., West Chester

University

EDWARD I. POLLAK (1977) Chairperson,
Department of Psychology; Professor
B.A., State University of New York at
Binghamton; M.A., Ph.D., University' of
Connecticut

YURY POLSKY (1989) Assistant Professor of
Political Science

B.A., M.A., University of Moscow; Ph.D.,
Universit)' of Michigan

IGOR POPOVIC (1992) Assistant Professor of
Music Theory and Composition
M. Phil., Ph.D., Yale University

RUTH PORRITT (1991) Assistant Professor of

Philosophy

B.A.,John Carroll University; Ph.D., Purdue

University

JACK PORTER (1968) Professor of Psychology
B.S., M.Ed., Ed.D., Temple University

LOUIS H. PORTER (1974) Professor of Psychology
B.A., Ohio University; M.A., Ph.D., Howard

University

MARTHA A. POTVIN (1985) Chairperson,
Department of Biology; Professor
B.S., University of Connecticut; M.S., Michigan
State University; Ph.D., University of Nebraska

WILLIAM G. PRATER (1969) Associate Professor

of English

B.S., East Stroudsburg University'; M.A.,

Pennsylvania State University; Ph.D., Ohio

University

CHARLES PRICE (1990) Associate Professor of

Music History

B.A., M.A., Ph.D., Stanford University

SANDRA F. PRITCHARD (1967) Professor of

Geology

B.S., M.Ed , West Chester University'; Ph.D.,

University of Oregon

CATHERINE M PRUDOE (1992) Assistant
Professor of Childhood Studies cmd Reading
B.S., M.S.. Pennsylvania State University; Ph.D.,
University of Delaware

CAROL A. RADICH (1972) Professor of Childhood
Studies and Reading

B.A., Glassboro State College; M.Ed., Ph.D.,
University of Maryland

GEETHA RAMANATHAN (1987) Associate

Professor of English

M.A., University of Bombay; A.M., University of

Illinois; Ph.D., University of Illinois at

Urbana-Champaign

JUDITH D RAY (1978) Assistant Professor of

Kinesiology

A.B.E. of Harris Teachers College; M.A.Ed.,

Washington University

JOHN T. REDINGTON (1992) Chairperson,
Department of Marhcting; Associate Professor
B.S., M.B.A., Temple University; Ph.D.,
Pennsylvania State University

GEORGE F. REED (1966) Professor of Astronomy
B.S., St. Joseph's College (Pa.); M.S., Ed.D.,
University of Pennsylvania

THOMAS G. REED (1967) Assistant Professor of
Communication Studies

B.S., West Chester University; Ph.D., Union of
Experimental Colleges and Universities

HELEN R. REID (1975) Associate Professor of

Chemistry

B.A., B.S., Texas Woman's University; Ph D ,

University of New Orleans

RUSSELL E. REIS, JR. (1967) Assistant Professor

of Ir\structional Media

B.S., M Ed., West Chester University

MARTIN S. REMLAND (1991) Assistant Professor

of Communication Studies

B.A., Western Illinois University'; M.A., Central

Michigan University; Ph.D.. Southern Illinois

University

BARRY G. REMLEY (1968) Assistant Professor of

Kinesiology

B.S., M.Ed., West Chester University

ARLENE C. RENGERT (1976) Chairperson.
Department of Geography and Planning; Professor
of Geography and Women's Studies
A.B., University of Indiana; M.A., The Ohio State
University; Ph.D., University of Pennsylvania

MICHAEL J. RENNER (1992) Assistant Professor

of Psychology

B.A., Boise State University; M.S., University of

Oklahoma; Ph.D., University of California,

Berkeley

JOEL M. RESSNER (1984) Associate Professor of

Chemistry

B.S., Lehigh University; M.Sc, University of

Sussex; Ph.D., Lehigh University; DA., Ball State

University

C. FLOYD RICHMOND (1989) Assistant Professor

of Music Education

B.A., MM., Delta State University; D.A. Ball State

University

JANE RICHTER (1986) Assistant Professor of

Music

B.S., M.M., Temple University; D.M.A., Combs

College

DONN C. RILEY (1966) Prof essor of History
A.B., M.A., Ph.D., St. Louis University

STANLEY RIUKAS (1968) Professor of Philosophy
A.B., Classical Gymnasium (Lithuania); Ph.B.,
Ph.L., Loyola University; Ph.D., New York
University

RONALD F. ROMIG (1967) Professor of Biology
B.S., Bloomsburg University'; M.Ed., Ph.D.,
University of Delaware

WILLIAM D. ROSENZWEIG (1989) Assistant
Professor of Biology

B.S., St. Johns University; M.S., Long Island
University; Ph.D., New York University

SALLY A. ROSS (1988) Associate Professor of
Social Worh

B.A., Central State University; M.S.W., University
of Pennsylvania

JOHN P. ROSSO (1975) Instructor of Foreign

Languages

B.A., Haverford College; M.A., University of

Pennsylvania

HARVEY ROVINE (1992) Chairperson,
Department of Theatre Arts; Associate Professor
B.S., Towson State University; M.A., University of
Central Florida; Ph.D., University of Illinois

PHILIP B. RUDNICK (1968) Director, Pre-Medical
Program: Professor of Chemistry
B.A., Yeshiva University; B.A., Ph.D., Rutgers —
The State University

MICHAEL RUFFINI (1989) Instructor of
Instructional Media

B.A. Glassboro State College; B.S., M.S., West
Chester University

NANCY J. RUMFIELD (1986) Assistant Professor

of Instructional Media

B.F.A., Moore College of Art; M.S., West Chester

University

Faculty

C. RUTH SABOL (1986) Assistant Chairperson,
Depanment of English; Associate Professor
B.Ed., M.Ed., Seattle Universit)', Ph.D., University
of Wisconsin

ELBERT M. SADDLER (1985) Assorialc Professor
of Counseling Center

A.B., Rutgers — The State Universit}-; M.Ed.,
Ph.D., Temple University

JANE WTSTON SADDORIS (1971) Inslruclor of
Theatre Arts

B.S., West Chester Universit)'; MA. in Education,
Villanova University

MICHEL E. SAGE (1994) Assistant Professor of
Foreign Languages

M.A., San Diego University; Ph.D., University of
California at Berkeley

BHIM SANDHU (1978) Associate Professor of

Political Science

B.A., Punjab University (India); M.A., University

of Texas; Ph.D., University of Missouri

HAROLD R. SANDS (1969) Professor of

Psychology

B.A , Rutgers — The State University; M.Ed.,

Temple Universit)*; Ph.D.. Pennsylvania State

University

GOPAL SANKARAN (1989) Associate Professor of

Health

B.S., MB., Maulanaazad Medical College (India);

M.D., All India Institute of Medical Sciences;

M.P.H., Dr. P.H., University of California

FRANK SAUERS (1986) Instructor of English
B.A., Villanova Universit)'; M.A., Purdue
University; Ph.D., University of Colorado

JUDITH A. SCHEFFLER (1985) Assistant

Chairperson, Department of English; Associate

Professor

A.B., Muhlenburg College; M.A., Purdue University;

M.A., Ph.D., Universit)' of Peruis)'lvania

ROBERT SCHICK (1961) Professor of Keyboard

Music

B.A., Swarthmore College; M.A., Columbia

University; A.Mus.D., Eastman School of Music

MARGARET SCHIFF (1990) Assistant Professor of

Art

B.F.A., Kutztown University; M.F.A., Syracuse

University

STAGEY SCHLAU (1985) Professor of Foreign

Languages

B.A., M.A., Queens College; Ph.D.. City

University of New York

LISELOTTE M. SCHMIDT (1970) Professor of
Music History and Literature
B.Mus., Converse College; M.A., New York
University; M.Mus., Manhattan School of Music;
Ed.D., Columbia University; Fulbright Scholar
(University of Munich, Germany, 1957-58)

FRAUKE 1. SCHNELL (1992) Assistant Professor

of Political Science

B.A., University of Tuebingen, Germany; M.A.,

Ph.D., State Universit)' of New York at Stony

Brook

R GER.\LD SCHOELKOPF (1969) Chairperson,

Library Services, Assistant Professor

B.A., Villanova University; M.S.L.S., McGill

University

FRANCOISE E. SCHREMMER (1979) Associate
Professor of Mathematics
Propedeuitque de Maihematique, Maitrise de
Mathematique, D.E.S., University of Paris; M.A.,
Ph.D., Universit)' of Pennsylvania

LEROY SCHUETTE (1973) Adviser, Center for

Academic Advising; Associate Professor, Educational

Services

B.A., Yankton College; M.A., University of

Michigan; Ph.D., University of Utah

PAUL SEAVER (1992) Assistant Professor of
Foreign Languages

B.S., Kent State Universit)'; M.A., Universit)' of
Connecticut; Ph.D., University of Maryland

RANI G. SELVANATR\N (1986) Associate
Professor of Management
B.S., M.S., Ph.D., University of Delhi (India);
Ph.D., University of Paris

GUS V. SERMAS (1971) Professor of Art

B.A., Baylor University; B.F.A., B.S., University of

Texas; M.F.A., University of Wisconsin

WILLIAM H. SEYBOLD.JR (1967) Associate

Professor of Mathematics

B.S., Temple University; M.A., Northwestern

University

LEIGH S. SHAFFER (1980) Professor of
Anthropology and Sociology
B.S., M.S., Wichita State University; Ph.D.,
Pennsylvania State University

JOHN C. SHEA (1967) Chairperson, Department
of Political Science; Professor
B A., Allegheny College; M.A., University of
Pennsylvania; Ph.D., University of Pittsburgh

MAUR-^J. SHEEHAN (1980) Professor of Health
B.S., Lowell Technological Institute; M.S.,
University of Lowell; Sc.D., University of
Pittsburgh

ROBERT R. SHINEHOUSE (1966) Associau

Professor of Psychology

B.S., Ursinus College; M.A., Temple University

CAROL SHLOSS (1987) Associate Professor of

English

B.A., Swarthmore College; M.A.T., Harvard

Universit)'; Ph.D., Brandeis Universit)'

CHARLES V. SHORTEN (1989) Assistant
Professor of Health

B.S., M.S., Virginia Polytechnic Institute and State
University; Ph.D., Clemson University

IRENE G. SHUR (1956) Professor of History
B.S., Ohio State University; M.Ed., University of
Delaware; Ed.D., University of Pennsylvania

DAVID I. SIEGEL (1990) Associate Professor of
Social Work

B.A., Brooklyn College; M.S.W., Universit)' of
Michigan; D.S.W., Columbia University

JAY SILVERMAN (1977) Associate Professor of
Counselor, Secondary, and Professional Education
A.B., University of Chicago; Ph.D., New York
Universit)'

CAROLYN G. SIMMENDINGER (1958) Associate
Professor of Art

B.S., Kutztown Universit)-; M.F.A., Tyler School
of Fine Arts

ANN R. SKEATH (1983) Instructor of Mathematics
B.S., Ursinus College; M.A., University of Illinois

HAROLD L. SKELTON (1968) Chairperson,
Depanment of Physics; Associate Professor
B.S., Case Institute of Technolog)-; M.S.,
Universit)- of Delaware; Ph.D., University of
Delaware

SUSAN C. SLANINlCii (1975) Assistant
Chairperson oj Nursing; Professor
B.S.N. , Villanova Universit)'; M.S.N. , University of
Pennsylvania; Ed.D., Temple University

LESLIE B. SLUSHER (1991) Assistant Professor of

Biology

B.S., North Carolina State University; Ph.D.,

Pennsylvania State University

ARTHUR R. SMITH (1984) Associate Professor of

Geology and Astronomy

A.B., M.S., Ed.D., Universit)' of Pennsylvania

CARL M. SMITH (1971) Assistant Professor of

Accounting

B.B.A., M.B.A., Temple University; C.P.A.,

Commonwealth of Pennsylvania

EDWARD D. SMITH (1972) Professor of

Psychology

B.S., Shippensburg University; M.Ed., Ed.D.,

Pennsylvania State University

FRANK A. SMITH (1964) Professor of Physics
B.S., Villanova University; M.A., Ed.D., Temple
University

JAMES G. SMITH (1980) Associate Professor of

Political Science

BA., Oklahoma State University; M.A., University of

California; Ph.D., Indiana University at Bloomington

LUANNE SMITH (1989) Associate Professor of

English

B.A., University of Kentucky; M.A., Murray State

University; M.F.A., Pennsylvania State University

PAUL K. SMITH (1985) Assistant Chairperson,
Department of Kinesiology; Associate Professor
B.S., M.S., Florida State University; Ph.D.,
Southern Illinois University

ROBERTA SNOW (1989) Associate Professor of

Management

B.A., M.A., S)Tacuse University; Ph D., University

of Pennsylvania

PATRICK M. SOCOSKI (1990) Assistant Professor
of Counselor, Secondary, and Professional Education
B A., M.A., Pennsylvania State University; Ph.D.,
University of Pittsburgh

NORBERT C. SOLDON (1963) Professor of

History

B.A., M.A., Pennsylvania State University; Ph.D.,

University of Delaware

H. LEE SOUTHALL (1967) Associate Professor of
Instrumental Music

B.S., West Chester University; M.A., Trenton
State College

ALICE J. SPEH (1989) Assistant Professor of

Foreign Languages

A.B., Brown Universit)'; M.A., Ph.D., Bryn Mawr

College

JOSEPH M. SPIECKER (1968) Chairperson,
Department of Instructional Media; Professor
B.S., West Chester University; Ed.M., Temple
University; Ed.D., Nova University

THOMAS W. SPIERLING (1972) Psychologist,

Counseling Center; Professor

B.A., M.A., Ph.D., Michigan State University

DAVID A. SPRENKLE (1987) Chair, Department
of Vocal and Choral Music; Associate Professor
B.S., M.M., West Chester Universit)'; D.M.A.,
University of Maryland at College Park

ELIZABETH LEE ANN SROGI (1991) Assistant

Professor of Geology and Astronomy

B.S., Yale University; Ph.D., University of

Pennsylvania

JACK STEINBERG (1978) Associate Professor of

Educational Services

B.A., M.A., Temple Universit)'

Faculty

W. CRAIG STEVENS (1992) Assistant Professor of

Kinesiology

B.A., Johns Hopkins University; M.S., Spiingfield

College; Ph.D., Temple University

LESLIE STEVENSON, JR. (1972) Psychologist,
Counseling Center; Associate Professor
B.S., M.S., University of Utah

MARY C. STIEBER (1990) Assistant Professor of Art
B.F.A., Carnegie Mellon University; M.A.,
University of Pittsburgh; M.A., Ph.D., Princeton
University

JOSEPH A, STIGORA (1973) Chairperson.

Department of Communicative Disorders; Associate

Professor

B.S., Bloomsburg University; M.A., Ph.D.,

Bowling Green University

JOHN STOLAR (1988) Professor of Geology and

Astronomy

B.S., Shippensburg University; M.Ed., West

Chester University; D.Ed., Pennsylvania State

University

PAUL STOLLER (1980) Professor of Anthropology
and Sociology

B.A., University of Pittsburgh; M.S., Georgetown
University; Ph.D., University of Texas at Austin

CLEAVONNE STRATTON (1983) Associate
Professor of Communicative Disorders
B.A., Miles College; M.A., Ph.D., Ohio State
University

PAUL A. STREVELER (1970) Professor of

Philosophy

B.A., St. John's University (Minn.); Ph.D.,

University of Wisconsin

FREDERICK R. STRUCKMEYER (1966) Professor

of Philosophy

B.A., King's College (N.Y.); A.M., Ph.D., Boston

University

ELENA F. STUART (1977) Assistant Professor of

Communicative Disorders

B.A., Emerson College; M.S., Purdue University

EDWARD SUGLIA (1994) Assistant Professor of

Educational Services

B.A., University of Miami; M.A., Seton Hall

University

JAMES D. SULLIVAN (1967) Professor of Music
Theory and Composition
B.S., West Chester University; M.A., Ph.D.,
Eastman School of Music

RICHARD H. SWAIN (1994) Assistant Professor of
Library Services

B.A., Oakland University; M.Phil., M.A., Yale
University; A.M.L.S., University of Michigan

JANE B. SWAN (1965) Professor of History and
Women's Studies

B.A., Swarthmore College; M.A., Ph.D., University
of Pennsylvania

PATRICK J. M. SYLVESTER (1968) Professor of

Economics

B.A., St. Francis Xavier University (Canada);

M.A., University of New Brunswick (Canada);

M.A., University of Pennsylvania; Ph.D., Bryn

Mawr College

ROBERT J. SZABO (1974) Associate Professor of

Childhood Studies and Reading

B.S., Kutztown University; M.Ed., Ed.D.. Lehigh

University

WACLAW SZYMANSKI (1985) Professor of
Mathematical Sciences

M.A., Jagiellonian University (Poland); Ph.D.,
D.S.C., Polish Academy of Sciences

JOHN C. TACHOVSKY (1970) Professor of

Geography

B.S., M.Ed., West Chester University; Ph.D.,

University of Cincinnati

LIN TAN (1989) Associate Professor of
Mathematical Sciences
B.S., M.A., Zhejian University; M.S., Ph.D.,
University of California, Los Angeles

BRADLEY E. TA-VTOR (1973) Assistant Professor

of Kinesiology

B.S., M.Ed., Temple University

CHRISTOPHER J. TEUTSCH (1989) Assistant
Professor of English

M. A., Jagiellonian University (Poland); Ph.D.,
University of Wisconsin

SANDRA J. THIELZ (1973) Assistant Professor of

Kinesiology

B.S., Southern Connecticut State College; M.Ed.,

West Chester University

WESLEY W. THOMAS (1979) Professor of

Geography

B.S., University of Maine; M.S., West Chester

University; Ph.D., University of Cincinnati

HARRY TIEBOUT (1992) Assistant Professor of

Biology

B.A., University of Illinois; Ph.D., University of

Florida

MIKEL K. TODD (1990) Assistant Chairperson,
Department of Kinesiology; Assistant Professor
A.A., Brevard College; B.S., M.S.Ed., James
Madison University; Ph.D., University of North
Carolina-Greensboro

THOMAS W. TOLIN (1992) Assistant Professor of

Economics

B.A., University of Southwestern Louisiana;

Ph.D., University of Houston

SANDRA M. TOMKOWICZ (1993) Assistant

Professor of Marketing

B.S., LaSalle University; J. D., University of

Pennsylvania

WILLIAM TOROP (1971) Professor of Chemistry
A.B., M.S., Ed.D., University of Pennsylvania

THOMAS TREADWELL (1968) Professor of

Psychology

B.A., Morris Harvey College; M.S., University of

Bridgeport; Moreno Institute, New York;

(Certified Psychodramatist, T.E.P.); Ed.D.,

Temple University

ELISE A. TRIANO (1985) Associate Professor of

Biology

B.A., Gettysburg University; Ph.D., Thomas

Jefferson University

MILAN TRNKA (1962) Assistant Professor of

Kinesiology

A.B., Syracuse University; M.S., University of lUinois

C. JAMES TROTMAN (1979) Associate Professor
of English

B.A., M.Ed., Pennsylvania State University; Ed.D.,
Columbia University

MICHELLE L. TUCKER (1988) Instructor of

Nursing

B.S., Michigan State University; M.S.N.,

University of Michigan

GORDON TURK (1993) Instructor of Music
B.M., The Curtis Institute; M.M., D.MA.,
Manhattan School of Music

JOHN J. TURNER, JR. (1965) Pro/essor o/ History
A.B., Muhlenberg College; M.A., University of
Rhode Island; Ph.D., Columbia University

DONNA L. USHER (1991) Assistant Professor of

Art

B.F.A., B.S., Moore College of Art; M.F.A.,

University of Delaware

ANDREA VARRICCHIO (1986) Associate
Professor of Foreign Languages
B.A., Chestnut Hill College; M.A., Middlebury
College; Ph.D., Temple University

RICHARD K. VELETA (1965) Pro/essor of

Keyboard Music

B.Mus., M.Mus., D.Mus., Northwestern University

C. RALPH VERNO (1966) Associate Pro/essor of

Mathematics

B.A., University of Pittsburgh; M.Div.,

Westminster Theological Seminary; M.S. in Ed.,

University of Pennsylvania

JOHN VILLELLA (1986) Instructor of Instrumental

Music

B.S., M.M., West Chester University

KARIN A.E. VOLKWEIN (1992) Assistant
Professor of Kinesiology

Staatsexamen, University of Marburg, Germany;
Ph.D., University of Tennessee

JACQUES C. VOOIS (1969) Professor of Keyboard

Music

B.Mus., Oberlin College; M.Mus., Manhattan

School of Music; D.M.A., Johns Hopkins

University/Peabody Conservatory

RUSSELL H. VREELAND (1989) Assistant
Professor of Biology

B.S., M.S., Rutgers — The State University; Ph.D.,
University of Nebraska

JACK WABER (1976) Pro/essor of Biology

B.A., Hope College (Mich.); Ph.D., University of

Hawaii

G. ALAN WAGNER (1967) Associate Professor of
Vocal and Choral Music
B.Mus., Northwestern University; M.F.A.,
Carnegie Mellon University

SHIRLEY ANN WALTERS (1963) Professor of
Counselor, Secondary, and Professional Education
B.S., Millersville University; M.A., University of
Michigan; D.Ed., Temple University

CHERYL L. WANKO (1993) Assistant Professor of

English

B.A., New York University; M.A., Ph.D.,

Pennsylvania State University

JOHN W. WARD (1961) Associate Professor of

English

A.B., M.A., Miami University; Ph.D., University of

Delaware

JOHN W. WEAVER (1973) Chairperson,

Department of Mathematics and Computer Science;

Professor

B.A., Eastern Mennonite College; M.A.,

University of Delaware; Ph.D., Johns Hopkins

University

RICHARD J. WEBSTER (1967) Professor of
History, American Studies, and Women's Studies
A.B., Lafayette College; M.A., University of
Delaware; A.M., University of Pennsylvania;
Ph.D., University of Pennsylvania

RUTH I. WEIDNER (1967) Professor of Art
B.A., Hood College; M.S.L.S., Drexel University;
M.A., University of Delaware; Ph.D., University of
Delaware

MICHAEL S. WEISS (1978) Professor of

Communicative Disorders

B.A., Long Island University; M.S., Ph.D., Purdue

University

Faculty

ROBERT H. WEISS (1967) Professor of English
A.B., University of Pennsylvania; A.M., Ph.D.,
Temple University

JOAN M. WELCH (1990) Assistant Professor of
Geography and Planning
B.A., St. Cloud State University; M.A., Ph.D.,
Boston University

LESLEY A. WELSH (1991) Assistant Professor of
Counselor, Secondary, and Professional Education
B.A., Eastern Connecticut State University; M.A.,
Ph.D., University of Connecticut

LINWOODJ. WHITE (1968) Chairperson,
Department of Art; Associate Professor
B.F.A., Maryland Institute College of Art; M.F.A.,
University of Pennsylvania

SUSANNE WIEDER (1988) Assistant Professor of
Social Work

A.A., Potomac State College; B.A., Fairmont State
College; M.S.W., Smith College

EDWIN L. WILLIAMS (1968) Associate Professor

of Philosophy

B.A., West Chester University

JEROME M. WILLIAMS (1985) Assistant

Chairperson, Department of Foreign Languages;

Professor

B.A., Haverford College; M.A., M.Phil., Ph.D.,

Yale University'

JOHN G. WILLIAMS (1992) Associate Professor of

Kinesiology

B.Ed., University of Nottingham, UK; M.Ed.,

University of Bath, UK; Ph.D., University of

London, UK

JOHN M WINTERMUTE (1966) Associate
Professor of Kinesiology

B.S., Ithaca College; Ed.M., State University of
New York at Buffalo

THOMAS WINTERS (1988) Assistant Professor of
Music History

B.A., Bucknell University; M.A., PhD , University
of Pennsylvania

C. GIL WISWALL (1985) Chairperson, Depart-
ment of Geology and Astronomy: Associate Professor
B.A., Colgate University; M.S., Ph.D., University
of Montana

PHILIP WITONSKY (1974) Professor of Chemistry
B.S , Queens College; Ph.D., University of
Minnesota

MICHELE B. WOLFE (1983) Assistant Professor
of Library Services

B.S., University of Connecticut; M.L.S., Southern
Connecticut State College

PAUL WOLFSON (1978) Associate Professor of

Mathematics

A.B., Columbia University; M.S., Ph.D.,

University of Chicago

RICHARD I WOODRUFF (1966) Professor of

Biology

B.S., Ursinus College; M.Ed., West Chester

University; Ph.D., University of Pennsylvania

FRANCES H. WREN (1989) Assistant Professor of

Psychology

B.A., West Chester University; M.A., Ph.D.,

Temple University

RICHARD W. WYATT (1989) Associate Professor
of Mathematical Sciences
B.S., M.A., University of Melbourne; Ph.D.,
University of Cahfomia, Berkeley; M.Sc, State
University of New York

JANE A. WYSS (1990) Assistant Professor of

Vocal and Choral Music

B.M., MM., DMA., University of Texas at

Austin

URSULE YATES (1986) Instructor of English
B.A., Rutgers — The State University; M.A.,
Ph.D., Bryn Mawr College

DANIEL J. YEH (1968) Associate Professor of
Library Services

B.A., National Taiwan University; M.S.L.S.,
Drexel University

RICHARD B. YODER (1962) Professor of

Kinesiology

B.S., West Chester University; M.A., Villanova

University

FRANKLIN YOUNG (1985) Professor of Health
A.B., Mercer University; B.S. A., M.Agr., Ph.D.,
University of Florida

ROBERT J. YOUNG (1965) Professor of History
B.S., Temple University; M.A., Ph.D., University
of Pennsylvania

CARLOS R. ZIEGLER (1969) Professor of
Childhood Studies and Reading
A.B., Elizabethtown College; M.Ed.. Ed.D.,
Temple University

JOHNATHAN L. ZIMMERMAN (1992) Assistant
Professor of History

B.A., Columbia University; M.A., Ph.D., Johns
Hopkins University

MARTIN ZLOTOWSKI (1973) Associate Professor
of Special Education

A.B., New York University; M.A., Ph.D., Michigan
State University

ANTHONY W. ZUMPETTA (1988) Assistant
Professor of Anthropology/Sociology
B.A., Edinboro University; M.A., Ed.D., Indiana
University of Pennsylvania

Adjunct Faculty

DOUGLAS ALBRIGHT Department of Health

B.S., West Chester University; M.E.D., Cabrini College

EUGENE A. BENTLEY Department of Biology
B.A., Swarthmore College; M.A., Hahnemann
Medical College

DAVID K. COHOON Department of Mathematics
and Computer Science

B.S., Massachusetts Institute of Technology; M.S.,
Ph.D., Purdue University; David Ross Research
Associateship at Institut Henri Poincare

MICHAEL H. COX Department of Kinesiology
B.S., M.S., Southern Illinois University; Ph.D.,
University of Toronto

BARRY M. EVANS Department of Health
B.S., Ohio State University; M.E.P.C,
Pennsylvania State Universit)'

GAIL M. FELLOWS Department of Health
B.S., University of Arizona; M.S., West Chester
University

CHRISTINE FORD Department of Biology
B.S., Arkansas Polytechnic University; M.S.A.,
West Chester University

MELISSA M. FURIO Department of Health
B.S., University of Rhode Island; Ph.G.,
Philadelphia College of Pharmacy and Science

PHYLLIS GOTKIN Department of Biology
B.S., University of Pennsylvania; M.Ed., Beaver
College; Ph.D., Pacific Western University

N BLAIR LEROY Department of Health

B.A., Yale University; M.D., Cornell University

Medical College

EDWIN T. LURCOTT Department of Geology and

Astronomy

B.S., Syracuse University

HELEN E. MARTIN Department of Counselor,
Secondary, and Professional Education
B.A., Kings College, NY.; M.A., West Chester
University

RICHARD A McCLEAN Department of Biology
B.S., Iowa Wesleyan; M.A., Harvard University;
Ph.D., Bryn Mawr College

DANIEL S. MILES Department of Kinesiology
B.A., University of New Hampshire; M.A., Ph.D.,
Southern Illinois University

C. DANIEL MOSER Department o/ Kinesiology
B.S., M.A., Pennsylvania State University; Ph.D.,
Temple University

RONALD J PEKALA Department of Psychology
B.S., Pennsylvania State University; Ph.D.,
Michigan State University

YVONNE JO ROBBINS Department of Health
M.Ed., Cabrini College; AS., Hahnemann Medical
College; B.S.W., Temple University

EDWARD THERKAUF Department of Health
B.S , Princeton University; M.D., Columbia
College of Physicians and Surgeons

TONY J. VERDE Department o/ Kinesiology
B.S., Brock University; M.S.. Ph.D., University of
Toronto

JACK C. WHITE Department of Biology
B.S., M.D., University of Vermont, F.A.C.S.

SUSAN WIX Department of Health

B.S.. West Chester University; M.S.. Eastern College

GAIL LYNN WOODS Department of Biology
B.S., Beloit College; M.D., Indiana University

RICHARD W ZIEGLER Department of Sports

Medicine

B.A., Princeton University; M.D., Jefferson

Medical College, Thomas Jefferson University

Faculty

Emeriti

•ALEXANDER ANTONOWICH, Music Education

'ELEANOR ASHKENAZ, Chemistry

•DOROTHY D. BAILEY, English

•HAROLD W. BENDA, Dean of Education Emeritus

BERNICE BERNATZ, Dean of Women Emerita

'JAMES A. BINNEY, English

MARY M. BLISS, Biology

JUSTO B. BRAVO, Chemistry

WALTER E. BUECHELE, JR., Counselor,
Secondary, and Professional Education

ROBERT E. CARLSON, History

'PAUL E. CARSON, Music

NONA E. CHERN, Childhood Studies and Reading

CARMELA L. CINQUINA, Biology

MARY E. CLEARY, Education

•JOHN W. CLOKEY, Dean of Arts and Letters
Emeritus

BARBARA J. COATES, Physical Education

BERNARD B. COHEN, Psychology

•FA YE A. COLLICOTT, Librarian

GERALDINE C. CONBEER, Librarian

EDWIN B. COTTRELL, Health and Physical
Education

'GEORGE R. CRESSMAN, Education

•KATHERINE M. DENWORTH, Education

•MARK M. EVANS, Director of Student Teaching

'MARION FARNHAM, Art

RUTH FELDMAN, Psychology

ALBERT E. FILANO, Vice President for Academic
Affairs Emeritus and Mathematical Sciences

BYRON Y. FLECK, Dean of Social Sciences Emeritus

'THOMAS J. FRANCELLA, Criminal Justice

HOWARD FREEMAN, Counseling

CHARLES GANGEMI, Keyboard Music

CHARLOTTE M. GOOD, Education

'ROBERT B. GORDON, Sciences

•ANNE M. GOSHEN, Psychology

•MIRLA.M S. GOTTLIEB, Music

SEYMOUR S. GREENBERG, Geology

'THELMAJ. GREENWOOD, Biology

MADELYN GUTWIRTH, Foreign Languages

'H. THEODORE HALLMAN, Art

JOAN HASSELQUIST, Childhood Studies and Reading

JACK GARDNER HAWTHORNE, Art

'CHARLES W. HEATHCOTE, Social Sciences

'THOMAS J. HEIM, Social Sciences

WALTER J. HIPPLE, Philosophy

PHILIP P. HOGGARD, Education

PAMELA JUDSON-RHODES (HEMPHILL), Art

CAROLYN B. KEEFE, Communication Studies

•W. GLENN KILLINGER, Dean of Men Emeritus

CHARLOTTE E. KING, Childhood Studies and
Reading

MARY L. KLINE, Nursing

'CARRIE C. KULP, Education

GEORGE LANGDON, Geography and Planning

'MURIEL LEACH, Health and Physical Education

MELVIN M. LORBACK, Physical Education

'GRACE D. MCCARTHY, English

'EMIL H. MESSIKOMER, Dean Emeritus

'LLOYD C. MITCHELL, Dean of Music Emeritus

WILLIAM M. MOREHOUSE, Theatre Arts

SHIRLEY A. MUNGER, Music

'DOROTHY R. NOWACK, Health

BERNARD S. OLDSEY, English

WILLIAM R. OVERLEASE, Biology

JACK A. OWENS, Health and Physical Education

RUTH PETKOFSKY, Childhood Studies and
Reading

'DOROTHY RAMSEY, English

N. RUTH REED, Health

RUSSELL K. RICKERT, Physics and Dean of
Sciences and Mathematics

WALTER NATHANIEL RIDLEY, Education

ALFRED D. ROBERTS, Foreign Languages

'B. PAUL ROSS, Education

'HELEN RUSSELL, Library Science

GLENN W. SAMUELSON, Anthropology and
Sociology

HARRY SCHALK, History

'GERTRUDE K. SCHMIDT, Music

JANE E. SHEPPARD, Vocal and Choral Music

W. CLYDE SKILLEN, Biology

'KENNETH C. SLAGLE, Dean of Arts and Sciences
Emeritus

'CHARLES A. SPRENKLE, Dean of Music Emeritus

RUTH S. STANLEY, Mathematical Sciences

R. GODFREY STUDENMUND, Education

RUSSELL L. STURZEBECKER, Dean of Health and
Physical Education Emeritus

ROY D. SWEET, Vocal and Choral Music

•EARL F. SYKES, President Emeritus

ELINOR Z. TAYLOR, Physical Education and Dean
of Administration

'JOSEPH M. THORSON, Business Administration

'WILLARD J. TREZISE, Biology

'EDWARD T. TWARDOWSKI, Health and
Physical Education

'S. ELIZABETH TYSON, English

JOY VANDEVER, Music Education

'EARLE C. WATERS, Health and Physical
Education

SOL WEISS, Mathematical Sciences

THEODORA L. WEST, English

BENJAMIN VvTIITTEN, Keyboard Music

ARDIS M. W1LLL\MS, Chemistry

LOIS M. WILLL\MS, Music

HARRY WILKINSON, Music

LLOYD C. WILKINSON, Physical Education

'JOSEPHINE E. WILSON, English

JAMES J. WRIGHT, Music Theory and
Composition

EDWIN L. YOUMANS, Dean 0/ Health and
Physical Education Emeritus

'EDWARD ZIMMER, Music

CORNELIA ZIMMERMAN, Childhood Studies and
Reading

'Deceased

Trustees Achievement Awards

1985

FRANK GROSSHANS
CHARLES C. SOUFAS,JR.

1986

RICHARD W. FIELDS

1987

MARSHALLJ. BECKER

WACLAW SZYMANSKI

1989

CHRISTOPHER BUCKLEY

LARRY A. NELSON

1990

PAUL STOLLER

1992

MARY E. CRAWFORD

Distinguished Teaching Chairs

1982-1983
FRANK A. SMITH
JANE B. SWAN

Faculty

Merit Awards

1982-1983

DIANE O. CASAGRANDE
MARY A. KEETZ
JANE E. SHEPPARD
CHARLES H. STUART

1983-1984

ELIZABETH A GIANGIULIO
KOSTAS MYRSIADES
LOIS WILLIAMS

1984-1985

FRANK E. MILLIMAN

RUTH I. WEIDNER

1986-1987

G. WINFIELD FAIRCHILD

KOSTAS MYRSIADES

1987-1988
WALLACE J. KAHN
STERLING E. MURRAY
ARLENE C RENGERT

1988-1989

PAMELA HEMPHILL

1989-1990
MADELYN GUTWIRTH

JOAN HASSELQUIST

1990-1991

BENJAMIN WHITTEN

1991-1992

CHRISTOPHER BUCKLEY

1992-1993
WILLIAM TOROP

1993-1994

LOUIS CASCIATO

Irving Hersch Cohen Faculty Merit Award

1990

DOROTHY NOWACK

1991

GEORGE CLAGHORN

1993

JUDITH FINKEL

1994

RICHARD VELETA

Distinguished Faculty Awards

1974-1975

THOMAS A. EGAN, Teaching
E. RILEY HOLMAN, Teaching
MICHAEL A. PEICH, Teaching

1975-1976

WALTER E. BUECHELE, JR., Service
CARMELA L. CINQUINA, Service
PHILLIP B. DONLEY. Service
GEORGE W. MAXIM, Teaching
EDWARD N. NORRIS, Service
PHILIP D SMITH, JR., Teaching
WILLIAM TOROP, Teaching

1976-1977

ROBERT E. BYTNAR, Service

ANDREW E. DINNIMAN, Service

IRENE G. SHUR, Teaching

RUSSELL L. STURZEBECKER, Service

1977-1978

MARC L. DURAND and ROBERT F. FOERY

(Joint Project), Service
BERNARD S. OLDSEY, Service
GEORGE F. REED, Teaching
RICHARD 1. WOODRUFF, Teaching

1978-1979

ROBERT E CARLSON, Service
JOHN J. TURNER, JR., Teaching
C. RALPH VERNO, Teaching
ROBERT H. WEISS, Service

1979-1980

CAROLYN B. KEEFE, Teaching
JOHN A. MANGRAVITE, Teaching
PHILIP D. SMITH, JR., Service
NORBERT C. SOLDON, Service

1980-1981

LOUIS A CASCIATO, Teaching
PHILIP B RUDNICK, Service
FRANK A. SMITH, JR., Teaching
JANE B. SWAN, Teaching
JOSEPH M. THORSON, Service

ACADEMIC CALENDAR 1994-95

September 4

September 5

September 25

October 4

November 22

November 27

December 16-22

December 17

December 22

January 22

March 15

March 25

April 4

Aprils

May 13-18

May 18

May 19

FALL SEMESTER 1995

Labor Day — residence halls open

Classes begin - 8 a.m./Late Registration and Drop/Add

Rosh Hashanah*

Yom Kippur*

Thanksgiving recess begins — 8 a.m.

Thanksgiving recess ends — 8 a.m.

Examination period

Commencement

Fall semester ends

SPRING SEMESTER 1996

Classes begin - 8 a.m./Late Registration and Drop/Add

Spring break begins -
Spring break ends —
Passover*
Good Friday*
Examination period
Spring semester ends
Commencement

- 5 p.m.
8 a.m.

Dates Pending

SUMMER SESSIONS 1996

Pre Session
Regular Session
Post Session

'Although the University will be in session, no examinations are to be administered on these major Christian and Jewish holy days.

Index

-A-
Academic

calendar, 106

Computing Center ID Card, 10

Dishonesty Policy, 16-17

information and regulations, 13-18

probation, 7
Accounting, 32-33
Accreditation, ii
Active status, 4
Adding a course, 14
Address changes, 9, 17
Administration, 26-29

of the University, 93
Admission, 4-6

requirements, 4-6
Admission to degree candidacy, 7
Advisory System, 13
Anthropology and Sociology, 29
Application procedure, 4

for graduation, 18

to degree candidacy, 7
Art, 29-30

Assistantships, 11-12
Astronomy, See Geology and

Astronomy
Audit Fee, 9

Auditor Status, changing to, 14
Auditors, 5
Awards, See Financial Aid

-B-
Basic fees, 8-10
Billing address changes, 9
Biology, 30-31
Black Student Union, 21
Bookstore, 20

Borough of West Chester map, 1 10
Business Administration, 32

-C-
Calendar, academic, 108
Campus, 3

map, 109
Career Development Center, 20
Certificate of Advanced Graduate

Study, 39-40
Certificate in Administration, 26-27
Certification, 18
Certification Program in Driver

Education and Safe Living, See

Kinesiology
Changes

in name or address, 9, 17

in program, 13-14

of status, 13
Charles Mayo Scholarship, 12
Charles S. Swope Scholarship

Foundation, 12

Chemistry, 35-37

Childhood Studies and Reading, 37-41
Children's Center, 21
Classification of Students, 13
Clinical Psychology, See Psychology
Commencement fee, 9
Commonwealth of Pennsylvania, 92
Communications Directory, ii
Communication Studies, 41-42
Communicative Disorders, 42-44
Community Center Fee, 8
Comprehensive examination, 18
Computing Services, See Information

Services
Computer Science, 44-45
Continuous Enrollment Pohcy, 4
Course

Audit Fee, 9

Repeat Policy, 14

load. See Student Load

numbering system, 13

prefixes, guide to, 91
Counseling and Psychological Services

Department, 23
Counselor Education, 46-47
Counselor, Secondary, and Professional

Education, 45-50
Credit by Examination, 13
Credit, transfer of, 5, 13
Criminal Justice, 50-51
Crossover Registration Fee, 10

-D-
Deadline, application, 4
Degree

candidacy, 7

programs, 2

requirements, 7

See also individual program listings

students, 13
Directions to West Chester, 3
Directory information, 18
Dishonesty Policy, 16-17
Dishonored Check Fee, 9
Driver Education and Safe Living, 70
Dropping a course, 14

Earth Science, See Geology and

Astronomy
Economics, 33
Educational Services Fee, 8
Educational Research Program, 49-50
Elementary Education, See Childhood

Studies and Reading
English, 52-55
Enrollment, 3
Environmental Education, 50

Environmental Health, See Health
Examinations, 18

Faculty, 94-106

Family Educational Rights and Privacy

Act, See Directory Information
Federal

Perkins Loan Program, 1 1

Stafford Loan, 11

Work Study, 12
Fee refunds, 9
Fees and expenses, 8-10
Finance, See Economics
Financial

aid, 10-12

obligations, 9
Foreign

languages, 56-58
Francis Harvey Green Library, 19
Frederick Douglass Graduate

Assistantships, 12
Food Plans, 8
French, See Foreign Languages

-G-
Geography and Planning, 58-59
Geology and Astronomy, 59-61
German, See Foreign Languages
Gerontology, See Health
Good Standing, 7
Government and Planning, See Political

Science
Grace Cochran Research on Women

Award, 12
Grade Appeals, 15-16
Grade Reports, 15
Grading System, 14
Graduate

assistantships, 11-12

Frederick Douglass assistantships, 12

Management Admission Test, 5

programs, 2

Record Examination, 5

resident assistants, 12

Studies, Office of, ii

Student Association, 21

Student Association fee, 9

studies at West Chester, 2-3
Graduation, application for, 18
Grants, See Financial Aid
Guaranteed Student Loan, See Stafford

Student Loan

-H-

Health, 61-64

Center fee, 8-9

services, 20

Services Administration, See Health
History, 64-65

Index

History of the University, 3
Honor Societies, 22
Housing, 19-20

fee, 8

refunds, 9
How to reach West Chester, 3
Human Resource Management,

M.S.A., 27-28

-I-
Identification Card Fee, 9
Individuahzed concentration, M.S. A.,

28-29
Industrial/Organizational Psychology,

See Psychology
Infirmary, See Health Services
Information Services, 20
Institute for Women, 22

graduate grant, 12
Instructional Media, 66-67
Instrument rental fees, 9
Insurance, See Health Services
International education.
International students, 5-6

accepting deposits for, 6

admission of, 6

insurance requirements for, 6

-K-
Kinesiology, 67-71
department scholarship, 12

-L-
Late Registration Fee, 8
Latin, See Foreign Languages
Leadership for Women, 71-72
Leave of absence, 14
Library Card Fee, 9
Library, Francis Har\'ey Green, 19
Linguistics, 72
Literature, See English
Loans, See Financial Aid

-M-
Management, 33-34
Map of the Borough of West

Chester, 112
Map of the campus. 111
Marketing, 34

Master's degree, requirements for, 7
Mathematics and Computer Science,

72-74
Matriculation Fee, 4
Mayo Scholarship, 12
M.B.A., 32
Meal refunds, 9
Miller Analogies Test, 5
Minority Affairs, 20
M.S.A., 26-29
Music, 75-81

-N-
Name change, 17
National Direct Student Loan Program,

See Perkins Loan Program
"No Grades," removing, 14
Nondegree students, 13

Nondiscrimination pohcy, ii
Notification of admission, 4
Nursing, 82-83

-O-
Obtaining transcripts, 17
Off-Campus and Commuter Life, 19
Off-Campus Housing, 20
Office of Graduate Studies and
Sponsored Research, ii

-P-

Parking Fee, 9

Pass/Fail Grades, 13

Perkins Loan Program, 11

Philosophy, 83-84

Physical Education, See Kinesiology

Physical Science, 84

Placement, See Career Development

Center
Political Science, 85-86
Probation, academic, 7
Procedure for application to degree

candidacy, 7
Professor Russell Sturzebecker

Scholarship, 12
Programs of study, 2
Provisional status, 13
Psychology, 86-88
Public Administration, See Political

Science
Public Health, See Health
Public Safety, 21

-R-
Reading, See Childhood Studies and

Reading
Recreational Ser\ices, 22-23
Refund policies, 9
Registration, 4
Removing "No Grade," 14
Rental of musical instruments, 9
Repeat Policy, 14
Requirements

for admission, 4

for degree candidacy, 7

for the Master of Education degree,

additional, 7

for the master's degree, 7
Research requirements, 18
Resident Assistants, 12
Responsibility, student, 4
Room and Board, See Housing Fee

-S-
Scholarships, See Financial Aid
School Health, See Health
Science Education, See Geology and

Astronomy
Secondary Education, 47-49
Senior Citizen Policy, 5
Sexual Harassment Policy, ii
Snow days. See Storm Closings
Sociology, See Anthropology and

Sociology
Spanish, See Foreign Languages
Special Education, 88-89

Speech and Hearing CHnic, 21
Speech Pathology, See Communicative

Disorders
Sport and Athletic Administration, See

Kinesiology
Stafford Loan, 11
Status

active, 4

change of, 13
Storm closings, 19
Structure of the University, 25
Student Activities Council, 22
Student load, 13
Student Consumer Rights and

Responsibilities, 11
Student responsibility, 4
Student services, 19-23
Submitting the thesis for binding, 18
Summer Sessions, 3
Sykes Union Building, 21
Swope Scholarship Foundation, 12

-T-
Teaching Certification, 18
Teaching English as a Second

Language, 89-90
Thesis binding, 18
Time to complete the degree program,

13
Training and Development, M.S. A., 27
Transcript

fee, 9

obtaining, 17
Transfer of credit, 5, 13
Tuition, See Fees

-U-
Undergraduate

courses, fees for, 10

courses for graduate credit, 13

studies, 3
Undergraduates taking graduate

courses, 5
University services, 19-23
Urban and Regional Planning, See

Geography and Planning
Urban Education, 50

-V-
Vehicle Registration, 21
Veterans Affairs, 22

- W-
West Chester, how to reach, 3
Withdrawal procedure, 9, 14
Withdrawal/Enrollment change and

aid, 11
Women's Center, 21
Women's Studies, 90
Work Study, 12
Workshops, 13

Campus Map

''.II''

West Chester University

NORTH CAMPUS

PLAYING FIELDS

* SHUTTLE BUS STOP
STUDENT*

I FACULTY/STAFF*

FACULTY/STAFF/STUDENT*

BOROUGH OF WEST CHESTER
PARKING METER OR PERMIT

VISITOR

©-(g) EMERGENCY PHONES

"University decal required. Lot restrictions designated by posted
signs, which tal<es precedent over published materials.
Parking decals and enforcennent subject to change as posted.
A separate map designating parking for the handicapped is
available at Public Safety in the Peoples Maintenance Building.
Map prepared by Facilities Planning and Construction Division.

Borough of West Chester